kenr6933-00

188
May 2007 Troubleshooting 1106C Genset PK (Engine) KENR6933-00

Upload: jaffer-hussain

Post on 23-Oct-2015

60 views

Category:

Documents


2 download

DESCRIPTION

Perkins 1106 D complete workshop manual with wiring diagram

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: KENR6933-00

May 2007

Troubleshooting1106C GensetPK (Engine)

KENR6933-00

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 2: KENR6933-00

Important Safety InformationMost accidents that involve product operation, maintenance and repair are caused by failure toobserve basic safety rules or precautions. An accident can often be avoided by recognizing potentiallyhazardous situations before an accident occurs. A person must be alert to potential hazards. Thisperson should also have the necessary training, skills and tools to perform these functions properly.

Improper operation, lubrication, maintenance or repair of this product can be dangerous andcould result in injury or death.

Do not operate or perform any lubrication, maintenance or repair on this product, until you haveread and understood the operation, lubrication, maintenance and repair information.

Safety precautions and warnings are provided in this manual and on the product. If these hazardwarnings are not heeded, bodily injury or death could occur to you or to other persons.

The hazards are identified by the “Safety Alert Symbol” and followed by a “Signal Word” such as“DANGER”, “WARNING” or “CAUTION”. The Safety Alert “WARNING” label is shown below.

The meaning of this safety alert symbol is as follows:

Attention! Become Alert! Your Safety is Involved.

The message that appears under the warning explains the hazard and can be either written orpictorially presented.

Operations that may cause product damage are identified by “NOTICE” labels on the product and inthis publication.

Perkins cannot anticipate every possible circumstance that might involve a potential hazard. Thewarnings in this publication and on the product are, therefore, not all inclusive. If a tool, procedure,work method or operating technique that is not specifically recommended by Perkins is used,you must satisfy yourself that it is safe for you and for others. You should also ensure that theproduct will not be damaged or be made unsafe by the operation, lubrication, maintenance orrepair procedures that you choose.

The information, specifications, and illustrations in this publication are on the basis of information thatwas available at the time that the publication was written. The specifications, torques, pressures,measurements, adjustments, illustrations, and other items can change at any time. These changes canaffect the service that is given to the product. Obtain the complete and most current information beforeyou start any job. Perkins dealers or Perkins distributors have the most current information available.

When replacement parts are required for thisproduct Perkins recommends using Perkins

replacement parts.Failure to heed this warning can lead to prema-ture failures, product damage, personal injury ordeath.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 3: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 3Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Troubleshooting Section

Electronic TroubleshootingSystem Overview .................................................... 5Glossary .................................................................. 7Electronic Service Tools ......................................... 11Indicator Lamps .................................................... 13Replacing the ECM ............................................... 16Self-Diagnostics .................................................... 17Sensors and Electrical Connectors ....................... 17Engine Wiring Information .................................... 21ECM Harness Connector Terminals ..................... 24

Programming ParametersProgramming Parameters ..................................... 26Test ECM Mode .................................................... 26ECM Snapshot ...................................................... 26Factory Passwords ............................................... 28Flash Programming .............................................. 28Injector Trim File ................................................... 29Speed Demand Input Setup ................................. 30

Customer Specified ParametersCustomer Specified Parameters ........................... 32Customer Specified Parameters Table ................. 35Customer Specified Parameters Worksheet ......... 36

System Configuration ParametersSystem Configuration Parameters ........................ 37

Troubleshooting without a Diagnostic CodeAlternator Noise .................................................... 38Alternator Will Not Charge .................................... 38Battery .................................................................. 39Can Not Reach Top Engine RPM ......................... 39Coolant in Engine Oil ............................................ 41Coolant Temperature Is Too High ......................... 42ECM Will Not Accept Factory Passwords ............. 43ECM Will Not Communicate with Other Systems orDisplay Modules .................................................. 44Electronic Service Tool Will Not Communicate withECM .................................................................... 44Engine Cranks but Will Not Start .......................... 45Engine Has Early Wear ........................................ 48Engine Misfires, Runs Rough or Is Unstable ........ 49Engine Oil in Cooling System ............................... 51Engine Vibration ................................................... 52Engine Will Not Crank ........................................... 53Excessive Black Smoke ........................................ 54Excessive Engine Oil Consumption ...................... 56Excessive Fuel Consumption ............................... 57Excessive Valve Lash ........................................... 59Excessive White Smoke ....................................... 60Intake Air Temperature Is Too High ...................... 61Intermittent Engine Shutdown ............................... 62Intermittent Low Power or Power Cutout .............. 63Low Engine Oil Pressure ...................................... 64Low Power/Poor or No Response to Throttle ....... 65Mechanical Noise (Knock) in Engine .................... 68

Noise Coming from Cylinder ................................. 68

Troubleshooting with a Diagnostic CodeDiagnostic Code Cross Reference ....................... 70No Diagnostic Codes Detected ............................. 72CID 0001 FMI 02 .................................................. 72CID 0001 FMI 05 .................................................. 73CID 0001 FMI 06 .................................................. 73CID 0001 FMI 07 .................................................. 74CID 0002 FMI 02 .................................................. 74CID 0002 FMI 05 .................................................. 74CID 0002 FMI 06 .................................................. 75CID 0002 FMI 07 .................................................. 75CID 0003 FMI 02 .................................................. 75CID 0003 FMI 05 .................................................. 76CID 0003 FMI 06 .................................................. 76CID 0003 FMI 07 .................................................. 77CID 0004 FMI 02 .................................................. 77CID 0004 FMI 05 .................................................. 77CID 0004 FMI 06 .................................................. 78CID 0004 FMI 07 .................................................. 78CID 0005 FMI 02 .................................................. 79CID 0005 FMI 05 .................................................. 79CID 0005 FMI 06 .................................................. 80CID 0005 FMI 07 .................................................. 80CID 0006 FMI 02 .................................................. 80CID 0006 FMI 05 .................................................. 81CID 0006 FMI 06 .................................................. 81CID 0006 FMI 07 .................................................. 82CID 0041 FMI 03 .................................................. 82CID 0041 FMI 04 .................................................. 82CID 0091 FMI 03 .................................................. 83CID 0091 FMI 04 .................................................. 83CID 0091 FMI 08 .................................................. 84CID 0100 FMI 03 .................................................. 84CID 0100 FMI 04 .................................................. 85CID 0100 FMI 10 .................................................. 85CID 0110 FMI 03 ................................................... 86CID 0110 FMI 04 ................................................... 86CID 0168 FMI 00 .................................................. 86CID 0168 FMI 01 .................................................. 87CID 0168 FMI 02 .................................................. 87CID 0172 FMI 03 .................................................. 88CID 0172 FMI 04 .................................................. 88CID 0190 FMI 08 .................................................. 89CID 0247 FMI 09 .................................................. 89CID 0247 FMI 12 .................................................. 89CID 0253 FMI 02 .................................................. 90CID 0261 FMI 11 ................................................... 90CID 0262 FMI 03 .................................................. 90CID 0262 FMI 04 .................................................. 91CID 0268 FMI 02 .................................................. 91CID 0342 FMI 08 .................................................. 91CID 0526 FMI 05 .................................................. 92CID 0526 FMI 06 .................................................. 92CID 0526 FMI 07 .................................................. 92CID 1779 FMI 05 .................................................. 93CID 1779 FMI 06 .................................................. 93CID 1785 FMI 03 .................................................. 93CID 1785 FMI 04 .................................................. 94CID 1785 FMI 10 .................................................. 94CID 1797 FMI 03 .................................................. 95CID 1797 FMI 04 .................................................. 95

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 4: KENR6933-00

4 KENR6933Table of Contents

CID 1834 FMI 02 .................................................. 96CID 2246 FMI 06 .................................................. 96

Troubleshooting with an Event CodeEvent Codes ........................................................ 97E172 High Air Filter Restriction ............................. 97E232 High Fuel/Water Separator Water Level ...... 97E360 Low Engine Oil Pressure ............................. 97E361 High Engine Coolant Temperature .............. 99E362 Engine Overspeed ..................................... 100E396 High Fuel Rail Pressure ............................ 101E398 Low Fuel Rail Pressure ............................. 101E539 High Intake Manifold Air Temperature ....... 102E2143 Low Engine Coolant Level ....................... 103

Diagnostic Functional Tests5 Volt Sensor Supply Circuit - Test ..................... 104CAN Data Link Circuit - Test ................................ 111Data Link Circuit - Test ......................................... 114ECM Memory - Test ............................................ 120Electrical Connectors - Inspect ........................... 121Engine Pressure Sensor Open or Short Circuit -Test ................................................................... 125Engine Speed/Timing Sensor Circuit - Test ........ 132Engine Temperature Sensor Open or Short Circuit -Test ................................................................... 140Fuel Rail Pump Solenoid - Test .......................... 145Ignition Keyswitch Circuit and Battery Supply Circuit -Test ................................................................... 150Indicator Lamp Circuit - Test ............................... 155Injector Data Incorrect - Test ............................... 158Injector Solenoid Circuit - Test ............................ 160Speed Demand Circuit (Analog) - Test ............... 168Speed Demand Circuit (Digital) - Test ................ 171Starting Aid (Glow Plug) Relay Circuit - Test ...... 174Wastegate Solenoid - Test .................................. 178

Index Section

Index ................................................................... 183

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 5: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 5Troubleshooting Section

Troubleshooting Section

Electronic Troubleshootingi02755770

System Overview

System Operation

g01178531Illustration 1

(1) Electronic Unit Injector(2) Solenoid for the Fuel Rail Pump(3) Wastegate Regulator (if equipped)(4) Secondary Speed/Timing Sensor(5) Fuel Rail Pump

(6) Primary Speed/Timing Sensor(7) Intake Manifold Pressure Sensor(8) Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor(9) Engine Oil Pressure Sensor(10) Intake Manifold Temperature Sensor

(11) Coolant Temperature Sensor(12) Diagnostic Connector (if equipped)(13) Electronic Control Module (ECM)

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 6: KENR6933-00

6 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

The 1106C Genset was designed for electroniccontrol. The engine has an Electronic Control Module(ECM), a fuel rail pump and electronic unit injectors.All of these items are electronically controlled. Thereare also a number of engine sensors. Turbochargedengines can be equipped with an electronicallycontrolled wastegate for the turbocharger. The ECMcontrols the engine operating parameters throughthe software within the ECM and the inputs from thevarious sensors. The software contains parametersthat control the engine operation. The parametersinclude all of the operating maps and customerselected parameters.

The electronic system consists of the ECM, theengine sensors and inputs from the parent machine.The ECM is the computer. The personality moduleis the software for the computer. The personalitymodule defines the following characteristics of theengine:

• Engine power

• Torque curves

• Engine speed (rpm)

• Engine Noise

• Smoke and Emissions

Engine Speed Governor

The ECM determines the injection timing, the amountof fuel that is delivered to the cylinders and the intakemanifold pressure if an electronically controlledwastegate is installed on the turbocharger. Thesedecisions are based on the actual conditions and thedesired conditions at any given time.

The governor has software that compares the desiredengine speed to the actual engine speed. The actualengine speed is determined through the primaryspeed/timing sensor and the secondary speed/timingsensor. If the desired engine speed is greater thanthe actual engine speed, the governor injects morefuel in order to increase engine speed.

Timing Considerations

Fuel injection timing is determined by the ECM afterconsidering input from the following components:

• Engine coolant temperature sensor

• The sensor for the intake manifold air temperature

• The sensor for the intake manifold pressure

• Speed/timing sensors

• Speed demand input

At start-up, the ECM determines the top centerposition of the number 1 cylinder from the secondaryspeed/timing sensor in the fuel rail pump. The ECMdecides when fuel injection should occur relative tothe top center position. The ECM optimizes engineperformance by control of each of the electronicunit injectors so that the required amount of fuel isinjected at the precise point of the engine’s cycle. Theelectronic unit injectors are supplied high pressurefuel from the fuel rail. The ECM also provides thesignal to the solenoid in the fuel rail pump. Thesolenoid in the fuel rail pump controls a valve in thefuel rail pump. This valve controls the pressure inthe fuel rail. Fuel that is not required for the engineis diverted away from the fuel rail pump back to thefuel tank.

The ECM adjusts injection timing and fuel pressurefor the best engine performance, the best fueleconomy and the best control of exhaust emissions.The actual timing can be viewed with an electronicservice tool. Also, the desired timing can be viewedwith an electronic service tool.

Fuel Injection

The personality module inside the ECM sets certainlimits on the amount of fuel that can be injected.

The Fuel Ratio Control Limit is a limit that is basedon intake manifold air pressure and engine rpm. TheFRC Limit is used to control the air/fuel ratio in orderto control the engine’s exhaust emissions. When theECM senses a higher intake manifold air pressure,the ECM increases the FRC Limit. A higher intakemanifold air pressure indicates that there is more airin the cylinder. When the ECM increases the FRCLimit, the ECM allows more fuel into the cylinder.

The Rated Fuel Limit is a limit that is based on thepower rating of the engine and on the engine rpm.The Rated Fuel Limit enables the engine power andtorque outputs to conform to the power and torquecurves of a specific engine model.

These limits are in the personality module and theselimits cannot be changed by the operator.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 7: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 7Troubleshooting Section

Diagnostic CodesWhen the ECM detects an electronic system fault,the ECM generates a diagnostic code. Also, the ECMlogs the diagnostic code in order to indicate the timeof the occurrence of the fault. The ECM also logs thenumber of occurrences of the fault. Diagnostic codesare provided in order to indicate that the ECM hasdetected an electrical fault or an electronic fault withthe engine control system. In some cases, the engineperformance can be affected when the condition thatis causing the code exists.

If the operator indicates that a performance problemoccurs, the diagnostic code may indicate the cause ofthe fault. Use the electronic service tool to access thediagnostic codes. The fault should then be corrected.

Event Codes

Event Codes are used to indicate that the ECM hasdetected an abnormal engine operating condition.The ECM will log the occurrence of the event code.This does not indicate an electrical malfunctionor an electronic malfunction. For example, if thetemperature of the coolant in the engine is higherthan the permitted limit, then the ECM will detect thecondition. The ECM will then log an event code forthe condition.

Programmable ParametersCertain parameters that affect the engine operationmay be changed with electronic service tools.The parameters are stored in the ECM and theparameters are protected from unauthorized changesby passwords. These parameters are SystemConfiguration Parameters.

System Configuration Parameters are set at thefactory. System Configuration Parameters affectthe emissions or the power ratings within theengine. Factory passwords must be obtained andused in order to change the System ConfigurationParameters.

PasswordsSystem Configuration Parameters are protected byfactory passwords. Factory passwords are calculatedon a computer system that is available only toPerkins distributors. Since factory passwords containalphabetic characters, only an electronic servicetool may change System Configuration Parameters.System Configuration Parameters affect the powerrating or the emissions.

Refer to Troubleshooting, “Programming Parameters”and Troubleshooting, “Factory Passwords”.

i02517212

Glossary

Active Diagnostic Code – An active diagnosticcode alerts the operator or the service technician thatan electronic system malfunction is currently present.Refer to the term “Diagnostic Code” in this glossary.

Adaptive Trim – This is a software process that isperformed in the Electronic Control Module (ECM)that optimizes engine performance.

Alternating Current (AC) – Alternating current is anelectric current that reverses direction at a regularinterval that is reoccurring.

Before Top Center (BTC) – BTC is the 180 degreesof crankshaft rotation before the piston reaches thetop dead center position in the normal direction ofrotation.

Breakout Harness – A breakout harness is atest harness that is designed to connect into theengine harness. This connection allows a normalcircuit operation and the connection simultaneouslyprovides a Breakout T in order to measure thesignals.

Bypass Circuit – A bypass circuit is a circuit that isused as a substitute circuit for an existing circuit. Abypass circuit is typically used as a test circuit.

CAN Data Link (see also J1939 CAN Data Link) –The CAN Data Link is a serial communicationsport that is used for communication with othermicroprocessor based devices.

Code – Refer to “Diagnostic Code” or “Event Code”.

Communication Adapter Tool – Thecommunication adapter provides a communicationlink between the ECM and the electronic service tool.

Component Identifier (CID) – The CID is a numberthat identifies the specific component of the electroniccontrol system that has experienced a diagnosticcode.

Coolant Temperature Sensor – The coolanttemperature sensor detects the engine coolanttemperature for all normal operating conditions andfor engine monitoring.

Data Link – The Data Link is a serial communicationport that is used for communication with other devicessuch as the electronic service tool.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 8: KENR6933-00

8 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

Derate – Certain engine conditions will generateevent codes. Also, engine derates may be applied.The map for the engine derate is programmed intothe ECM software. The derate can be one or more of3 types: reduction of rated power, reduction of ratedengine speed, and reduction of rated machine speedfor OEM products.

Desired Engine Speed – The desired engine speedis input to the electronic governor within the ECM.The electronic governor uses the signal from thethrottle position sensor, the engine speed/timingsensor, and other sensors in order to determine thedesired engine speed.

Diagnostic Code – A diagnostic code is sometimesreferred to as a fault code. These codes indicate anelectronic system malfunction.

Diagnostic Lamp – A diagnostic lamp is sometimescalled the check engine light. The diagnostic lampis used to warn the operator of the presence ofan active diagnostic code. The lamp may not beincluded in all applications.

Digital Sensor Return – The common line (ground)from the ECM is used as ground for the digitalsensors.

Digital Sensors – Digital sensors produce a pulsewidth modulated signal. Digital sensors are suppliedwith power from the ECM.

Digital Sensor Supply – The power supply for thedigital sensors is provided by the ECM.

Direct Current (DC) – Direct current is the type ofcurrent that flows consistently in only one direction.

DT, DT Connector, or Deutsch DT – This is a typeof connector that is used on Perkins engines. Theconnectors are manufactured by Deutsch.

Duty Cycle – Refer to “Pulse Width Modulation”.

Electronic Engine Control – The electronicengine control is a complete electronic system.The electronic engine control monitors the engineoperation under all conditions. The electronic enginecontrol also controls the engine operation under allconditions.

Electronic Control Module (ECM) – The ECMis the control computer of the engine. The ECMprovides power to the electronics. The ECM monitorsdata that is input from the sensors of the engine. TheECM acts as a governor in order to control the speedand the power of the engine.

Electronic Service Tool – The electronic servicetool allows a computer (PC) to communicate with theECM.

Engine Monitoring – Engine Monitoring is the partof the electronic engine control that monitors thesensors. This also warns the operator of detectedproblems.

Engine Oil Pressure Sensor – The engine oilpressure sensor measures engine oil pressure. Thesensor sends a signal to the ECM that is dependenton the engine oil pressure.

Engine Speed/Timing Sensor – An enginespeed/timing sensor is a hall effect switch thatprovides a digital signal to the ECM. The ECMinterprets this signal as the crankshaft position andthe engine speed. Two sensors are used to providethe speed and timing signals to the ECM. The primarysensor is associated with the crankshaft and thesecondary sensor is associated with the camshaft.

Event Code – An event code may be activatedin order to indicate an abnormal engine operatingcondition. These codes usually indicate a mechanicalproblem instead of an electrical system problem.

Failure Mode Identifier (FMI) – This identifierindicates the type of failure that is associated withthe component. The FMI has been adopted from theSAE practice of J1587 diagnostics. The FMI followsthe parameter identifier (PID) in the descriptions ofthe fault code. The descriptions of the FMIs are inthe following list.

0 – The data is valid but the data is above the normaloperational range.

1 – The data is valid but the data is below the normaloperational range.

2 – The data is erratic, intermittent, or incorrect.

3 – The voltage is above normal or the voltage isshorted high.

4 – The voltage is below normal or the voltage isshorted low.

5 – The current is below normal or the circuit is open.

6 – The current is above normal or the circuit isgrounded.

7 – The mechanical system is not respondingproperly.

8 – There is an abnormal frequency, an abnormalpulse width, or an abnormal time period.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 9: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 9Troubleshooting Section

9 – There has been an abnormal update.

10 – There is an abnormal rate of change.

11 – The failure mode is not identifiable.

12 – The device or the component is damaged.

Flash File – This file is software that is insidethe ECM. The file contains all the instructions(software) for the ECM and the file contains theperformance maps for a specific engine. The file maybe reprogrammed through flash programming.

Flash Programming – Flash programming is themethod of programming or updating an ECM withan electronic service tool over the data link insteadof replacing components.

Fuel Injector E-Trim – Fuel injector E-trim is asoftware process that allows precise control of fuelinjectors by parameters that are programmed intothe ECM for each fuel injector. With the use of theelectronic service tool, the service technician canread status information for the E-Trim. Data forE-Trim can also be programmed.

FRC – See “Fuel Ratio Control”.

Fuel Pump – See “Fuel Rail Pump”.

Fuel Rail – This item is sometimes referred to asthe High Pressure Fuel Rail. The fuel rail suppliesfuel to the electronic unit injectors. The fuel rail pumpand the fuel rail pressure sensor work with the ECMin order to maintain the desired fuel pressure in thefuel rail. This pressure is determined by calibrationof the engine in order to enable the engine to meetemissions and performance requirements.

Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor – The fuel rail pressuresensor sends an electronic signal to the ECM that isdependent on the pressure of the fuel in the fuel rail.

Fuel Rail Pump – This item is sometimes referredto as the High Pressure Fuel Rail Pump. This is adevice that supplies fuel under pressure to the fuelrail (high pressure fuel rail).

Fuel Rail Pump Solenoid Valve – This is sometimesreferred to as the High Pressure Fuel Rail PumpSolenoid Valve. This is a control device in the highpressure fuel rail pump. The ECM controls thepressure in the fuel rail by using this valve to divertexcess fuel from the pump to the fuel tank.

Fuel Ratio Control (FRC) – The FRC is a limit thatis based on the control of the ratio of the fuel to air.The FRC is used for purposes of emission control.When the ECM senses a higher intake manifoldair pressure (more air into the cylinder), the FRCincreases the FRC Limit (more fuel into the cylinder).

Full Load Setting (FLS) – The FLS is the parameterthat represents the fuel system adjustment. Thisadjustment is made at the factory in order to fine tunethe fuel system. The correct value for this parameteris stamped on the engine information ratings plate.This parameter must be programmed.

Full Torque Setting (FTS) – The FTS is theparameter that represents the adjustment for theengine torque. This adjustment is made at the factoryin order to fine tune the fuel system. This adjustmentis made in conjunction with the FLS. This parametermust be programmed.

Glow Plug – The glow plug is an optional starting aidfor cold conditions. One glow plug is installed in eachcombustion chamber in order to improve the ability ofthe engine to start. The ECM uses information fromthe engine sensors such as the engine temperatureto determine when the glow plug relay must providepower to each glow plug. Each of the glow plugsthen provides a very hot surface in the combustionchamber in order to vaporize the mixture of air andfuel. This improves ignition during the compressionstroke of the cylinder.

Glow Plug Relay – The glow plug relay is controlledby the ECM in order to provide high current to theglow plugs that are used in the starting aid system.

Harness – The harness is the bundle of wiring(loom) that connects all components of the electronicsystem.

Hertz (Hz) – Hertz is the measure of electricalfrequency in cycles per second.

High Pressure Fuel Rail Pump – See “Fuel RailPump”.

High Pressure Fuel Rail Pump Solenoid Valve –See “Fuel Rail Pump Solenoid Valve”.

High Pressure Fuel Rail – See “Fuel Rail”.

Injector Codes – The injector codes or injector trimcodes are numeric codes or alphanumeric codesthat are etched or stamped on individual electronicunit injectors. These codes are used to fine tune thefuel delivery.

Injector Trim Files – Injector trim files aredownloaded from a disk to the ECM. The injectortrim files compensate for variances in manufacturingof the electronic unit injector and for the life of theelectronic unit injector. The serial number for theelectronic unit injector must be obtained in order toretrieve the correct injector trim file.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 10: KENR6933-00

10 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

Intake Manifold Air Temperature Sensor – Theintake manifold air temperature sensor detects theair temperature in the intake manifold. The ECMmonitors the air temperature and other data in theintake manifold in order to adjust injection timing andother performance functions.

Intake Manifold Pressure Sensor – The IntakeManifold Pressure Sensor measures the pressurein the intake manifold. The pressure in the intakemanifold may be different to the pressure outsidethe engine (atmospheric pressure). The differencein pressure may be caused by an increase in airpressure by a turbocharger (if equipped).

Integrated Electronic Controls – The engine isdesigned with the electronic controls as a necessarypart of the system. The engine will not operatewithout the electronic controls.

J1939 CAN Data Link – This data link is a SAEstandard diagnostic communications data link thatis used to communicate between the ECM and theelectronic devices.

Logged Diagnostic Codes – Logged diagnosticcodes are codes which are stored in the memory.These codes are meant to be an indicator of possiblecauses for intermittent problems. Refer to theterm “Diagnostic Code” in this glossary for moreinformation.

OEM – OEM is an abbreviation for the OriginalEquipment Manufacturer. This is the manufacturer ofthe machine or the vehicle that uses the engine.

Open Circuit – An open circuit is a condition that iscaused by an open switch, or by an electrical wireor a connection that is broken. When this conditionexists, the signal or the supply voltage can no longerreach the intended destination.

Parameter – A parameter is a value or a limit thatis programmable. This helps determine specificcharacteristics or behaviors of the engine.

Password – A password is a group of numericcharacters or a group of alphanumeric charactersthat is designed to restrict access to parameters. Theelectronic system requires correct passwords in orderto change some parameters (Factory Passwords).Refer to Troubleshooting, “Factory Passwords” formore information.

Personality Module – See “Flash File”.

Power Cycled – Power cycled happens when powerto the ECM is cycled: ON, OFF, and ON. Powercycled refers to the action of cycling the keyswitchfrom any position to the OFF position, and to theSTART/RUN position.

Primary Speed/Timing Sensor – This sensordetermines the position of the crankshaft duringengine operation. If the primary speed/timingsensor fails during engine operation, the secondaryspeed/timing sensor is used to provide the signal.

Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) – The PWM is asignal that consists of pulses that are of variablewidth. These pulses occur at fixed intervals. The ratioof “TIME ON” versus total “TIME OFF” can be varied.This ratio is also referred to as a duty cycle.

g00284479Illustration 2

Rated Fuel Limit – This is a limit that is based onthe power rating of the engine and on the engine rpm.The Rated Fuel Limit enables the engine power andtorque outputs to conform to the power and torquecurves of a specific engine model. These limits are inthe flash file and these limits cannot be changed.

Reference Voltage – Reference voltage is aregulated voltage and a steady voltage that issupplied by the ECM to a sensor. The referencevoltage is used by the sensor to generate a signalvoltage.

Relay – A relay is an electromechanical switch. Aflow of electricity in one circuit is used to control theflow of electricity in another circuit. A small current orvoltage is applied to a relay in order to switch a muchlarger current or voltage.

Secondary Speed/Timing Sensor – This sensordetermines the position of the camshaft during engineoperation. If the primary speed/timing sensor failsduring engine operation, the secondary speed/timingsensor is used to provide the signal.

Sensor – A sensor is a device that is used todetect the current value of pressure or temperature,or mechanical movement. The information that isdetected is converted into an electrical signal.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 11: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 11Troubleshooting Section

Short Circuit – A short circuit is a condition that hasan electrical circuit that is inadvertently connected toan undesirable point. An example of a short circuitis a wire which rubs against a vehicle frame andthis rubbing eventually wears off the wire insulation.Electrical contact with the frame is made and a shortcircuit results.

Signal – The signal is a voltage or a waveform thatis used in order to transmit information typically froma sensor to the ECM.

Supply Voltage – The supply voltage is a continuousvoltage that is supplied to a component in order toprovide the electrical power that is required for thecomponent to operate. The power may be generatedby the ECM or the power may be battery voltage thatis supplied by the engine wiring.

System Configuration Parameters – Systemconfiguration parameters are parameters that affectemissions and/or operating characteristics of theengine.

Tattletale – Certain parameters that affect theoperation of the engine are stored in the ECM.These parameters can be changed by use of theelectronic service tool. The tattletale logs the numberof changes that have been made to the parameter.The tattletale is stored in the ECM.

Throttle Position – The throttle position is theinterpretation by the ECM of the signal from thethrottle position sensor or the throttle switch.

Throttle Position Sensor – The throttle positionsensor is a sensor that is usually connected to anaccelerator pedal or a hand lever. This sensor sendsa signal to the ECM that is used to calculate desiredengine speed.

Throttle Switch – The throttle switch sends a signalto the ECM that is used to calculate desired enginespeed.

Timing Calibration – The timing calibration is theadjustment of an electrical signal. This adjustment ismade in order to correct the timing error between thecamshaft and the engine speed/timing sensors orbetween the crankshaft and the engine speed/timingsensors.

Top Center Position – The top center position refersto the crankshaft position when the engine pistonposition is at the highest point of travel. The enginemust be turned in the normal direction of rotation inorder to reach this point.

Total Tattletale – The total tattletale is the totalnumber of changes to all the parameters that arestored in the ECM.

Wait To Start Lamp – This is a lamp that is includedin the cold starting aid circuit in order to indicate whenthe wait to start period has expired. The glow plugshave not deactivated at this point in time.

Wastegate – This is a device in a turbochargedengine that controls the maximum boost pressurethat is provided to the inlet manifold.

Wastegate Regulator (if equipped) – Thewastegate regulator controls the pressure in theintake manifold to a value that is determined by theECM. The wastegate regulator provides the interfacebetween the ECM and the mechanical system thatregulates intake manifold pressure to the desiredvalue that is determined by the software.

i02517580

Electronic Service Tools

Perkins electronic service tools are designed to helpthe service technician:

• Retrieve diagnostic codes.

• Diagnose electrical problems.

• Read parameters.

• Program parameters.

• Install trim files.

Required Service ToolsTable 1

Required Service Tools

Part Number Description

CH11155 Crimp Tool (12−AWG TO 18−AWG)

2900A019 Wire Removal Tool

27610285 Removal Tool- Suitable Digital Multimeter

Two short jumper wires are needed to check thecontinuity of some wiring harness circuits by shortingtwo adjacent terminals together in a connector. Along extension wire may also be needed to check thecontinuity of some wiring harness circuits.

Optional Service ToolsTable 2 lists the optional service tools that can beused when the engine is serviced.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 12: KENR6933-00

12 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

Table 2

Part Number Description

U5MK1092 Spoon Probe Kit(MULTIMETER)-or-

Suitable Digital Pressure IndicatororEngine Pressure Group

- Suitable Battery Load Tester- Suitable Temperature Adapter

(MULTIMETER)

28170107 Bypass Harness As

2900A038 Harness As

Perkins Electronic Service ToolThe Perkins Electronic Service Tool can display thefollowing information:

• Status of all pressure sensors and temperaturesensors

• Programmable parameter settings

• Active diagnostic codes and logged diagnosticcodes

• Logged events

• Histograms

The Electronic Service Tool can also be used toperform the following functions:

• Diagnostic tests

• Sensor calibrations

• Programming of flash files

• Parameter programming

• Copy configuration function for ECM replacement

• Data logging

• Graphs (real time)

Table 3 lists the service tools that are required inorder to use the Electronic Service Tool.

Table 3

Service Tools for the Use of the ElectronicService Tool

PartNumber

Description

-(1) Single Use Program License

-(1) Data Subscription for All Engines

27610251 Communication Adapter (ElectronicService Tool to ECM interface)

27610164 Adapter Cable As(1) Refer to Perkins Engine Company Limited.

Note: For more information regarding the use of theElectronic Service Tool and the PC requirementsfor the Electronic Service Tool, refer to thedocumentation that accompanies your PerkinsElectronic Service Tool software.

Connecting the Electronic Service Tooland the Communication Adapter II

g01121866Illustration 3(1) Personal Computer (PC)(2) Adapter Cable (Computer Serial Port)(3) Communication Adapter II(4) Adapter Cable Assembly

Note: Items (2), (3) and (4) are part of theCommunication Adapter II kit.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 13: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 13Troubleshooting Section

Use the following procedure in order to connectthe Electronic Service Tool and the CommunicationAdapter II.

1. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.

2. Connect cable (2) between the “COMPUTER”end of communication adapter (3) and the RS232serial port of PC (1).

Note: The Adapter Cable Assembly (4) is required toconnect to the USB port on computers that are notequipped with a RS232 serial port.

3. Connect cable (4) between the “DATA LINK” endof communication adapter (3) and the service toolconnector.

4. Place the keyswitch in the ON position. If theElectronic Service Tool and the communicationadapter do not communicate with the ElectronicControl Module (ECM), refer to the diagnosticprocedure Troubleshooting, “Electronic ServiceTool Will Not Communicate With ECM”.

i02492452

Indicator Lamps

Indicator LampsThe functions of the indicator lamps are designed todisplay the maximum amount of information on theminimum number of lamps.

Five lamps are available as options. The “Shutdown”lamp and the “Warning” lamp will normally beinstalled in the application. Dedicated optional lampsfor other items may also be installed. The remainingoptional lamps are “Wait to start”, “Low oil pressure”and “PTO mode on”.

The “Shutdown” lamp and the “Warning” lamp canalso be used to indicate a diagnostic code by use ofthe “Flash Code” feature. The “Flash Code” featurecan be used to indicate all active diagnostic codesand logged diagnostic codes.

Functions of the Lamps

Shutdown Lamp

Lamp check – When the keyswitch is turned to ON,the lamp will come on for 2 seconds. The lamp willthen go off unless there is an active warning.

Flashing – The lamp will be flashing when a derateis active or when a derate is present because ofan active diagnostic code. An example of an activediagnostic code is “System Voltage High”.

On – The lamp will be on when the shutdown levelin the engine protection strategy has been reached.The “Warning” lamp will also be on.

Warning Lamp

Lamp check – When the keyswitch is turned to ON,the lamp will come on for 2 seconds. The lamp willthen go off unless there is an active warning.

Flashing – The lamp will be flashing when a“warning” or a “warning and derate” is active. Thisincludes low oil pressure.

On – The lamp will be on when the shutdown levelhas been reached. The “Shutdown” lamp will alsobe on.

Wait to Start Lamp

Lamp check – When the keyswitch is turned to ON,the lamp will come on for 2 seconds. The lamp willthen go off unless “Wait to Start” is active.

On – The lamp is on during a “Wait to Start” period.

Low Oil Pressure

Lamp check – When the keyswitch is turned to ON,the lamp will come on for 2 seconds. The lamp willthen go off unless there is an active warning.

On – The lamp will come on when a low oil pressureevent is detected. The “Warning” lamp and the“Shutdown” lamp may also come on.

PTO Lamp

Lamp check – When the keyswitch is turned to ON,the lamp will come on for 2 seconds. The lamp willthen go off unless the PTO mode is active.

Flashing – The lamp will be flashing when the PTOmode is turned on but when the PTO is not engaged.

On – The lamp will come on when PTO mode isengaged.

Color of LampsTypically, the “Shutdown” lamp is colored red and the“Warning” lamp is colored amber. The other lampsare optional.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 14: KENR6933-00

14 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

Operation of the Indicator LampsTable 4

WarningLamp(AlertLamp)

ShutdownLamp(ActionLamp)

Lamp State Description of the Indication Engine State

On OnLamp Check When the keyswitch is switched on, the lamps

come on for a period of 2 seconds and the lampswill then go off.

The keyswitch is on but theengine has not yet beencranked.

Off Off No Faults With the engine in operation, there are no activewarnings, diagnostic codes or event codes.

The engine is operating withno detected faults.

On Off

ActiveDiagnostic

If the warning lamp comes on during engineoperation, this indicates that an active diagnosticcode (an electrical fault) is present.

The engine is operatingnormally but there is one ormore faults with the electronicmanagement system for theengine.

On Flashing

Derate(A derate iscaused bycertain activecodes.)

If the warning lamp comes on and the shutdownlamp flashes during engine operation, thisindicates that an active diagnostic code (anelectrical fault) is present. The diagnostic issufficiently serious in order to cause an enginederate.

The engine is operating butthere is one or more activediagnostic codes that haveinitiated an engine derate.

Flashing Off

Warning(Warningonly)

When the warning lamp flashes during operationof the engine, the lamp indicates that one or moreof the warning values for the engine protectionstrategy has been exceeded. However, the valuehas not been exceeded to a level that will cause aderate or a shutdown.

The engine is operatingnormally. However, there isone or more of the monitoredengine parameters that areoutside of the range that isacceptable.

Flashing Flashing

Derate(Warning andDerate)

If both the warning lamp and shutdown lamp flashduring operation of the engine, the lamps indicatethat one or more of the values for the engineprotection strategy have been exceeded beyondthe level that will cause an engine derate.

The engine is operating.However, one or more of themonitored engine parametersis outside of the acceptablerange. The acceptable rangehas been exceeded to a levelwhich requires a warning andan engine derate.

On On

EngineShutdown

If both the warning lamp and the shutdown lampcome on during engine operation, this indicatesone of the following conditions.

1. One or more of the shutdown values for theengine protection strategy has been exceeded.

2. A serious active diagnostic code has beendetected.

After a short period of time, the engine will shutdown.

The engine is either shutdownor an engine shutdown isimminent. One or moremonitored engine parametershave exceeded the limit for anengine shutdown. This patternof lamps can be caused bythe detection of a seriousactive diagnostic code.

Flash CodesThe “Flash Code” feature is used to flash the codeof all active diagnostic codes and logged diagnosticcodes.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 15: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 15Troubleshooting Section

The sequence for the flash code is started by movingthe keyswitch to “Off” and then moving the keyswitchto “On” twice within a period of three seconds. Aftera delay of 2 seconds, the “Shutdown” lamp will flashonce for a period of half a second. This sequenceindicates the start of the active fault codes. Aftera further delay of 2 seconds, the “Warning” lampwill flash repeatedly in order to indicate the activediagnostic codes. Each flash will be on for half asecond and off for 300 milliseconds. The “Warning”lamp will remain off for 2 seconds between each digitof a code. If there is more than one active diagnosticcode, the “Shutdown” lamp will go off for 2 seconds.The lamp will then come on for a period of half asecond. The “Warning” lamp will go off for a period of2 seconds before starting the next code. If there areno active diagnostic codes, the “Warning” lamp willflash the code “551”. Refer to Troubleshooting Guide,“No Diagnostic Code Detected”.

As an example, an active diagnostic code of “21” isindicated by the “Warning” lamp coming on for 500ms, then off for 300 ms, then on for 500 ms, then offfor 2000 ms, then on for 500 ms and then off.

g01194272Illustration 4

After all of the active diagnostic codes have beendisplayed, the “Shutdown” lamp will go off for 2seconds. The “Shutdown” lamp will flash twice inorder to indicate the start of the sequence that willdisplay the logged diagnostic codes. The process forflashing logged diagnostic codes is identical to theprocess for flashing active diagnostic codes.

Note: If there are no logged codes then the “551”code should be flashed again.

After all of the codes have been displayed, the“Shutdown” lamp will flash 3 times in order toindicate that there are no further codes. Cycling thekeyswitch twice within a period of 3 seconds willstart the process again. All codes will be displayed inascending numerical order.

Refer to the Troubleshooting Guide, “DiagnosticCodes” for the flash code that is related to thediagnostic code.

Note: Flash codes are always sent in ascendingnumerical order.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 16: KENR6933-00

16 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

i02654405

Replacing the ECM

NOTICECare must be taken to ensure that fluids are containedduring performance of inspection, maintenance, test-ing, adjusting and repair of the product. Be prepared tocollect the fluid with suitable containers before open-ing any compartment or disassembling any compo-nent containing fluids.

Dispose of all fluids according to local regulations andmandates.

NOTICEKeep all parts clean from contaminants.

Contaminants may cause rapid wear and shortenedcomponent life.

The engine is equipped with an Electronic ControlModule (ECM). The ECM contains no moving parts.Follow the troubleshooting procedures in this manualin order to be sure that replacing the ECM will correctthe problem. Verify that the suspect ECM is thecause of the problem.

Note: Ensure that the ECM is receiving powerand that the ECM is properly grounded beforereplacement of the ECM is attempted. Refer to theSchematic Diagram.

A test ECM can be used in order to determine if theECM on the engine is faulty. Install a test ECM inplace of the suspect ECM. Install the flash file intothe test ECM. Program the parameters for the testECM. The parameters must match the parameters inthe suspect ECM. Refer to the following test stepsfor details. If the test ECM resolves the problem,reconnect the suspect ECM. Verify that the problemreturns. If the problem returns, replace the ECM.

Use the Electronic Service Tool to read theparameters in the suspect ECM. Record theparameters in the suspect ECM. Install the flash fileinto the new ECM. After the ECM is installed on theengine, the parameters must be programmed intothe new ECM.

Note: When a new ECM is not available, you mayneed to remove an ECM from an engine that is not inservice. The ECM must have the same serial numbersuffix. Ensure that the replacement ECM and theflash file match the suspect ECM. Be sure to recordthe parameters from the replacement ECM. Use the“Copy Configuration ECM Replacement” function inthe Electronic Service Tool.

NOTICEIf the flash file and engine application are not matched,engine damage may result.

Perform the following procedure in order to replacethe ECM.

1. Connect the Electronic Service Tool to thediagnostic connector.

2. Use the “Copy Configuration ECM Replacement”function from the Electronic Service Tool. If the“Copy Configuration” is successful, proceed toStep 4. If the “Copy Configuration” failed, proceedto Step 3.

Note: Record any Logged Faults and Events for yourrecords.

3. Record the following parameters:

• Record all of the parameters on the“Configuration” screen.

• Record all of the parameters on the “ThrottleConfiguration” screen.

• Record all of the parameters on the “ModeConfiguration” screen.

• Record the serial numbers of the electronic unitinjectors. The injector serial numbers are shownon the “Injector Trim Calibration” screen.

Note: If the parameters cannot be read, theparameters must be obtained elsewhere. Someparameters are stamped on the engine informationplate, but most parameters must be obtained fromthe PTMI data on Perkins Secured Internet.

4. Remove power from the ECM.

5. Remove the ECM. Refer to Disassembly andAssembly, “Electronic Control Module - Removeand Install”.

6. Install the replacement ECM. Refer to Disassemblyand Assembly, “Electronic Control Module -Remove and Install”.

7. Download the flash file.

a. Connect the Electronic Service Tool to thediagnostic connector.

b. Select “WinFlash” from the “Utilities” menu ofthe electronic service tool.

c. Select the downloaded flash file.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 17: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 17Troubleshooting Section

8. If necessary, use the electronic service tool to clearthe rating interlock. To clear the rating interlock,enter the factory password when the electronicservice tool is first connected. Activating the “TestECM” mode will also clear the rating interlock.

9. Use the electronic service tool to program theparameters. Perform the following procedure.

a. If the “Copy Configuration” procedure wassuccessful, use the “Copy Configuration, ECMReplacement” function to load the configurationfile into the ECM.

Note: During the following procedure, FactoryPasswords may be required.

b. If the “Copy Configuration” procedure failed,configure the parameters individually. Theparameters should match the parameters fromstep 3.

Perform the “Fuel System Verification Test”.

10.Check for logged diagnostic codes. Factorypasswords are required to clear Logged Events.

i02492454

Self-Diagnostics

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) has the abilityto detect problems with the electronic system andwith engine operation. When a problem is detected, acode is generated. An alarm may also be generated.There are two types of codes:

• Diagnostic

• Event

Diagnostic Code – When a problem with theelectronic system is detected, the ECM generates adiagnostic code. This indicates the specific problemwith the circuitry.

Diagnostic codes can have two different states:

• Active

• Logged

Active Code – An active diagnostic code indicatesthat an active problem has been detected by thecontrol system. Active codes require immediateattention. Always service active codes prior toservicing logged codes.

Logged Code – Every generated code is storedin the permanent memory of the ECM. The codesare logged for 100 operating hours unless a code iscleared by use of the electronic service tool.

Event Code – An event code is generated by thedetection of an abnormal engine operating condition.For example, an event code will be generated if theoil pressure is too low. In this case, the event codeindicates the symptom of a problem.

Logged codes may not indicate that a repair isneeded. The problem may have been temporary. Theproblem may have been resolved since the loggingof the code. If the system is powered, it is possibleto generate an active diagnostic code whenever acomponent is disconnected. When the component isreconnected, the code is no longer active. Loggedcodes may be useful to help troubleshoot intermittentproblems. Logged codes can also be used to reviewthe performance of the engine and the electronicsystem.

i02414663

Sensors and ElectricalConnectors

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) and thesensors are located on the left side of the engine.Refer to Figure 5.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 18: KENR6933-00

18 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

g01178874Illustration 5(1) Coolant Temperature Sensor(2) Intake Manifold Temperature Sensor(3) Intake Manifold Pressure Sensor

(4) Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor(5) Electronic Control Module (ECM)(6) Oil Pressure Sensor

(7) Primary Speed/Timing Sensor(8) Secondary Speed/Timing Sensor(9) Solenoid for the Fuel Rail Pump

Note: If equipped, the wastegate regulator is installedon the right side of the engine.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 19: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 19Troubleshooting Section

g01178875Illustration 6

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 20: KENR6933-00

20 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

Table 5

Connector Function

P1 Machine Harness to ECM Connector (64 Pin Connector)

P2 Engine Harness to ECM Connector (64 Pin Connector)

P532 Fuel Rail Pump Solenoid Connector (2 Pin Connector)

P402 Secondary Speed/Timing Sensor (2 Pin Connector)

P401 Primary Speed/Timing Sensor (2 Pin Connector)

P201 Engine Oil Pressure Sensor (3 Pin Connector)

P228 Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor (3 Pin Connector)

P200 Intake Manifold Pressure Sensor (3 Pin Connector)

P103 Intake Manifold Temperature Sensor (2 Pin Connector)

P100 Coolant Temperature Sensor (2 Pin Connector)

J23 Diagnostic Connector (if equipped)

P691/J691 Electronic Unit Injectors for No. 1 and No. 2 Cylinders (4 PinConnector)

P692/J692 Electronic Unit Injectors for No. 3 and No. 4 Cylinders (4 PinConnector)

P693/J693 Electronic Unit Injectors for No. 5 and No. 6 Cylinders (4 PinConnector)

P511 Wastegate regulator (if equipped) (2 Pin Connector)

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 21: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 21Troubleshooting Section

g01178531Illustration 7(1) Electronic Unit Injector(2) Solenoid for the Fuel Rail Pump(3) Wastegate Regulator (if equipped)(4) Secondary Speed/Timing Sensor(5) Fuel Rail Pump

(6) Primary Speed/Timing Sensor(7) Intake Manifold Pressure Sensor(8) Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor(9) Engine Oil Pressure Sensor(10) Intake Manifold Temperature Sensor

(11) Coolant Temperature Sensor(12) Diagnostic Connector (if equipped)(13) Electronic Control Module (ECM)

i02444246

Engine Wiring Information

Harness Wire IdentificationPerkins identifies all wires with eleven solid colors.The circuit number is stamped on the wire at a 25 mm(1 inch) spacing. Table 6 lists the wire colors and thecolor codes.

Table 6

Color Codes for the Harness Wire

Color Code Color Color Code Color

BK Black BU Blue

BR Brown PU Purple

RD Red GY Gray

OR Orange WH White

YL Yellow PK Pink

GN Green

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 22: KENR6933-00

22 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

For example, a wire identification of F730-OR onthe schematic would signify an orange wire with thecircuit number F730. F730-OR identifies the powersupply for the oil pressure sensor.

Note: Always replace a harness wire with the samegauge of wire and with the same color code.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 23: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 23Troubleshooting Section

Schematic Diagrams

g01213981Illustration 8

Schematic Diagram for the Engine Harness

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 24: KENR6933-00

24 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

g01224168Illustration 9Schematic Diagram for a Typical Application

i02414687

ECM Harness ConnectorTerminals

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) usesconnectors that have 64 terminals to interface to thewiring harness.

g01170706Illustration 10Layout of the Connector Pins (view from the rear)

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 25: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 25Troubleshooting Section

Removal and Installation of theHarness Connector Terminals

Terminal RemovalTable 7

Required Tools

Part Number Part Description Qty

27610285 Removal Tool 1

g01201559Illustration 11

Removal of Terminal Position Assurance Components

1. Remove the connector from the ECM. Refer toDisassembly and Assembly, “Electronic ControlModule - Remove and Install”.

2. Use a screwdriver that has a flat blade (1) toremove the two terminal position assurancecomponents (2) from the connector (3).

Note: Do not use the removal tool to remove theterminal position assurance components.

g01201632Illustration 12Removal Tool

3. Insert the removal tool into the hole that isadjacent to the terminal in order to release thelocking device.

Note: Make sure that the tool stays perpendicular tothe face of the connector.

4. Hold the tool in position and gently pull the wire inorder to remove the terminal from the rear of theconnector (3).

5. Remove the removal tool from the face of theconnector (3).

Note: If a terminal must be replaced, part number28170085 must be used.

Terminal Insertion

1. Push the terminal into the rear of the connector (3)until the terminal engages with the locking device.

2. Gently pull on the wire in order to make sure thatthe terminal is retained by the locking device.

3. Install the two terminal position assurancecomponents (2) into the sides of the connector (3).

4. Connect the connector to the ECM. Refer toDisassembly and Assembly, “Electronic ControlModule - Remove and Install”.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 26: KENR6933-00

26 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

Programming Parametersi02415216

Programming Parameters

The electronic service tool can be used to viewcertain parameters that can affect the operation of theengine. The electronic service tool can also be usedto change certain parameters. The parameters arestored in the Electronic Control Module (ECM). Someof the parameters are protected from unauthorizedchanges by passwords. Parameters that can bechanged have a tattletale number. The tattletalenumber shows if a parameter has been changed.

i02415218

Test ECM Mode

“Test ECM Mode” is a feature in the software thatcan be used to help troubleshoot an engine that mayhave a problem with the Electronic Control Module(ECM). This feature allows a standard ECM to beused as a test ECM. This feature eliminates the needto stock a test ECM.

1. Search for the latest flash file for the engine.

Note: If a newer software version is available for theengine, install the newest software on the suspectECM. If the new software does not fix the problemcontinue with this procedure.

2. Use the “Copy Configuration” feature on theelectronic service tool to copy the parametersfrom the suspect ECM.

Note: If the “ECM Replacement” feature cannotbe used, record the programmed values into the“Customer Specified Parameters Worksheet”. Alsorecord the system configuration parameters.

3. Disconnect the suspect ECM. Temporarily connectthe test ECM to the engine. Do not mount the testECM on the engine.

4. Flash program the test ECM with the newestsoftware that is available.

5. Start the “Test ECM Mode” on the electronicservice tool. Access the feature through the“Service” menu. The electronic service tool willdisplay the status of the test ECM and the hoursthat are remaining for the “Test ECM Mode”.

Note: “Test ECM Mode” can only be activated ifthe engine serial number has not already beenprogrammed during normal operation of the ECM.If the engine serial number is programmed and theECM is not in “Test ECM Mode”, the ECM can neverbe used as a test ECM.

6. Use the “Copy Configuration” feature on theelectronic service tool to program the test ECM.

Note: If the “ECM Replacement” feature can not beused, program the test ECM with the values from the“Customer Specified Parameters Worksheet” and thevalues from the System Configuration Parameters.

7. Program the engine serial number into the testECM.

Note: The “Test ECM Mode” must be activatedbefore the engine serial number is programmed intothe ECM.

8. Verify that the test ECM fixes the problem.

When the “Test ECM Mode” is activated, an internaltimer sets a 24 hour clock. This clock will count downonly while the ECM is powered and the keyswitchis in the ON position. After the ECM has counteddown the 24 hour period, the ECM will exit the “TestECM Mode”. The parameters and the engine serialnumber will be set.

If the test ECM fixes the problem, the engine can bereleased while the “Test ECM Mode” is still active.

Once an ECM has been activated in the “Test ECMMode”, the ECM will stay in the “Test ECM Mode”until the timer times out. If the ECM is used as a testECM for more than one engine, the “Test ECM Mode”must be reactivated. Anytime prior to the “Test ECMMode” timing out, the ECM can be reset to 24 hours.

i02415222

ECM Snapshot

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) can record asnapshot of certain engine parameters. The snapshotrecords the parameters for a period of 13 secondsthat surround an event. The following events triggersnapshots:

• Certain diagnostic codes

• Operator request

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 27: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 27Troubleshooting Section

The ECM can store a maximum of two snapshots thatare triggered by a diagnostic code. Two snapshotscan be triggered manually. The snapshots are storedin a circular buffer. The newest snapshot will replacethe oldest snapshot.

The ECM stores the snapshots in memory. Snapshotsare maintained in the ECM until the snapshotsare cleared. The following conditions will clear asnapshot:

• Operator request via the electronic service tool

• The snapshot has been stored for 100 hours ofengine operation.

Snapshot That is Triggered by aDiagnostic CodeWhen certain diagnostic codes occur, the ECMrecords many of the status parameters that areavailable on the electronic service tool. The ECMrecords this information for approximately nineseconds before the code occurs and approximatelyfour seconds after the code occurs.

Snapshot That is Triggered by theOperatorA snapshot can be triggered by the operator by usingthe electronic service tool.

On the electronic service tool, the snapshot canbe triggered from the “Snapshot Recorder Tool”.Refer to the instructions on the screen or refer to thedocumentation for help on the system.

The “Raise/Resume” switch for the Power Take Off(PTO) may be able to generate a snapshot, if theoption is installed.

If a snapshot can be generated by use of the“Raise/Resume” switch for the PTO, perform thefollowing procedure to trigger a snapshot:

g00627693Illustration 13Typical “Raise/Resume” Switch for the PTO

(1) OFF position(2) RAISE position(3) RESUME position

1. Toggle the switch quickly from the OFF position(1) to the RAISE position (2).

2. Toggle the switch quickly from the RAISE position(2) to the RESUME position (3).

3. Toggle the switch quickly from the RESUMEposition (3) back to the OFF position (1).

Note: All three steps must occur within a one secondtime period in order to take a snapshot. Performingthe steps in the reverse order also triggers asnapshot.

Use of Snapshot DataUse snapshot data only to help determine engineoperating conditions when an intermittent problemoccurs. If an intermittent diagnostic code is causingproblems, use the snapshot data. Snapshot data canbe used to determine whether the problem occursunder specific circumstances. The following listcontains examples of specific circumstances:

• Engine rpm

• Range of coolant temperatures

Use the snapshot data in order to determine theoperating conditions that were present during theevent. Attempt to duplicate the conditions in orderto get the code to recur.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 28: KENR6933-00

28 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

Replacement of electronic components shouldnot be based on snapshot data alone. If too muchemphasis is put on snapshot data, the result couldbe a misdiagnosed root cause. Also when snapshotdata that is triggered by a diagnostic code is beingviewed, the ECM sets a sensor value with an activediagnostic code to a default value when the codeis active. This is the reason that the sensor valuesuddenly jumps to a specific value at the trigger pointand the sensor value remains at the specific value forthe rest of the snapshot frames.

i02415228

Factory Passwords

NOTICEOperating the engine with a flash file not designed forthat engine will damage the engine. Be sure the flashfile is correct for your engine.

Note: Factory passwords are provided only toPerkins dealers.

Factory passwords are required to perform each ofthe following functions:

• Program a new Electronic Control Module (ECM).

When an ECM is replaced, the systemconfiguration parameters must be programmedinto the new ECM. A new ECM will allow theseparameters to be programmed once without factorypasswords. After the initial programming, someparameters are protected by factory passwords.

• Rerate the engine.

This may require changing the interlock code,which is protected by factory passwords.

• Clear engine events and certain diagnostic codes.

Most engine events require factory passwords inorder to clear the code from ECM memory. Clearthese codes only when you are certain that theproblem has been corrected. For example,the E362-1 Engine Overspeed requires theuse of factory passwords in order to clear thecode from ECM memory.

Since factory passwords contain alphabeticcharacters, the electronic service tool must beused to perform these functions. In order to obtainfactory passwords, proceed as if you alreadyhave the password. If factory passwords areneeded, the electronic service tool will requestthe factory passwords and the electronic servicetool will display the information that is requiredto obtain the passwords. For the worksheet thatis used for acquiring factory passwords, refer toTroubleshooting, “Factory Passwords Worksheet”.

i02415238

Flash Programming

Flash Programming – A method of loading a flashfile into the Electronic Control Module (ECM)

The electronic service tool can be utilized toflash program a flash file into the ECM. The flashprogramming transfers the flash file from the PC tothe ECM.

Flash Programming a Flash File1. Obtain the part number for the new flash file.

Note: If you do not have the part number for the flashfile, use “PTMI” on the Perkins Internet.

Note: You must have the engine serial number inorder to search for the flash file’s part number.

2. Connect the electronic service tool to the servicetool connector.

3. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. Do not startthe engine.

4. Select “WinFlash” from the “Utilities” menu on theelectronic service tool.

Note: If “WinFlash” will not communicate with theECM, refer to Troubleshooting, “Electronic ServiceTool Will Not Communicate with ECM”.

5. Flash program the flash file into the ECM.

a. Select the engine ECM under the “DetectedECMs”.

b. Press the “Browse” button in order to selectthe part number of the flash file that will beprogrammed into the ECM.

c. When the correct flash file is selected, pressthe “Open” button.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 29: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 29Troubleshooting Section

d. Verify that the “File Values” match theapplication. If the “File Values” do not matchthe application, search for the correct flash file.

e. When the correct flash file is selected, pressthe “Begin Flash” button.

f. The electronic service tool will indicate whenflash programming has been successfullycompleted.

6. Start the engine and check for proper operation.

7. Access the “Configuration” screen under the“Service” menu in order to determine theparameters that require programming. Look underthe “Tattletale” column. All of the parametersshould have a tattletale of 1 or more. If a parameterhas a tattletale of 0, program that parameter.

“WinFlash” Error Messages

If you receive any error messages during flashprogramming, click on the “Cancel” button in orderto stop the process. Access the information aboutthe “ECM Summary” under the “Information” menu.Ensure that you are programming the correct flashfile for your engine.

i02496863

Injector Trim File

The electronic service tool is used to load the injectortrim files into the Electronic Control Module (ECM).

The injector trim files must be loaded into the ECM ifany of the following conditions occur:

• An electronic unit injector is replaced.

• The ECM is replaced.

• Diagnostic code 0268-02 is active.

• Electronic unit injectors are exchanged betweencylinders.

Exchanging Electronic Unit Injectors

Exchanging electronic unit injectors can helpdetermine if a combustion problem is in the electronicunit injector or in the cylinder. If two electronic unitinjectors that are currently installed in the engineare exchanged between cylinders, the injector trimfiles can also be exchanged. Press the “Exchange”button at the bottom of the “Injector Trim Calibration”screen on the electronic service tool. Select the twoelectronic unit injectors that will be exchanged andpress the “OK” button. The tattletale for the electronicunit injectors that were exchanged will increase byone.

Note: The serial number for the electronic unitinjector and the confirmation code number for theelectronic unit injector are located on the electronicunit injector.

1. Record the serial number and the confirmationcode number for each electronic unit injector.

2. Obtain the injector trim file by one of the followingmethods:

• Select “Service Software Files” on the PerkinsInternet.

• Use the compact disc that is included with areplacement electronic unit injector.

3. Enter the serial number for the electronic unitinjector in the search field.

4. Download the injector trim file to the PC. Repeatthis procedure for each electronic unit injector, asrequired.

5. Connect the electronic service tool to theservice tool connector. Refer to Troubleshooting,“Electronic Service Tools”.

6. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.

7. Select the following menu options on the electronicservice tool:

• Service

• Calibrations

• Injector Trim Calibration

8. Select the appropriate cylinder.

9. Click on the “Change” button.

10.Select the appropriate injector trim file from thePC.

11.Click on the “Open” button.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 30: KENR6933-00

30 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

12. If you are prompted by the electronic servicetool, enter the confirmation code number for theelectronic unit injector into the field.

13.Click on the “OK” button.

The injector trim file is loaded into the ECM.

14.Repeat the procedure for each cylinder, asrequired.

i02755771

Speed Demand Input Setup

The 1106C Genset can have a digital input thatuses a Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) signal, ananalog input or an input that is provided through acommunications port (J1939 Torque Speed Control(TSC1)). The Electronic Control Module (ECM) mustbe programmed for the type of input that is beingused. With certain types of primary input, a secondinput may be available.

The input is set up using the electronic service tool.From the menu, select “Services”. On the “Services”screen, select “Throttle Configuration”. Select thetype of input from the following list:

• Analog throttle

• PWM throttle

• Communications port throttle (J1939 TSC1)

g01224526Illustration 14

Typical Range of Throttle(1) Lower Diagnostic Limit (Default=5)(2) Lower Position Limit (Default=10)(3) Initial Lower Position (Default=20)(4) Lower Dead Zone % (Default=5)(5) Upper Dead Zone % (Default=5)(6) Initial Upper Position (Default=70)(7) Upper Position Limit (Default=85)(8) Upper Diagnostic Limit (Default=90)

PWM inputs and communications port inputs do notrequire any additional programming. If an analoginput is selected, the following parameters must beprogrammed into the ECM.

Lower Diagnostic LimitThis is the minimum throttle percentage that shouldbe detected by the ECM in normal operation whenthe pedal is in the “off” position. A value below thislimit will generate a short circuit diagnostic code.The range of this diagnostic detection area is from0 percent to the programmed value for the lowerposition limit.

Table 8

Range Default

0 to 100 percent 0 percent

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 31: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 31Troubleshooting Section

Upper Diagnostic LimitThis is the minimum throttle percentage that isdetected by the ECM in normal operation when thepedal is in the maximum position. A value above thislimit will generate an open circuit diagnostic code.The range of this diagnostic detection area is fromthe programmed value of the upper position limit to100 percent.

Table 9

Range Default

0 to 100 percent 0 percent

Lower Position LimitThis is the minimum throttle percentage that willbe interpreted by the ECM as zero throttle. Thisparameter is used with the value of initial lowerposition limit to make an allowance for manufacturingtolerances between different speed demand inputdevices.

Table 10

Range Default

0 to 100 percent 0 percent

Upper Position LimitThis is the maximum throttle percentage that will beinterpreted by the ECM as full throttle. This parameteris used with the value of the initial upper position limitto make an allowance for manufacturing tolerancesbetween different speed demand input devices.

Table 11

Range Default

0 to 100 percent 0 percent

Initial Lower Position LimitThis is the maximum throttle percentage that willbe interpreted by the ECM as zero throttle. Thisparameter is used with the value of the lowerposition limit to make an allowance for manufacturingtolerances between different speed demand inputdevices.

Table 12

Range Default

0 to 100 percent 0 percent

Initial Upper Position LimitThis is the minimum throttle percentage that willbe interpreted by the ECM as zero throttle. Thisparameter is used with the value of the upperposition limit to make an allowance for manufacturingtolerances between different speed demand inputdevices.

Table 13

Range Default

0 to 100 percent 0 percent

Lower Dead ZoneThis is a throttle range above the initial lower positionlimit before the engine will increase in rpm.

Table 14

Range Default

0 to 100 percent 0 percent

Upper Dead ZoneThis is a throttle range that is below the initial upperposition limit that does not allow the engine speedto increase.

Table 15

Range Default

0 to 100 percent 0 percent

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 32: KENR6933-00

32 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

Customer SpecifiedParameters

i02517248

Customer SpecifiedParameters

Customer specified parameters allow the engine tobe configured to the exact needs of the application.

Customer parameters may be changed repeatedly asa customer’s operation changes.

The following information is a brief description ofthe customer specified parameters. The followingparameter values are included with the descriptions:

• Minimum

• Maximum

• Default

Engine Rating Parameter

Rating Number

The rating number is the selected rating within apower rating family. The flash file defines the powerrating family. The flash file can contain one to fourratings. The rating number defines the power ratingthat is used within the power rating family.

Table 16

Minimum Maximum Default

1 4 1

Low/High Idle Parameters

Low Idle Speed

The “Low Idle Speed” is the minimum engine rpm.

Table 17

Minimum Maximum Default

700 rpm 1200 rpm 750 rpm

High Idle Speed

The “High Idle Speed” is the maximum engine rpm.

Table 18

Minimum Maximum Default

1900 rpm 2900 rpm 2650 rpm

ECM Identification Parameter

Equipment ID

“Equipment ID” is the identification of the equipmentthat is assigned by the customer. The “EquipmentID” is only for reference only by the customer. The“Equipment ID” is not required by the ElectronicControl Module (ECM).

Table 19

Value Default

17 digitsThe available charactersare dependent on theservice tool that is

being used.

Not programmed

PTO and Throttle Lock Parameters

Throttle Lock Feature Installation Status

The “Throttle Lock Feature Installation Status” isused to turn on the throttle lock features. Whenthis parameter is changed to “Installed”, the “PTOengine Speed Setting”, the “Throttle Lock IncrementSpeed Ramp Rate” and the “Throttle Lock EngineSet Speed Increment” parameters are active and theparameters can be programmed.

Table 20

Value Default

Not InstalledInstalled Not Installed

PTO Engine Speed Setting

The “PTO Engine Speed Setting” is the engine speedthat is attained when the PTO switch is moved tothe ON position. If the “PTO Engine Speed Setting”parameter is programmed, the feature is turned off.If the “PTO Engine Speed Setting” parameter is setto a value that is between “1” and the low idle speed,the parameter is set to the low idle speed value. Ifthe “PTO Engine Speed Setting” parameter is set toa value that is higher than the high idle speed, theparameter is set to the high idle speed value.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 33: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 33Troubleshooting Section

Table 21

Minimum Maximum Default

0 rpm 3000 rpm 0 rpm

Throttle Lock Increment Speed RampRate

The “Throttle Lock Increment Speed Ramp Rate”is the rate of engine acceleration when the PTOswitch is held in the ACCELERATE position. If thisparameter is set to “0”, the feature is turned off.

Table 22

Minimum Maximum Default

0 rpm/sec 600 rpm/sec 400 rpm/sec

Throttle Lock Engine Set SpeedIncrement

The “Throttle Lock Engine Set Speed Increment”controls the increase in engine speed when thePTO switch is briefly operated to ACCELERATE orDECELERATE. If this parameter is set to “0”, thefeature is turned off.

Table 23

Minimum Maximum Default

0 rpm 200 rpm 10 rpm

Miscellaneous

Monitoring Mode Shutdowns

“Monitoring Mode Shutdowns” controls the shutdownfeature that is associated with the engine monitoringfeature. When this feature is enabled and an eventcode with a “-3” suffix is detected, the engine will beshut down.

Table 24

Value Default

DisabledEnabled Disabled

Monitoring Mode Derates

“Monitoring Mode Derates” controls the derate that isassociated with the engine monitoring feature. Whenthis feature is enabled and an event code with a “-2”is detected, the engine will be derated.

Table 25

Value Default

DisabledEnabled Enabled

Limp Home Desired Engine Speed

The “Limp Home Desired Engine Speed” is themaximum speed of the engine when the engine hasbeen derated.

Table 26

Minimum Maximum Default

700 rpm 1800 rpm 1200 rpm

J1939 Continuous Fault Handling

Remote Torque Speed Control EnableStatus

The “Remote Torque Speed Control Enable Status”parameter determines the way that faults will behandled by the ECM when the “J1939 Torque SpeedControl (TSC1)” message is used as a speed requestinput to the ECM. Programming the “Remote TorqueSpeed Control Enable Status” to “Enabled” will causethe ECM to display a fault code if a valid TSC1message is not received by the engine ECM within30 seconds of the engine starting. If the“ RemoteTorque Speed Control Enable Status” is programmedto “Disabled”, the engine will display a 247-12 DataLink malfunction immediately after a loss of a TSC1message. Program “Remote Torque Speed ControlEnable Status” to “Enabled” if the ECM will always bereceiving a TSC1 message.

Table 27

Value Default

DisabledEnabled Disabled

Configurable Inputs

Coolant Level Sensor

A coolant level sensor is an optional switch input.Programming the “Coolant Level Sensor” parameterto “Enabled” notifies the ECM that a coolant levelsensor input is present on pin J1:38. If this parameteris programmed to “Enabled” and the coolant levelfalls below the measured level, a “E2143-3” eventcode will be displayed.

Table 28

Value Default

InstalledNot Installed Not Installed

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 34: KENR6933-00

34 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

Air Filter Restriction Switch InstallationStatus

An “Air Filter Restriction Switch” is an optionalswitch input. Programming the “Air Filter RestrictionSwitch Installation Status” parameter to “Enabled”notifies the ECM that an input from the air filterrestriction switch is present on pin J1:47. When thisparameter is programmed to “Enabled” and the airfilter restriction switch closes, an E172-1 or J107-15event code will be displayed.

Table 29

Value Default

InstalledNot Installed Not Installed

Fuel/Water Separator Switch InstallationStatus

A fuel/water separator switch is an optional switchinput. Programming the “Fuel/Water SeparatorSwitch Installation Status” parameter to “Enabled”notifies the ECM that a fuel/water separator switchinput is present on pin J1:44. When this parameteris programmed to “Enabled” and the fuel/waterseparator switch closes, an E232-1 or J97-15 eventcode will be displayed.

Table 30

Value Default

InstalledNot Installed Not Installed

User Defined Switch Installation Status

A user defined shutdown switch is an optionalswitch input. Programming the “User Defined SwitchInstallation Status” parameter to “Enabled” notifiesthe ECM that a user defined switch input is presenton pin J1:48. If this parameter is programmed to“Enabled” and the user defined shutdown switchcloses, the engine will shut down.

Table 31

Value Default

InstalledNot Installed Not Installed

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 35: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 35Troubleshooting Section

i02527577

Customer SpecifiedParameters Table

Table 32

Customer Specified Parameters

ECM Parameter Possible Values Default Value

Engine Rating Parameter

“Rating Number” 1 to 4 1

Low/High Idle Parameters

“Low Idle Speed” 700 to 1200 rpm 750 rpm

“High Idle Speed” 1900 to 2900 rpm 2650 rpm

ECM Identification Parameter

“Equipment ID” 17 DigitsAvailable characters are dependent on

the service tool that is used

Not Programmed

PTO and Throttle Lock Parameters

“Throttle Lock Feature InstallationStatus”

InstalledNot Installed

Not Installed

“PTO Engine Speed Setting” 0 to 3000 rpm 0 rpm

“Throttle Lock Increment Speed RampRate”

0 to 600 rpm/sec 400 rpm/sec

“Throttle Lock Engine Set SpeedIncrement”

0 to 200 rpm 10 rpm

Miscellaneous

“Monitoring Mode Shutdowns” DisabledEnabled

Disabled

“Monitoring Mode Derates” DisabledEnabled

Enabled

“Limp Home Desired Engine Speed” 700 to 1800 rpm 1200 rpm

J1939 Continuous Fault Handling

“Remote Torque Speed Control EnableStatus”

DisabledEnabled

Disabled

Configurable Inputs

“Coolant Level Sensor” Not InstalledInstalled

Not Installed

“Air Filter Restriction Switch InstallationStatus”

Not InstalledInstalled

Not Installed

“Fuel/Water Separator SwitchInstallation Status”

Not InstalledInstalled

Not Installed

“User Defined Switch Installation Status” Not InstalledInstalled

Not Installed

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 36: KENR6933-00

36 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

i02444245

Customer SpecifiedParameters Worksheet

Table 33

Customer Specified Parameters Worksheet

Engine Rating Parameter

“Rating Numbers”

ECM Identifications Parameters

“Equipment ID”

Throttle Lock Parameters

“Throttle Lock Feature Installation Status”

“Throttle Lock Increment Speed Ramp Rate”

“Throttle Lock Engine Set Speed Increment”

Miscellaneous

“Monitoring Mode Shutdowns”

J1939 Continuous Fault Handling

“Remote Torque Speed Control Enable Status”

Configurable Inputs

“Overspeed Protection”

“Configurable Governor Droop”

“Coolant Level Sensor”

“Air Filter Restriction Switch Installation Status”

“Fuel/Water Separator Switch Installation Status”

“User Defined Switch Installation Status”

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 37: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 37Troubleshooting Section

System ConfigurationParameters

i02527574

System ConfigurationParameters

System configuration parameters affect the emissionsof the engine or the power of the engine. Systemconfiguration parameters are programmed at thefactory. Normally, system configuration parameterswould never need to be changed through the life ofthe engine. System configuration parameters must bereprogrammed if an Electronic Control Module (ECM)is replaced. System configuration parameters do notneed to be reprogrammed if the ECM software ischanged. Factory passwords are required to changethese parameters. The following information is adescription of the system configuration parameters.

Full Load SettingThe full load setting is a number that representsthe adjustment to the fuel system that was madeat the factory in order to fine tune the fuel system.If the ECM is replaced, the full load setting mustbe reprogrammed in order to prevent a 268-02diagnostic code from becoming active.

Full Torque SettingFull torque setting is similar to full load setting. Ifthe ECM is replaced, the full torque setting mustbe reprogrammed in order to prevent a 268-02diagnostic code from becoming active.

Rating InterlockThe rating interlock is a code that prevents the use ofan incorrect power rating and/or emission rating fora specific engine. Each horsepower rating and eachemission certification has a different code to all otherhorsepower ratings and emission certifications.

When an ECM is replaced, this rating interlock codemust match the code that is stored in the ECM. If therating interlock code does not match the code that isstored in the ECM, both of the following situationswill exist:

• The engine will not run.

• Diagnostic code 0253-02 Personality Modulemismatch will be active.

Note: The flash programming of a new ratinginterlock replaces the old rating interlock.

This code does not need to be programmed whenthe replacement ECM is for the same engine rating.

If the ECM is for a different engine rating, then thefollowing components may need to be changed:pistons, fuel injectors, and other components.The engine information ratings plate must also bechanged in order to reflect the new rating.

Some systems such as the cooling system or thetransmission may also require changes when theengine is rerated. Please contact the local OEMdealer for further information.

Engine Serial NumberWhen a new ECM is delivered, the engine serialnumber in the ECM is not programmed. The engineserial number should be programmed to match theengine serial number that is stamped on the engineinformation plate.

ECM Software Release DateThis parameter is defined by the rating interlockand this parameter is not programmable. The ECMsoftware release date is used to provide the versionof the software. The Customer parameters and thesoftware change levels can be monitored by thisdate. The date is provided in the month and the year(NOV05). NOV is the month (November). 05 is theyear (2005).

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 38: KENR6933-00

38 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

Troubleshooting without aDiagnostic Code

i02528126

Alternator Noise

Note: This is not an electronic system problem.

Refer to Testing and Adjusting for information onpossible electrical causes of this condition.

Probable Causes• Alternator drive belt

• Alternator mounting bracket

• Automatic tensioner

• Alternator drive pulley

• Alternator bearings

Recommended Actions

Alternator Drive Belt

Inspect the condition of the alternator drive belt. Ifthe alternator drive belt is worn or damaged, checkthat the drive belt for the alternator and the pulley arecorrectly aligned. If the alignment is correct, replacethe drive belt. Refer to Disassembly and Assembly,“Alternator Belt - Remove and Install”.

Alternator Mounting Bracket

Inspect the alternator mounting bracket for cracksand wear. Repair the mounting bracket or replacethe mounting bracket in order to ensure that thealternator drive belt and the alternator drive pulleyare in alignment.

Automatic Tensioner

Check the tension on the alternator drive belts. Ifnecessary, replace the automatic tensioner. Refer toDisassembly and Assembly, “Alternator - Remove”and Disassembly and Assembly, “Alternator - Install”.

Alternator Drive Pulley

Remove the nut for the alternator drive pulley andthen inspect the nut and the drive shaft. If no damageis found, install the nut and tighten the nut to thecorrect torque. Refer to Specifications, “Alternatorand Regulator” for the correct torque.

Alternator Bearings

Check for excessive play of the shaft in the alternator.Check for wear in the alternator bearings. Thealternator is a nonserviceable item. The alternatormust be replaced if the bearings are worn. Refer toDisassembly and Assembly, “Alternator - Remove”and Disassembly and Assembly , “Alternator - Install”.

i02344740

Alternator Will Not Charge

Note: This is not an electronic system problem.

Probable Causes• Alternator drive belt

• Automatic tensioner

• Charging circuit

• Alternator

Recommended Actions

Alternator Drive Belt

Inspect the condition of the alternator drive belt. Ifthe alternator drive belt is worn or damaged, checkthat the drive belt for the alternator and the pulley arecorrectly aligned. If the alignment is correct, replacethe drive belt. Refer to Disassembly and Assembly,“Alternator Belt - Remove and Install”.

Automatic Tensioner

Check the tension on the alternator drive belt. Ifnecessary, replace the automatic tensioner. Refer toDisassembly and Assembly, “Alternator - Remove”and Disassembly and Assembly, “Alternator - Install”.

Charging Circuit

Inspect the battery cables, wiring, and connections inthe charging circuit. Clean all connections and tightenall connections. Replace any faulty parts.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 39: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 39Troubleshooting Section

Alternator

Verify that the alternator is operating correctly. Referto Testing and Adjusting, “Alternator - Test”. Thealternator is not a serviceable item. The alternatormust be replaced if the alternator is not operatingcorrectly. Refer to Disassembly and Assembly,“Alternator - Remove” and Disassembly andAssembly , “Alternator - Install”.

i02344743

Battery

Note: This is not an electronic system problem.

Probable Causes• Charging circuit

• Battery

• Auxiliary device

Recommended Actions

Charging Circuit

If a fault in the battery charging circuit is suspected,refer to Troubleshooting, “Alternator Will Not Charge”.

Faulty Battery

1. Check that the battery is able to maintain a charge.Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Battery - Test”.

2. If the battery does not maintain a charge,replace the battery. Refer to the Operation andMaintenance Manual, “Battery - Replace”.

Auxiliary Device

1. Check that an auxiliary device has drained thebattery by being left in the ON position.

2. Charge the battery.

3. Verify that the battery is able to maintain a chargewhen all auxiliary devices are switched off.

i02453228

Can Not Reach Top EngineRPM

Note: If this fault occurs only under load, refer toTroubleshooting, “Low Power”.

Probable Causes• Diagnostic codes

• ECM parameters

• Signal for the Speed demand input

• Air intake and exhaust system

• Valve lash

• Turbocharger

• Fuel supply

• Low compression (cylinder pressure)

• Individual malfunctioning cylinders

• Electronic unit injectors

Recommended Actions

Diagnostic Codes

Check for active diagnostic codes on the electronicservice tool. Troubleshoot any active codes beforecontinuing with this procedure.

ECM Parameters

1. Ensure that the problem is not a programmedparameter.

2. Ensure that the correct mode was selected byusing the electronic service tool.

3. Use the electronic service tool to verify the correctengine rating for the engine.

4. Use the electronic service tool to verify themaximum engine speed limit.

5. Use the electronic service tool to reset theparameters to the OEM specifications.

6. Ensure that the repairs have eliminated theperformance problems.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 40: KENR6933-00

40 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

7. If the repairs have not eliminated the faultsproceed to “Throttle Signal for the Speed DemandInput”.

Signal for the Speed Demand Input

1. Use the electronic service tool and observe thesignal for the speed demand input.

2. If the signal is erratic, refer to Troubleshooting,“Speed Demand Circuit (Analog) - Test” or refer toTroubleshooting, “Speed Demand Circuit (Digital)- Test”.

3. If the fault has not been eliminated, proceed to“Air Intake and Exhaust System”.

Air Intake and Exhaust System

1. Check the air filter restriction indicator, if equipped.

2. Ensure that the air filter is clean and serviceable.

3. Check the air intake and the exhaust system forthe following defects:

• Blockages

• Restrictions

• Damage to the air intake and exhaust lines andhoses

4. Make all necessary repairs to the engine.

5. Ensure that the repairs have eliminated the fault.

6. If the fault has not been eliminated, proceed to“Valve Lash”.

Valve Lash

1. Check the valve lash and reset the valve lash, ifnecessary. Refer to Systems Operation, Testingand Adjusting, “Engine Valve Lash - Inspect andAdjust”.

2. If the repair does not eliminate the fault proceedto “Turbocharger”.

Turbocharger

Note: The turbocharger that is installed on thisengine is a nonserviceable item. If any mechanicalfault exists, except for the wastegate actuator, thenthe turbocharger must be replaced. The wastegateactuator can be replaced.

1. Ensure that the mounting bolts for the turbochargerare tight.

2. Check that the oil drain for the turbocharger is notblocked or restricted.

3. Check that the compressor housing for theturbocharger is free of dirt, debris and damage.

4. Check that the turbine housing for the turbochargeris free of dirt, debris and damage.

5. Check that the turbine blades rotate freely in theturbocharger.

6. Ensure that the wastegate on the turbocharger isadjusted correctly. Refer to Testing and Adjusting,“Turbocharger - Inspect”. If the wastegate actuatoris faulty, replace the wastegate actuator. Referto Disassembly and Assembly, “Turbocharger -Disassemble” and Disassembly and Assembly,“Turbocharger - Assemble”.

7. If necessary, replace the turbocharger. Referto Disassembly and Assembly, “Turbocharger- Remove” and Disassembly and Assembly,“Turbocharger - Install”.

8. Check that the repairs have eliminated the faults.

9. If the repairs have not eliminated the fault proceedto “Fuel Supply”.

Fuel Supply

1. Visually check the fuel tank for fuel. The fuelgauge may be faulty.

2. Ensure that the fuel supply valve is in the fullOPEN position.

3. If the temperature is below 0 °C (32 °F), checkfor solidified fuel (wax).

4. Visually inspect the fuel supply lines forrestrictions.

5. Check that the low pressure fuel lines are tightand secured properly.

6. Remove the fuel filters. Inspect the fuel filters forcontamination. Install new fuel filters. Refer to theOperation and Maintenance Manual, “Fuel SystemFilter- Replace and Fuel System Primary Filter(Water Separator) Element - Replace”. Determinethe cause of the contamination.

7. Check the diesel fuel for contamination. Refer toSystems Operation, Testing and Adjusting, “FuelQuality - Test”.

8. Check for air in the low pressure fuel system. Referto Systems Operation, Testing and Adjusting, “Airin Fuel - Test”.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 41: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 41Troubleshooting Section

9. Ensure that the fuel system has been primed.Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Fuel System -Prime”.

10.Check the fuel pressure. Refer to Testing andAdjusting, “Fuel System Pressure - Test”.

Contact with high pressure fuel may cause fluidpenetration and burn hazards. High pressure fu-el spray may cause a fire hazard. Failure to fol-low these inspection, maintenance and service in-structions may cause personal injury or death.

NOTICEContact with high pressure fuel may cause personalinjury or death. Wait 60 seconds after the engine hasstopped to allow fuel pressure to purge before anyservice or repair is performed on the engine fuel lines.

11. If the high pressure fuel lines have a leak, thehigh pressure fuel lines must be replaced. Refer toDisassembly and Assembly, “Fuel injection lines -Remove and Fuel injection lines - Install”.

12. If the repairs do not eliminate the fault, proceed to“Low Compression (Cylinder Pressure)”.

Low Compression (Cylinder Pressure)

1. Perform a compression test. Refer to Testing andAdjusting, “Compression - Test ”.

2. If low compression is noted on any cylinders,investigate the cause and rectify the cause.

Possible causes of low compression are shownin the following list:

• Loose glow plugs

• Faulty piston

• Faulty piston rings

• Worn cylinder bores

• Worn valves

• Faulty cylinder head gasket

• Damaged cylinder head

3. Perform all necessary repairs.

4. Ensure that the repairs have eliminated the faults.

5. If the repair does not eliminate the fault refer to“Individual Malfunctioning Cylinders”.

Individual Malfunctioning Cylinders

1. With the engine speed at a fast idle, use theelectronic service tool to isolate one cylinder ata time. Note if there is any reduction in enginespeed. If a reduction in engine speed is not noted,the isolated cylinder is not operating under normalconditions. If the isolation of a particular cylinderresults in a reduction of engine speed that is lessthan normal, this may indicate that the cylinder isoperating below normal performance. Investigatethe cause of the fault on any cylinder that isnot operating. Investigate the cause of the faulton any cylinder that is operating below normalperformance.

2. If all cylinders have been checked and nofaults were detected proceed to “Electronic UnitInjectors”.

Electronic Unit Injectors

1. With the engine speed at a fast idle, use theelectronic service tool to isolate one cylinder ata time. Note if there is any reduction in enginespeed. If a reduction in engine speed is not noted,the isolated electronic unit injector is not operatingunder normal conditions. If the isolation of aparticular cylinder results in a reduction of enginespeed that is less than normal, this may indicatethat the electronic unit injector is operating belownormal performance.

2. Remove the electronic unit injector from thesuspect cylinder. Refer to Disassembly andAssembly, “Electronic Unit Injector - Remove”.

3. Install a new electronic unit injector. Refer toDisassembly and Assembly, “Electronic UnitInjector - Install”.

4. Repeat the test in 1. If the fault is still apparent,remove the replacement electronic unit injectorand install the original electronic unit injector.Refer to Disassembly and Assembly, “ElectronicUnit Injector - Remove” and Disassembly andAssembly, “Electronic Unit Injector - Install”.

i02528174

Coolant in Engine Oil

Note: This is not an electronic system problem.

Probable Causes• Engine oil cooler

• Cylinder head gasket

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 42: KENR6933-00

42 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

• Cylinder head

• Cylinder block

Recommended Actions

Engine Oil Cooler

1. Drain the engine lubricating oil from the engine.

2. Check for leaks in the oil cooler assembly. Referto Testing and Adjusting, “Cooling System” for thecorrect procedure. If a leak is found, install a newoil cooler. Refer to Disassembly and Assembly,“Engine Oil Cooler - Remove” and Disassemblyand Assembly, “Engine Oil Cooler - Install” for thecorrect procedure.

Cylinder Head Gasket

1. Remove the cylinder head. Refer to Disassemblyand Assembly, “Cylinder Head - Remove” for thecorrect procedure.

2. Inspect the cylinder head gasket for faults and anysigns of leakage.

3. To fit a new cylinder head gasket, refer toDisassembly and Assembly, “Cylinder Head -Install” for the correct procedure.

4. If there was no obvious signs of a faulty headgasket proceed to “Cylinder Head”.

Cylinder Head

1. Check the cylinder head for flatness. Refer toTesting and Adjusting, “Cylinder Head - Inspect”for the correct procedure.

2. Check the mating face of the cylinder head forfaults and signs of leakage. If a fault is found,replace the cylinder head. If signs of leakage arefound, determine the cause of the leakage. Referto Testing and Adjusting, “Cylinder Head - Inspect”for the correct procedure.

3. Check the internal core plugs in the cylinder headfor signs of leakage.

4. If the cylinder head is flat and if the cylinder headdoes not have any faults, refer to “Cylinder Block”.

Cylinder Block

Inspect the top face of the cylinder block for faultsand signs of leakage. If a fault is found, replacethe cylinder block. If signs of leakage are found,determine the cause of the leakage. Refer to Testingand Adjusting, “Cylinder Block - Inspect” for thecorrect procedure.

Assembly after Repair

1. Install the cylinder head. Refer to Disassemblyand Assembly, “Cylinder Head - Install”.

2. Remove the oil filter element. Install a new engineoil filter element. Fill the engine with clean engineoil to the correct level. Refer to the Operationand Maintenance Manual, “Engine Oil and Filter- Change” for more information.

i02528229

Coolant Temperature Is TooHigh

Note: This is not an electronic system problem.

Probable Causes• Radiator fins

• Coolant level

• Radiator cap and/or pressure relief valve

• Coolant temperature gauge

• Restriction in the coolant system

• Water temperature regulator

• Engine cooling fan

• Coolant pump

• Cylinder head gasket

Recommended Actions

Radiator Fins

Check the radiator fins for dirt, debris, and/or damage.Remove any dirt and/or debris and straighten anybent fins.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 43: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 43Troubleshooting Section

Coolant Level

1. Inspect the coolant level. If necessary, addcoolant.

2. Check the cooling system for leaks. Repair anyleaks immediately.

Radiator Cap and/or Pressure ReliefValve

1. Pressure test the cooling system. Refer to Testingand Adjusting, “Cooling System” for the correctprocedure.

2. Check that the seating surfaces of the pressurerelief valve and the radiator cap are clean andundamaged.

3. Check operation of the pressure relief valveand/or the radiator cap. If necessary, clean thecomponents and/or replace the components.

Coolant Temperature Gauge

Compare the reading for the coolant temperaturefrom the electronic service tool to the reading for thecoolant temperature from a calibrated test gauge.

Restriction in the Coolant System

1. Visually inspect the cooling system for collapsedhoses and/or other restrictions.

2. Clean the radiator and flush the radiator. Refer toTesting and Adjusting, “Cooling System”.

Water Temperature Regulator

Check the water temperature regulator for correctoperation. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “CoolingSystem” for the proper procedure. If necessary,replace the water temperature regulator. Refer toDisassembly and Assembly, “Water TemperatureRegulator - Remove and Install” for more information.

Engine Cooling Fan

1. Make sure that the engine cooling fan is correctlyinstalled.

2. Make sure that the engine cooling fan is beingdriven correctly by the drive belt. If necessary,tighten the drive belt or replace the drive belt.Refer to Disassembly and Assembly, “AlternatorBelt - Remove and Install”.

3. Check the engine cooling fan for damage. Ifnecessary, replace the fan. Refer to Disassemblyand Assembly, “Fan - Remove and Install”.

Coolant Pump

1. Inspect the impeller of the coolant pump fordamage and/or erosion.

2. Make sure that the drive gear is not loose on thedrive shaft of the coolant pump.

3. If necessary, replace the coolant pump. Referto Disassembly and Assembly, “Water Pump -Remove” and Disassembly and Assembly, “WaterPump - Install”.

Cylinder Head Gasket

Switch off the engine and allow the engine to coolto below normal working temperature. Removethe pressure cap for the coolant system. Start theengine and inspect the coolant for the presenceof bubbles. If bubbles are present in the coolant,combustion gases may be entering the coolingsystem. Check the cylinder head gasket. Refer to therecommended action for the cylinder head gasketwithin Troubleshooting, “Coolant in Engine Oil”.Check the cylinder head for flatness. Refer to therecommended action for checking flatness of thecylinder head within Systems Operations, “CylinderHead - Inspect”. Fit the pressure cap if there are nobubbles in the coolant.

i02413819

ECM Will Not Accept FactoryPasswords

Probable CausesOne of the following items may not be recordedcorrectly on the electronic service tool:

• Passwords

• Serial numbers

• Total tattletale

• Reason code

Recommended Actions1. Verify that the correct passwords were entered.Check every character in each password. Removethe electrical power from the engine for 30seconds and then retry.

2. Verify that the electronic service tool is on the“Factory Password” screen.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 44: KENR6933-00

44 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

3. Use the electronic service tool to verify that thefollowing information has been entered correctly:

• Engine serial number

• Serial number for the electronic control module

• Serial number for the electronic service tool

• Total tattletale

• Reason code

i02413820

ECM Will Not Communicatewith Other Systems or DisplayModules

Probable Causes• Electrical connectors

• Electronic Control Module (ECM)

Recommended Actions1. Connect the electronic service tool to theservice tool connector. If the ECM does notcommunicate with the electronic service tool, referto Troubleshooting, “Electronic Service Tool WillNot Communicate with ECM”.

2. Ensure that the following items arecorrectly installed and undamaged. Referto Troubleshooting, “Electrical Connectors -Inspect”.

• P1/J1 and P2/J2 connectors on the ECM

• Wiring to display modules

• Wiring to other control modules

3. Troubleshoot the Perkins Data Link for possibleproblems. Refer to Troubleshooting, “Data LinkCircuit - Test”.

i02535551

Electronic Service Tool WillNot Communicate with ECM

Probable Causes• Configuration for the communications adapter

• Electrical connectors

• Communication adapter and/or cables

• Electrical power supply to the service toolconnector

• Electronic service tool and related hardware

• Electrical power supply to the Electronic ControlModule (ECM)

• Perkins Data Link

Recommended ActionsStart the engine. If the engine starts, but the ECMwill not communicate with the electronic service tool,continue with this procedure. If the engine will notstart, refer to Troubleshooting, “Engine Cranks butWill Not Start”. If the engine will not crank, refer toTroubleshooting, “Engine Will Not Crank”.

Configuration for the CommunicationsAdapter

1. Access “Preferences” under the “Utilities” menuon the electronic service tool.

2. Verify that the correct “Communications InterfaceDevice” is selected.

3. Verify that the correct port is selected for use bythe communication adapter.

Note: The most commonly used port is “COM 1”.

4. Check for any hardware that is utilizing thesame port as the communications adapter. If anydevices are configured to use the same port, exitor close the software programs for that device.

Electrical Connectors

Check for correct installation of the P1/J1 and P2/J2ECM connectors and of the service tool connector.Refer to Troubleshooting, “Electrical Connectors -Inspect”.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 45: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 45Troubleshooting Section

Communication Adapter and/or Cables

1. Make sure that the firmware and driver files arethe most current files that are available for thetype of communication adapter that is being used.If the firmware and driver files do not match, thecommunication adapter will not communicate withthe electronic service tool.

2. Disconnect the communication adapter and thecables from the service tool connector. Reconnectthe communication adapter to the service toolconnector.

3. Verify that the correct cable is being used betweenthe communication adapter and the service toolconnector. Refer to Troubleshooting, “ElectronicService Tools”.

4. If the laptop computer is using a Windowsoperating system, restart the laptop computer inorder to eliminate the possibility of a conflict inthe software.

Electrical Power Supply to the ServiceTool Connector

Verify that battery voltage is present betweenterminals A and B of the service tool connector. Ifthe communication adapter is not receiving power,the LED display on the communication adapter willbe blank.

Electronic Service Tool and RelatedHardware

In order to eliminate the electronic service tool andthe related hardware as the problem, connect theelectronic service tool to a different engine. If thesame problem occurs on a different engine, checkthe electronic service tool and the related hardwarein order to determine the cause of the fault.

Electrical Power Supply to the ElectronicControl Module (ECM)

Check power to the ECM. Refer to Testing andAdjusting, “Charging System - Test”.

Note: If the ECM is not receiving battery voltage, theECM will not communicate.

Perkins Data Link

Troubleshoot the Perkins Data Link for possiblefaults. Refer to Troubleshooting, “Data Link Circuit -Test”.

i02662116

Engine Cranks but Will NotStart

Probable Causes• Machine faults

• Flash codes

• Visible faults

• Air intake and exhaust system

• Diagnostic codes

• Primary speed/timing sensor

• Low pressure fuel system

• Electronic control system

• High pressure fuel system

• Glow plugs

• Valve lash

• Low compression (cylinder pressure)

Recommended Actions

NOTICEDo not crank the engine continuously for more than30 seconds. Allow the starting motor to cool for twominutes before cranking the engine again.

Machine Faults

1. Make sure that the Machine Security System(if equipped) is not preventing the engine fromstarting.

2. Check for any faults on the machine that couldprevent the engine from starting.

3. If a fault is found on the machine, rectify the fault.

4. Attempt to start the engine. If the engine will notstart, proceed to “Flash codes”.

Flash codes

1. Check the warning lamps on the control panelfor flash codes. Flash codes are explained inTroubleshooting, “Indicator Lamps”.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 46: KENR6933-00

46 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

2. If any flash codes are displayed, diagnose theflash codes and then rectify the faults.

3. Attempt to start the engine. If the engine will notstart, proceed to “Visible Faults”.

Visible Faults

1. Visually inspect the engine for the following faults:

• Missing components

• Damaged components

• Damaged electrical cables or loose electricalcables

• Oil leaks

• Fuel leaks

2. Check the following items:

• Check for the proper level of fuel, oil andcoolant.

• If the ambient temperature is below 0 °C (32 °F),make sure that the correct specification ofengine oil and oil for the machine is used.

• Check that the battery voltage is correct.

• Use the electronic service tool to check theaverage cranking speed of the engine. If thecranking speed is less than 150 rpm, investigatethe cause of the fault.

• Make sure that all fuel filters are correctlyinstalled.

• Drain any water from the primary fuel filter/waterseparator and record the amount of water thatis collected.

3. Rectify any faults that are found during the visualchecks.

4. Attempt to start the engine. If the engine will notstart, proceed to “Air Intake and Exhaust System”.

Air Intake and Exhaust System

1. Check the air filter restriction indicator, if equipped.

2. Ensure that the air filter is clean and serviceable.

3. Check the air intake and exhaust systems for thefollowing defects:

• Blockages

• Restrictions

• Damage to lines or hoses

4. Repair any defects before attempting to restartthe engine.

5. Attempt to start the engine. If the engine will notstart, proceed to “Diagnostic Codes”.

Diagnostic Codes

1. Connect the electronic service tool to thediagnostic connector.

2. Check for active diagnostic codes on the electronicservice tool.

3. Troubleshoot any active codes before continuingwith this procedure. Refer to Troubleshooting,“Troubleshooting with a Diagnostic Code”.

4. Attempt to start the engine. If the engine will notstart, proceed to “Primary Speed/timing Sensor”.

Primary Speed/timing Sensor

1. Disconnect the P401 connector from the primaryspeed/timing sensor.

2. Attempt to start the engine.

3. If the engine starts, inspect the timing ring on thecrankshaft for misalignment.

4. If necessary, repair the timing ring. Refer toDisassembly and Assembly, “Crankshaft TimingRing - Remove and Install”.

5. Reconnect the P401 connector to the primaryspeed/timing sensor.

6. Attempt to start the engine. If the engine will notstart, proceed to “Low Pressure Fuel System”.

Low Pressure Fuel System

1. Ensure that the fuel supply valve (if equipped) isin the full OPEN position.

2. If the temperature is below 0 °C (32 °F), checkfor solidified fuel (wax).

3. Check for fuel supply lines that are restricted.

4. Check that the low pressure fuel lines are correctlyinstalled.

5. Check the diesel fuel for contamination. Refer toTesting and Adjusting, “Fuel Quality - Test”.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 47: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 47Troubleshooting Section

6. Check for air in the fuel system. Refer to Testingand Adjusting, “Air in Fuel - Test”.

7. Ensure that the fuel system has been primed.Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Fuel System -Prime”.

8. Attempt to start the engine. If the engine will notstart, continue with this procedure.

9. Replace the primary fuel filter and the secondaryfuel filter. Refer to the Operation and MaintenanceManual, “Fuel System Primary Filter (WaterSeparator) Element - Replace”.

10.Attempt to start the engine. If the engine will notstart, continue with this procedure.

11.Check the flow of fuel through the transfer pump.If the flow of fuel through the transfer pump isless than 250 mL per minute at 150 rpm, replacethe transfer pump. Refer to Disassembly andAssembly, “Fuel Transfer Pump - Remove” andDisassembly and Assembly, “Fuel Transfer Pump- Install”.

12.Attempt to start the engine. If the engine will notstart, proceed to “Electronic Control System”.

Electronic Control System

1. Connect the electronic service tool to thediagnostic connector.

2. Check that the pressure demand for the fuel railis at least 20 MPa (2900 psi) when the engine iscranking.

3. If the pressure demand for the fuel rail is lessthan 20 MPa (2900 psi), perform the followingprocedure:

a. Use the electronic service tool to check thesignal from the secondary speed/timing sensorwhile the engine is cranking.

b. If the signal from the secondary speed/timingsensor is 0 rpm, investigate the secondaryspeed/timing sensor. Refer to Troubleshooting,“Engine Speed/Timing Sensor Circuit - Test”.

c. If a fault is identified in the circuit for thesecondary speed/timing sensor, repair the faultand then attempt to start the engine. If theengine will not start, proceed to “High PressureFuel System”.

d. If the signal from the secondary speed/timingsensor is greater than 0 rpm, connect a testECM and then attempt to start the engine. Ifthe engine starts, install a replacement ECM.If the engine will not start, install the originalECM and then proceed to “High Pressure FuelSystem”.

4. If the pressure demand for the fuel rail is greaterthan 20 MPa (2900 psi), proceed to “HighPressure Fuel System”.

High Pressure Fuel System

1. Use the electronic service tool to check forstable pressure in the fuel rail while the engine iscranking at a minimum speed of 150 rpm.

2. If the actual pressure in the fuel rail is less than2 MPa (290 psi), perform the following procedure:

a. Connect a test ECM and then attempt to startthe engine.

b. If the engine starts, install a replacement ECM.Refer to Troubleshooting, “Replacing the ECM”.

c. If the engine will not start, install the originalECM and continue with this procedure.

d. Use the electronic service tool to perform asolenoid test on the fuel rail pump.

e. If the fuel rail pump fails the solenoid test,replace the fuel rail pump and then attempt tostart the engine. If the engine will not start,repeat the diagnostic process from “MachineFaults”.

f. If the fuel rail pump passes the solenoid test,check the timing of the fuel rail pump. Referto Systems Operation, Testing and Adjusting,“Fuel Injection Timing - Check”.

g. If the timing of the fuel rail pump is correct,replace the fuel rail pump and then attempt tostart the engine. If the engine will not start,repeat the diagnostic process from “MachineFaults”.

h. If the timing of the fuel rail pump is incorrect,adjust the timing. Refer to Systems Operation,Testing and Adjusting, “Fuel Injection Timing- Check”. Attempt to start the engine. If theengine will not start, replace the fuel rail pump.

i. Attempt to start the engine. If the engine willnot start, repeat the diagnostic process from“Machine Faults”.

3. If the actual pressure in the fuel rail is between2 MPa (290 psi) and 20 MPa (2900 psi), performthe following procedure:

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 48: KENR6933-00

48 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

a. Check the leak off from the electronic unitinjectors when the engine is cranked at anengine speed that is greater than 150 rpm for30 seconds.

b. If the leak off from the electronic unit injectorsis greater than 0.05 L (3.0 in3) for a six cylinderengine or if the leak off from the electronicunit injectors is greater than 0.035 L (2.0 in3)for a four cylinder engine, replace all of theelectronic unit injectors. Refer to Disassemblyand Assembly, “Electronic Unit Injector -Remove” and Disassembly and Assembly,“Electronic Unit Injector - Install”. If the enginewill not start, repeat the procedure from “HighPressure Fuel System”.

c. If the leak off from the electronic unit injectorsis less than 0.05 L (3.0 in3) for a six cylinderengine or if the leak off from the electronic unitinjectors is less than 0.035 L (2.0 in3) for a fourcylinder engine, check for leakage from thepressure relief valve in the fuel rail. If there isno leakage from the pressure relief valve in thefuel rail, repeat this procedure from Test Step 2.

d. If there is leakage from the pressure reliefvalve in the fuel rail, replace the fuel rail andthen attempt to start the engine. If the enginewill not start, repeat the procedure from “HighPressure Fuel System”.

4. If the actual pressure in the fuel rail is greaterthan 20 MPa (2900 psi), perform the followingprocedure:

a. Use the electronic service tool to perform aninjector solenoid test.

b. If an electronic unit injector fails the solenoidtest, replace the faulty injector and then attemptto start the engine. If the engine will not start,check the injection timing of the fuel rail pump.Refer to Systems Operation, Testing andAdjusting, “Fuel Injection Timing - Check.”.

c. If the injection timing is correct and the enginewill not start, proceed to “Glow Plugs”.

d. If the timing of the fuel rail pump is incorrect,adjust the timing. Refer to Systems Operation,Testing and Adjusting, “Fuel Injection Timing- Check”. Attempt to start the engine. If theengine will not start, proceed to “Glow Plugs”.

Glow Plugs

Note: Faulty glow plugs will only affect engine startingwhen the ambient temperature is below 10 °C (50 °F).

1. Check the operation of the glow plugs. Refer toSystems Operation, Testing and Adjusting, “GlowPlugs - Test”.

2. If necessary, replace faulty glow plugs. Refer toDisassembly and Assembly, “Glow Plug - Removeand Install”.

3. Attempt to start the engine. If the engine will notstart, proceed to “Valve Lash”.

Valve Lash

1. Check the valve lash. Refer to Systems Operation,Testing and Adjusting, “Engine Valve Lash -Inspect/Adjust”.

2. Attempt to start the engine. If the engine will notstart, proceed to “Low Compression (CylinderPressure)”.

Low Compression (Cylinder Pressure)

1. Perform a compression test. Refer to SystemsOperation, Testing and Adjusting, “Compression- Test ”.

2. If low compression is noted on any cylinders,investigate the cause and rectify the cause.

Possible causes of low compression are shownin the following list:

• Loose glow plugs

• Faulty piston

• Faulty piston rings

• Worn cylinder bores

• Worn valves

• Faulty cylinder head gasket

• Damaged cylinder head

3. Perform all necessary repairs.

4. Ensure that the repairs have eliminated the fault.

i02413823

Engine Has Early Wear

Note: This is not an electronic system problem.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 49: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 49Troubleshooting Section

Probable Causes• Multiple starts or cold operation

• Incorrect maintenance intervals

• Dirt in engine oil

• Incorrect oil

• Contaminated oil

• Leaks in air intake system

• Dirt in fuel

• Low oil pressure

Recommended Actions

Multiple Starts or Cold Operation

Frequent starting and stopping of the engine cancause early wear. Also, operation of the engine forshort periods of time in cold conditions can causeearly wear.

Incorrect Maintenance Intervals

If the engine is not correctly maintained, early wearwill occur.

Make sure that the engine is maintained at thecorrect maintenance intervals. Refer to the Operationand Maintenance Manual, “Maintenance IntervalSchedule”.

Dirt in Engine Oil

1. Drain the oil from the crankcase and refill thecrankcase with clean engine oil. Install new engineoil filters. Refer to the Operation and MaintenanceManual for more information.

Incorrect Oil

1. Check that the engine is filled with oil of thecorrect specification. Refer to the Operation andMaintenance Manual, “Refill Capacities andRecommendations”.

2. If necessary, drain the engine oil system andrefill the engine oil system. Refer to Operationand Maintenance Manual, “Engine Oil and Filter- Change”.

Contaminated Oil

Check an oil sample for contamination with fuel. Ifcontamination is found, investigate the cause.

Leaks in Air Intake System

A leak in the air intake system may allow unfilteredair into the engine. Inspect the air intake system forstreaks which may indicate a leakage of unfilteredair. Inspect all of the gaskets and the connections.Repair any leaks. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “AirIntake System” for more information.

Dirt in Fuel

1. Remove the fuel filters. Inspect the fuel filters forcontamination. Install new fuel filters. Refer tothe Operation and Maintenance Manual, “FuelSystem Filter- Replace” and Operation andMaintenance Manual, “Fuel System Primary Filter(Water Separator) Element - Replace”. Determinethe cause of the contamination.

2. Check the diesel fuel for contamination. Refer toTesting and Adjusting, “Fuel Quality - Test”.

Low Oil Pressure

Refer to Troubleshooting, “Low Engine Oil Pressure”for the testing procedure. Repair any identified faults.

i02755774

Engine Misfires, Runs Roughor Is Unstable

The probable root causes are listed in order below:

Note: If the fault is intermittent and the problemcannot be duplicated, refer to Troubleshooting,“Intermittent Low Power or Power Cutout”.

Note: If the fault only occurs under certain conditions,test the engine under those conditions. Examplesof certain conditions are high rpm, full load andengine operating temperature. Troubleshootingthe symptoms under other conditions can givemisleading results.

Probable Causes• Diagnostic codes

• Speed demand input

• Air intake and exhaust system

• Glow plugs

• Valve lash

• Fuel supply

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 50: KENR6933-00

50 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

• Fuel rail pump

• Low compression (cylinder pressure)

• Individual malfunctioning cylinder

• Electronic unit injectors

Recommended Actions

Diagnostic Codes

Check for active diagnostic codes on the electronicservice tool. Troubleshoot any active codes beforecontinuing with this procedure.

Speed Demand Input

1. Use the electronic service tool and observe thesignal for the Speed Demand Input.

2. If the signal is erratic, refer to Troubleshooting,“ Speed Demand Circuit (Analog) - Test” orTroubleshooting, “Speed Demand Circuit (Digital)- Test”.

3. If the repairs do not eliminate the fault proceed to“Air Intake and Exhaust System”.

Air Intake and Exhaust System

1. Check the air filter restriction indicator, if equipped.

2. Ensure that the air filter is clean and serviceable.

3. Check the air intake and exhaust systems for thefollowing defects:

• Blockages

• Restrictions

• Damage to lines or hoses

4. If the repairs do not eliminate the fault proceed to“Glow Plugs”.

Glow Plugs

1. Check for proper operation of the glow plugs.Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Glow Plugs -Test”.

2. If the repairs do not eliminate the fault refer to“Valve Lash”.

Valve Lash

1. Check the valve lash and reset the valve lash ifit is necessary. Refer to Testing and Adjusting,“Engine Valve Lash - Inspect and Adjust”.

2. If the repair does not eliminate the fault proceed to“Fuel Supply”.

Fuel Supply

1. Visually check the fuel tank for fuel. The fuelgauge may be faulty.

2. Ensure that the fuel supply valve (if equipped) isin the full OPEN position.

3. If the temperature is below 0 °C (32 °F), checkfor solidified fuel (wax).

4. Check the primary filter/water separator for waterin the fuel.

5. Check for fuel supply lines that are restricted.

6. Check that the low pressure fuel lines are tightand secured properly.

7. Check the fuel filters.

8. Check the diesel fuel for contamination. Refer toTesting and Adjusting, “Fuel Quality - Test”.

9. Check for air in the fuel system. Refer to Testingand Adjusting, “Air in Fuel - Test”.

10.Ensure that the fuel system has been primed.Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Fuel System -Prime”.

11.Check the fuel pressure. Refer to Testing andAdjusting, “Fuel System Pressure - Test”.

12. If the repair does not eliminate the fault refer to“Fuel Rail Pump”.

Fuel Rail Pump

Note: The fuel rail pump that is installed by thefactory on the 1106C Genset is a nonserviceableitem. If any mechanical fault or any electrical faultoccurs within the fuel rail pump then the fuel railpump must be replaced.

1. Use the electronic service tool to select thecorrect screen display. Refer to Troubleshooting,“Troubleshooting with a Diagnostic Code”.

2. If the fault is not eliminated, refer to “LowCompression (Cylinder Pressure)”.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 51: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 51Troubleshooting Section

Low Compression (Cylinder Pressure)

1. Perform a compression test. Refer to Testing andAdjusting, “Compression - Test ”.

2. If low compression is noted on any cylinders,investigate the cause and rectify the cause.

Possible causes of low compression are shownin the following list:

• Loose glow plugs

• Faulty piston

• Faulty piston rings

• Worn cylinder bores

• Worn valves

• Faulty cylinder head gasket

• Damaged cylinder head

3. Perform all necessary repairs.

4. Ensure that the repairs have eliminated the faults.

5. If the repair does not eliminate the fault refer to“Individual Malfunctioning Cylinders”.

Individual Malfunctioning Cylinders

1. With the engine speed at a fast idle, use theelectronic service tool to isolate one cylinder ata time. Note if there is any reduction in enginespeed. If a reduction in engine speed is not noted,the isolated cylinder is not operating under normalconditions. If the isolation of a particular cylinderresults in a reduction of engine speed that is lessthan normal, this may indicate that the cylinder isoperating below normal performance. Investigatethe cause of the fault on any cylinder that isnot operating. Investigate the cause of the faulton any cylinder that is operating below normalperformance.

2. Rectify any faults.

3. If all cylinders have been checked and noproblems were detected proceed to “ElectronicUnit Injectors”.

Electronic Unit Injectors

1. With the engine speed at a fast idle, use theelectronic service tool to isolate one cylinder ata time. Note if there is any reduction in enginespeed. If a reduction in engine speed is not noted,the isolated electronic unit injector is not operatingunder normal conditions. If the isolation of aparticular cylinder results in a reduction of enginespeed that is less than normal, this may indicatethat the electronic unit injector is operating belownormal performance.

2. Remove the electronic unit injector from thesuspect cylinder. Refer to Disassembly andAssembly, “Electronic Unit Injector - Remove”.

3. Install a new electronic unit injector. Refer toDisassembly and Assembly, “Electronic UnitInjector - Install”.

4. Repeat the test in 1. If the fault is still apparent,remove the replacement electronic unit injectorand install the original electronic unit injector.Refer to Disassembly and Assembly, “ElectronicUnit Injector - Remove” and Disassembly andAssembly, “Electronic Unit Injector - Install”.

5. If the fault is not eliminated, check for activediagnostic fault codes.

i02413836

Engine Oil in Cooling System

Note: This is not an electronic system problem.

Probable Causes• Engine oil cooler

• Cylinder head gasket

• Cylinder head

• Cylinder block

Recommended Actions

Engine Oil Cooler

1. Drain the coolant from the engine and the radiator.Drain the lubricating oil from the engine oil cooler.Refer to the Operation and Maintenance Manualfor more information.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 52: KENR6933-00

52 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

2. Check for leaks in the oil cooler assembly. Referto Testing and Adjusting, “Cooling System” for thecorrect procedure. If a leak is found, install a newoil cooler. Refer to Disassembly and Assembly,“Engine Oil Cooler - Remove” and Disassemblyand Assembly, “Engine Oil Cooler - Install” for thecorrect procedure.

Cylinder Head Gasket

1. Remove the cylinder head. Refer to Disassemblyand Assembly, “Cylinder Head - Remove” for thecorrect procedure.

2. Inspect the cylinder head gasket for faults and anysigns of leakage.

3. To fit a new cylinder head gasket, refer toDisassembly and Assembly, “Cylinder Head -Install” for the correct procedure.

4. If there was no obvious signs of a faulty headgasket proceed to “Cylinder Head”.

Cylinder Head

1. Check the cylinder head for flatness. Refer toTesting and Adjusting, “Cylinder Head - Inspect”for the correct procedure.

2. Check the mating face of the cylinder head forfaults and signs of leakage. If a fault is found,replace the cylinder head. If signs of leakage arefound, determine the cause of the leakage. Referto Testing and Adjusting, “Cylinder Head - Inspect”for the correct procedure.

3. If the cylinder head is flat and if the cylinder headdoes not have any faults, refer to “Cylinder Block”.

Cylinder Block

Inspect the top face of the cylinder block for faultsand signs of leakage. If a fault is found, replacethe cylinder block. If signs of leakage are found,determine the cause of the leakage. Refer to Testingand Adjusting, “Cylinder Block - Inspect” for thecorrect procedure.

Assembly after Repair

1. Install the cylinder head. Refer to Disassemblyand Assembly, “Cylinder Head - Install”.

2. Replenish the engine with clean engine oil tothe correct level. Refer to the Operation andMaintenance Manual, “Engine Oil and Filter -Change” for more information.

3. Fill the cooling system. Refer to the Operation andMaintenance Manual, “Cooling System Coolant(ELC) - Change”.

i02414532

Engine Vibration

Note: This is not an electronic system fault.

Refer to Testing and Adjusting for information ondetermining the cause of this condition.

Probable Causes• Vibration damper

• Engine supports

• Low compression (cylinder pressure)

• Individual malfunctioning cylinder

• Electronic unit injectors

Recommended Actions

Vibration Damper

Check the vibration damper for damage. Install anew vibration damper, if necessary. Inspect themounting bolts for damage and/or for wear. Replaceany damaged bolts. Refer to Disassembly andAssembly, “Vibration Damper and Pulley - Remove”and Disassembly and Assembly, “Vibration Damperand Pulley - Install”.

Ensure that the repairs have eliminated the problem.If the vibration is still present proceed to “EngineSupports”.

Engine Supports

1. Check for any of the following conditions:

• Loose engine supports

• Loose mounting brackets or broken mountingbrackets

• Loose bolts

• Omitted bolts

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 53: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 53Troubleshooting Section

2. Make all necessary repairs. Ensure that therepairs have eliminated the fault. If the vibrationis still present proceed to “Low Compression(Cylinder Pressure)”.

Low Compression (Cylinder Pressure)

1. Perform a compression test. Refer to Testing andAdjusting, “Compression - Test ”.

2. If low compression is noted on any cylinders,investigate the cause and rectify the cause.

Possible causes of low compression are shownin the following list:

• Loose glow plugs

• Faulty piston

• Faulty piston rings

• Worn cylinder bores

• Worn valves

• Faulty cylinder head gasket

• Damaged cylinder head

3. Perform all necessary repairs.

4. Ensure that the repairs have eliminated the faults.

5. If the repair does not eliminate the fault refer to“Malfunctioning Individual Cylinder”.

Malfunctioning Individual Cylinder

1. With the engine speed at a fast idle, use theelectronic service tool to isolate one cylinder ata time. Note if there is any reduction in enginespeed. If a reduction in engine speed is not noted,the isolated cylinder is not operating under normalconditions. If the isolation of a particular cylinderresults in a reduction of engine speed that is lessthan normal, this may indicate that the cylinder isoperating below normal performance. Investigatethe cause of the fault on any cylinder that isnot operating. Investigate the cause of the faulton any cylinder that is operating below normalperformance.

2. If all cylinders have been checked and nofaults were detected proceed to “Electronic UnitInjectors”.

Electronic Unit Injectors

1. With the engine speed at a fast idle, use theelectronic service tool to isolate one cylinder ata time. Note if there is any reduction in enginespeed. If a reduction in engine speed is not noted,the isolated electronic unit injector is not operatingunder normal conditions. If the isolation of aparticular cylinder results in a reduction of enginespeed that is less than normal, this may indicatethat the electronic unit injector is operating belownormal performance.

2. Remove the electronic unit injector from thesuspect cylinder. Refer to Disassembly andAssembly, “Electronic Unit Injector - Remove”.

3. Install a new electronic unit injector. Refer toDisassembly and Assembly, “Electronic UnitInjector - Install”.

4. Repeat the test in 1. If the fault is still apparent,remove the replacement electronic unit injectorand install the original electronic unit injector.Refer to Disassembly and Assembly, “ElectronicUnit Injector - Remove” and Disassembly andAssembly, “Electronic Unit Injector - Install”.

i02444985

Engine Will Not Crank

Probable Causes• Power generator

• Battery cables and/or batteries

• Starting motor solenoid or starting circuit

• Starting motor and/or flywheel ring gear

• Electrical power supply

• Internal engine fault

• Control system

Recommended Repairs

Power Generator

Make sure that the power generator is free to rotate.If the power generator does not rotate, refer to thedocumentation that is supplied by the OEM.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 54: KENR6933-00

54 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

Battery Cables and/or Batteries

1. Inspect the main power switch, battery posts,and battery cables for loose connections andcorrosion. If the battery cables are corroded,remove the battery cables and clean the batterycables. Clean the battery posts. Replace thecables. Tighten any loose connections.

2. Inspect the batteries.

a. Charge the batteries.

b. Load test the batteries. Refer to Testing andAdjusting, “Battery - Test”.

Starting Motor Solenoid or StartingCircuit

1. Test the operation of the starting motor solenoid.Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Electric StartingSystem - Test”.

2. Check the wiring to the starting motor solenoid.

Starting Motor and/or Flywheel Ring Gear

1. Test the operation of the starting motor. Check thewiring for the starting motor. Refer to Testing andAdjusting, “Electric Starting System - Test”.

2. Inspect the pinion on the starting motor and theflywheel ring gear for damage.

Electrical Power Supply

Check the electrical power supply. Refer toTroubleshooting, “Electrical Power Supply Circuit -Test”.

Internal Engine Fault

1. Remove the glow plugs. Refer to Disassemblyand Assembly, “Glow Plugs - Remove and Install”.

2. Attempt to rotate the crankshaft through 360degrees in both direction. If the crankshaft rotatescorrectly but fluid is expelled from the hole for theglow plug, investigate the cause of the fluid in thecylinder.

3. If the crankshaft rotates correctly and no fluidis expelled, install the glow plugs. Refer toDisassembly and Assembly, “Glow Plugs -Remove and Install”.

4. If the engine does not rotate in Step 2, disassemblethe engine. Refer to Disassembly and Assembly.

5. Inspect the internal components for the followingconditions:

• Seizure

• Broken components

• Bent components

Control System

Check that power is being provided from the controlsystem to the solenoid on the starting motor.

Note: If power is not reaching the solenoid on thestarting motor, the engine will not crank.

i02414535

Excessive Black Smoke

Probable Causes• Diagnostic codes

• ECM software

• Air intake system or exhaust system

• Valve lash

• Turbocharger

• Low compression (cylinder pressure)

• Individual malfunctioning cylinder

• Electronic unit injectors

Recommended Actions

Diagnostic Codes

Check for active diagnostic codes on the electronicservice tool. Troubleshoot any active codes beforecontinuing with this procedure.

ECM Software

1. Connect the electronic service tool to thediagnostic connector and check for the followingconditions:

• Check for the correct engine serial number

• Check for the correct arrangement number

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 55: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 55Troubleshooting Section

• Check for the correct software

2. Use the electronic service tool to verify any activediagnostic codes.

3. If diagnostic codes are present, the ElectronicControl Module (ECM) must be programmed withthe correct information.

4. If the repairs have not eliminated the fault proceedto “Air Intake System or Exhaust System”.

Air Intake System or Exhaust System

1. Check the air filter restriction indicator, if equipped.

2. Ensure that the air filter is clean and serviceable.

3. Check the air intake and the exhaust system forthe following defects:

• Blockages

• Restrictions

• Damage to the air intake and exhaust lines andhoses

4. Make all necessary repairs to the engine.

5. If the fault has not been eliminated, proceed to“Valve Lash”.

Valve Lash

Ensure that the valve lash is correct. Reset the valvelash if it is not correct. Refer to Testing and Adjusting,“Engine Valve Lash - Inspect/Adjust”.

If the repair does not eliminate the fault proceed to“Turbocharger”.

Turbocharger

Note: The turbocharger that is installed on thisengine is a nonserviceable item. If any mechanicalfault exists, except for the wastegate actuator, thenthe turbocharger must be replaced. The wastegateactuator can be replaced.

1. Ensure that the mounting bolts for the turbochargerare tight.

2. Check that the oil drain for the turbocharger is notblocked or restricted.

3. Check that the compressor housing for theturbocharger is free of dirt, debris and damage.

4. Check that the turbine housing for the turbochargeris free of dirt, debris and damage.

5. Check that the turbine blades rotate freely in theturbocharger.

6. Ensure that the wastegate on the turbocharger isadjusted correctly. Refer to Testing and Adjusting,“Wastegate - Inspect”. If the wastegate actuatoris faulty, replace the wastegate actuator. Referto Disassembly and Assembly, “Turbocharger -Disassemble” and Disassembly and Assembly,“Turbocharger - Assemble”.

7. If necessary, replace the turbocharger. Referto Disassembly and Assembly, “Turbocharger- Remove” and Disassembly and Assembly,“Turbocharger - Install”.

8. Check that the repairs have eliminated the faults.

9. If the repairs have not eliminated the fault proceedto “Low Compression (Cylinder Pressure)”.

Low Compression (Cylinder Pressure)

1. Perform a compression test. Refer to Testing andAdjusting, “Compression - Test ”.

2. If low compression is noted on any cylinders,investigate the cause and rectify the cause.

Possible causes of low compression are shownin the following list:

• Loose glow plugs

• Faulty piston

• Faulty piston rings

• Worn cylinder bores

• Worn valves

• Faulty cylinder head gasket

• Damaged cylinder head

3. Perform all necessary repairs.

4. Ensure that the repairs have eliminated the faults.

5. If the repair does not eliminate the fault refer to“Individual Malfunctioning Cylinder”.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 56: KENR6933-00

56 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

Individual Malfunctioning Cylinder

1. With the engine speed at a fast idle, use theelectronic service tool to isolate one cylinder ata time. Note if there is any reduction in enginespeed. If a reduction in engine speed is not noted,the isolated cylinder is not operating under normalconditions. If the isolation of a particular cylinderresults in a reduction of engine speed that is lessthan normal, this may indicate that the cylinder isoperating below normal performance. Investigatethe cause of the fault on any cylinder that isnot operating. Investigate the cause of the faulton any cylinder that is operating below normalperformance.

2. If all cylinders have been checked and noproblems were detected proceed to “ElectronicUnit Injectors”.

Electronic Unit Injectors

1. With the engine speed at a fast idle, use theelectronic service tool to isolate one cylinder ata time. Note if there is any reduction in enginespeed. If a reduction in engine speed is not noted,the isolated electronic unit injector is not operatingunder normal conditions. If the isolation of aparticular cylinder results in a reduction of enginespeed that is less than normal, this may indicatethat the electronic unit injector is operating belownormal performance.

2. Remove the electronic unit injector from thesuspect cylinder. Refer to Disassembly andAssembly, “Electronic Unit Injector - Remove”.

3. Install a new electronic unit injector. Refer toDisassembly and Assembly, “Electronic UnitInjector - Install”.

4. Repeat the test in 1. If the fault is still apparent,remove the replacement electronic unit injectorand install the original electronic unit injector.Refer to Disassembly and Assembly, “ElectronicUnit Injector - Remove” and Disassembly andAssembly, “Electronic Unit Injector - Install”.

5. If the fault is not eliminated, refer to theTroubleshooting Manual for your engineapplication.

i02528860

Excessive Engine OilConsumption

Probable Causes• Misreading oil level

• Oil leaks

• Engine crankcase breather

• Oil level

• Air intake and exhaust system

• Turbocharger

• Low compression (cylinder pressure)

Recommended Actions

Misreading Oil Level

1. Accurately measure the consumption of oil andfuel over a period of 50 engine hours.

2. If the oil consumption is greater than 0.2% of thefuel consumption, use the following procedurein order to investigate the cause of the high oilconsumption.

Oil Leaks

1. Check for evidence of oil leaks on the engine.

2. Rectify any oil leaks from the engine.

3. Check for evidence of oil in the coolant.

4. If no oil leaks are identified, refer to “EngineCrankcase Breather”.

Engine Crankcase Breather

1. Check the engine crankcase breather for blockageor restrictions.

2. Check for excessive oil from the outlet of thebreather.

3. Repair all defects. Verify that the repair haseliminated the fault.

4. If no faults are found, refer to “Oil Level”.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 57: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 57Troubleshooting Section

Oil Level

1. Check the oil level in the engine.

2. If the oil level is high, check for contaminationof the oil with coolant. Refer to Troubleshooting,“Coolant in Engine Oil”.

3. If no contamination is identified, remove anyexcess oil.

4. If the oil level is satisfactory, refer to “Air Intakeand Exhaust System”.

Air Intake and Exhaust System

1. Check the air filter restriction indicator, if equipped.

2. Ensure that the air filter is clean and serviceable.

3. Check the air intake and the exhaust system forthe following defects:

• Blockages

• Restrictions

• Damage to the air intake and exhaust lines andhoses

4. Make all necessary repairs to the engine.

5. Ensure that the repairs have eliminated thediagnostic code.

6. If no faults are found, refer to “Turbocharger”.

Turbocharger

Note: The turbocharger that is installed on thisengine is a nonserviceable item. If any mechanicalfault exists, except for the wastegate actuator, thenthe turbocharger must be replaced.

1. Check that the oil drain for the turbocharger is notblocked or restricted.

2. Check the turbocharger for evidence of internaloil leaks.

3. If necessary, replace the turbocharger. Referto Disassembly and Assembly, “Turbocharger- Remove” and Disassembly and Assembly,“Turbocharger - Install”.

4. Check that the repairs have eliminated the faults.

5. If the repairs have not eliminated the fault proceedto “Low Compression (cylinder pressure)”.

Low Compression (cylinder pressure)

1. Perform a compression test. Refer to Testing andAdjusting, “Compression - Test ”.

2. If low compression is noted on any cylinders,investigate the cause and rectify the cause.

Possible causes of low compression are shownin the following list:

• Loose glow plugs

• Faulty piston

• Worn piston rings

• Worn cylinder bores

• Worn valves

• Faulty cylinder head gasket

• Damaged cylinder head

3. Perform all necessary repairs.

4. Ensure that the repairs have eliminated the faults.

5. If the fault is not eliminated, refer to theTroubleshooting Manual for your engineapplication.

i02528865

Excessive Fuel Consumption

Probable Causes• Diagnostic codes

• Misreading of fuel level

• Fuel quality

• Quality of oil

• Low engine temperature

• Prolonged operation at idle speed

• Engine operating speed

• Air intake and exhaust system

• Reduced pressure of intake air

• Excessive valve lash

• Failure of the primary speed/timing sensor

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 58: KENR6933-00

58 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

Recommended Actions

Diagnostic Codes

1. Use the electronic service tool to check for anydiagnostic codes that may be related to high fuelconsumption.

Misreading of Fuel Level

1. Monitor the fuel consumption over a period of 50engine hours. If the fuel consumption is excessive,perform the following procedure.

Fuel Quality

1. The quality of the fuel that is used in the enginewill affect the rate of fuel consumption. Refer to“General Fuel Information” in the Operation andMaintenance Manual, “Refill Capacities”.

2. If the fuel is not of an acceptable quality, drainthe fuel system and replace the fuel filters. Refillthe fuel system with fuel of an acceptable quality.Refer to the applicable sections in the Operationand Maintenance Manual.

3. If the fuel is of an acceptable quality, refer to“Quality of Oil”.

Quality of Oil

1. The nominal viscosity of the lubricating oil thatis used in the engine will affect the rate of fuelconsumption. The viscosity of lubricating oil isdefined by the SAE grade of the lubricating oil.The grade of the lubricating oil must be correctfor the ambient conditions. Lubricating oil that isintended for use in high ambient temperatureswill have a negative effect upon the rate of fuelconsumption in cold ambient temperatures. Referto “Engine Oil” in the Operation and MaintenanceManual, “Refill Capacities”.

2. The actual viscosity of the lubricating oil that isused in the engine will change throughout theservice life of the oil. Lubricating oil that is heavilycontaminated will have a negative effect upon therate of fuel consumption.

3. If the oil is not of an acceptable quality or if theoil has exceeded the service life, drain the oilsystem and replace the oil filters. Refill the oilsystem with oil of an acceptable quality. Referto the applicable sections in the Operation andMaintenance Manual.

4. If the oil is of an acceptable quality, refer to“Operation in Cold Conditions”.

Low Engine Temperature

1. The operating temperature of the engine will affectthe rate of fuel consumption. Operation of theengine below the correct temperature will increasefuel consumption. Failure of the water temperatureregulator can prevent the engine from operating atthe correct temperature.

2. If the engine operating temperature is low, checkthe operation of the water temperature regulator. Ifthe water temperature regulator does not operatecorrectly, a new water temperature regulator mustbe installed. Refer to Disassembly and Assembly,“Water Temperature Regulator - Remove andInstall”.

Prolonged Operation at Idle Speed

Prolonged operation of the engine at idle speedincreases fuel consumption.

When the engine is operated at idle speed, the fuelthat is consumed provides no useful work. Prolongedoperation at idle speed will cause a measurabledeterioration in the overall fuel consumption of theengine.

Operation of the engine for long periods at idlespeed will cause a deterioration of the internalcomponents of the engine. A deterioration of theinternal components of the engine will increase fuelconsumption.

Engine Operating Speed

The operating speed of the engine will affect the rateof fuel consumption.

High engine speed will increase fuel consumption.At high engine speeds, internal power losses inthe engine increase and more power is required todrive the alternator and the fan. These power lossesincrease fuel consumption.

Lugging down the engine to a low engine speed willincrease fuel consumption. At low engine speeds, thecombustion efficiency of the engine is reduced. Thiswill require more fuel to be used.

Air Inlet and Exhaust System

Leakage of gas or an increased restriction in eitherthe air intake or the exhaust system can reducethe flow of combustion gas through the engine. Achange in the flow of combustion air into the engineadversely affects combustion efficiency and the rateof fuel consumption.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 59: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 59Troubleshooting Section

1. Check the air intake system for leakage orrestrictions. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “AirInlet and Exhaust System”.

2. Check the exhaust system for leakage orrestrictions. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “AirInlet and Exhaust System”.

3. Repair all defects. Verify that the repair haseliminated the fault.

Reduced Pressure of Intake Air

1. If the pressure of the intake air at the intakemanifold is lower than normal, either the speedof the engine will need to be higher or more fuelmust be injected in order to produce the samepower. Either of these conditions will increase thefuel consumption.

Note: If the engine is equipped with a wastegateregulator, low pressure in the air intake will create a526-07 diagnostic code.

2. Check the pipe from the outlet of the turbochargercompressor to the intake manifold for leaks. Ifnecessary, repair any leaks.

3. Check for the correct operation of the wastegate inthe turbocharger. Refer to Testing and Adjusting,“Turbocharger Wastegate - Test”.

4. If the turbocharger is suspected as being faulty,replace the turbocharger. Refer to Disassemblyand Assembly, “Turbocharger - Remove” andDisassembly and Assembly, “Turbocharger -Install”.

Excessive Valve Lash

Excessive valve lash will cause a change in thetiming of the opening and closing of the inlet andexhaust valves. Excessive valve lash can causea reduction of the flow of combustion air into theengine. Reduced flow of combustion air will increasethe fuel consumption rate.

Refer to the Troubleshooting Guide, “Excessive ValveLash”.

Failure of the Primary Speed/TimingSensor

If the primary speed/timing sensor fails, the enginewill continue to operate using the signal from thesecondary speed/timing sensor on the fuel railpump. The secondary speed/timing sensor is lessprecise than the primary speed/timing sensor. Timingdifferences between the secondary speed/timingsensor and the primary speed/timing sensor maycause an increase in fuel consumption.

1. Use the electronic service tool to check foractive diagnostic codes that relate to the primaryspeed/timing sensor.

2. If necessary, replace the primary speed/timingsensor. Refer to Disassembly and Assembly,“Speed/Timing Sensor - Remove and Install”.

i02528868

Excessive Valve Lash

Note: This is not an electronic system fault.

Probable Causes• Lubrication

• Valve train components

• Valve lash

Recommended Actions

Lubrication

1. Remove the valve mechanism covers. Refer toDisassembly and Assembly, “Valve MechanismCover - Remove and Install” for the correctprocedure.

2. Crank the engine and check the lubrication in thevalve compartment. Ensure that there is adequateengine oil flow in the valve compartment. Thepassages for the engine oil must be clean.

Note: Do not run the engine without the valvemechanism cover.

Valve Train Components

1. Inspect the following components of the valvetrain:

• Rocker arms

• Valve bridges

• Pushrods

• Valve lifters

• Camshaft

• Valve stems

• Rocker shafts

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 60: KENR6933-00

60 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

2. Check the components for the following conditions:abnormal wear, excessive wear, straightness,and cleanliness. If necessary, use new parts forreplacement.

Note: If the camshaft is replaced, new valve liftersmust also be used.

Valve Lash

Adjust the valve lash of the engine. Refer to Testingand Adjusting, “Engine Valve Lash - Inspect/Adjust”for the correct procedure.

i02414539

Excessive White Smoke

Note: Some white smoke may be present duringcold start-up conditions when the engine is operatingnormally. If the white smoke persists, there may be afault.

Probable Causes• Coolant temperature sensor circuit

• Low coolant temperature

• Glow plugs

• Fuel quality

• Valve lash

• Low compression (cylinder pressure)

• Individual malfunctioning cylinder

Recommended Actions

Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit

1. Connect the electronic service tool to thediagnostic connector.

2. Monitor the display screen on the electronicservice tool in order to verify the presence of activediagnostic codes for the coolant temperature.Refer to Troubleshooting, “Engine TemperatureSensor Open or Short Circuit - Test”.

3. If the fault has not been eliminated, proceed to“Low Coolant Temperature”.

Low Coolant Temperature

Check that the water temperature regulator isoperating correctly. Refer to Testing and Adjusting,“Water Temperature Regulator - Test”.

If the water temperature regulator is operatingcorrectly, refer to “Glow Plugs”.

Glow Plugs

1. Check for proper operation of the glow plugs.Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Glow Plugs -Test”.

2. If the repairs do not eliminate the fault refer to“Fuel Quality”.

Fuel Quality

1. Check the diesel fuel for quality. Refer to Testingand Adjusting, “Fuel Quality - Test”.

Note: Diesel fuel with a low cetane value is likely tocause white smoke.

2. If the repair does not eliminate the fault refer to“Valve Lash”.

Valve Lash

1. Ensure that the valve lash is correct. Refer toTesting and Adjusting, “Engine Valve Lash -Inspect/Adjust”.

2. If the repair does not eliminate the fault proceed to“Low Compression (cylinder pressure)”.

Low Compression (cylinder pressure)

1. Perform a compression test. Refer to Testing andAdjusting, “Compression - Test ”.

2. If low compression is noted on any cylinders,investigate the cause and rectify the cause.

Possible causes of low compression are shownin the following list:

• Loose glow plugs

• Faulty piston

• Faulty piston rings

• Worn cylinder bores

• Worn valves

• Faulty cylinder head gasket

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 61: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 61Troubleshooting Section

• Damaged cylinder head

3. Perform all necessary repairs.

4. Ensure that the repairs have eliminated the faults.

5. If the repair does not eliminate the fault refer to“Individual Malfunctioning Cylinder”.

Individual Malfunctioning Cylinder

1. With the engine speed at a fast idle, use theelectronic service tool to isolate one cylinder ata time. Note if there is any reduction in enginespeed. If a reduction in engine speed is not noted,the isolated cylinder is not operating under normalconditions. If the isolation of a particular cylinderresults in a reduction of engine speed that is lessthan normal, this may indicate that the cylinder isoperating below normal performance. Investigatethe cause of the fault on any cylinder that isnot operating. Investigate the cause of the faulton any cylinder that is operating below normalperformance.

2. Rectify any faults.

i02414540

Intake Air Temperature Is TooHigh

Probable Causes• High ambient air temperature

• Intake air restriction and/or high altitude

• Intake air from a heated area

• Intake manifold air temperature sensor and/orcircuit

• Insufficient ambient air flow over the engine

• Reduced ambient air flow through the air chargecooler

• Reduced flow of intake air through the air chargecooler

Recommended Actions

High Ambient Air Temperature

1. Determine if the ambient air temperature is withinthe design specifications for the cooling systemand the air charge cooler.

2. When the ambient temperature exceeds thecapability of the cooling system or the air chargecooler, operate the engine at a reduced load oroperate the engine at a reduced speed.

3. When possible, modify the cooling system andthe air charge cooler in order to make the systemsuitable for local conditions.

Intake Air Restriction and/or High Altitude

Low air pressure at the air intake for the turbochargercan be caused by a restriction in the air intake or ahigh altitude. When the pressure of the intake airis low, the turbocharger (if equipped) works harderin order to achieve the desired intake manifoldpressure. This increases intake air temperature.

Measure the intake manifold pressure while theengine is operating under load. For specific data,refer to the Perkins Technical Marketing Informationfor the engine.

Intake Air Restriction

1. Check for blocked air filters. Check for obstructionsin the air intake.

2. Replace the air filters or remove the obstructionfrom the air intake.

High Altitude

Make sure that the settings for the engine are correctfor the altitude.

Intake Air from a Heated Area

1. Ensure that the air inlet system is not receivingair from a heated area.

2. If necessary, relocate the air supply to the intakemanifold to the outside of the engine enclosure.

3. Check for air leaks in the pipe between the air inletand the inlet to the turbocharger compressor.

Intake Manifold Air Temperature Sensorand/or the Circuit

1. Allow the intake manifold air temperature sensorto cool and remove the sensor. Check the readingfor the intake air temperature. If the sensor isoperating correctly, the reading and the ambienttemperature are approximately equal.

2. If the readings are approximately equal, reinstallthe sensor.

3. If the reading is not correct, replace the sensorwith a sensor that is known to be good. Verify thatthe fault is rectified.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 62: KENR6933-00

62 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

Insufficient Ambient Air Flow over theEngine

1. If equipped, check the condition of the cooling fanand the drive belt.

2. If equipped, check that the cooling fan is operatingcorrectly.

Reduced Ambient Air Flow through theAir Charge Cooler

1. Check that the ambient air flow through the aircharge cooler is not obstructed.

2. Inspect the air charge cooler for contaminationand/or bent fins or damaged fins.

3. If necessary, clean the air charge cooler.

4. If necessary, carefully straighten any bent fins onthe air charge cooler.

Reduced Flow of Intake Air through theAir Charge Cooler

1. Check for contamination in the air pipe thatconnects the turbocharger to the air charge cooler.

a. If dirt is found in the air pipe from theturbocharger to the air charge cooler, checkall of the air inlet pipes upstream of theturbocharger for leaks.

b. Clean all contaminated air inlet pipes or replaceall contaminated air inlet pipes.

c. Service the air cleaner and replace the aircleaner element.

2. If a thick oil film is found in the air pipe, inspect theturbocharger compressor housing. Examine boththe inlet to the turbocharger compressor housingand the outlet from the turbocharger compressorfor oil.

a. If oil is found in the inlet to the turbochargercompressor housing, the oil originates from theengine crankcase breather.

b. If oil is found in the outlet from the turbochargercompressor housing but oil is not found inthe inlet to the compressor housing, the oiloriginates from the seals for the turbochargerbearings.

i02518234

Intermittent Engine Shutdown

Note: Use this procedure only if the engine shutsdown completely and the engine must be restarted.

Probable Causes• Diagnostic codes

• Air Intake

• Electrical connectors

• Fuel supply

Recommended Actions

Diagnostic Codes

Check for any event and active diagnostic codes onthe electronic service tool. Troubleshoot any activecodes or recently logged diagnostic codes beforecontinuing with this procedure.

Air Intake

1. Check the air filter for blockage or restriction.

2. Check the air intake duct for blockages orrestrictions.

Electrical Connectors

1. Check for correct installation of ECM connectorsat the following locations:

• P1 ECM connector

• P2 ECM connector

• P532 Fuel rail pump solenoid connector

2. Refer to Troubleshooting, “Electrical Connectors- Inspect”.

3. Inspect the battery wires from the ECM to thebattery compartment. Refer to the Engine WiringDiagram. Inspect the wires and the power relay.Check the power and ground connections to theECM. Refer to Troubleshooting, “Fuel InjectionPump Circuit - Test” for more information.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 63: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 63Troubleshooting Section

4. Inspect the battery wires from the ECM to thebattery compartment. Refer to the SchematicDiagram. Inspect the wires and the power relay.Check the power and ground connections to theECM. Refer to the schematic diagram for moreinformation.

5. Select the “Wiggle Test” from the diagnostic testson the electronic service tool.

6. Choose the appropriate group of parameters tomonitor.

7. Press the “Start” button. Wiggle the wiring harnessin order to reproduce intermittent faults.

Note: If an intermittent fault exists, the status will behighlighted and an audible beep will be heard.

8. Repair any faults and ensure that the symptomhas been cleared. If the symptom is still present,refer to “Fuel Supply”.

Fuel Supply

NOTICEDo not crank the engine continuously for more than30 seconds. Allow the starting motor to cool for twominutes before cranking the engine again.

1. Visually check the fuel tank for fuel. The fuelgauge may be faulty.

2. Ensure that the fuel supply valve (if equipped) isin the full OPEN position.

3. If the temperature is below 0 °C (32 °F), checkfor solidified fuel (wax).

4. Check the primary filter/water separator for waterin the fuel.

5. Check for fuel supply lines that are restricted.

6. Check that the low pressure fuel lines are tightand secured properly.

7. Check the fuel filters.

8. Check the diesel fuel for contamination. Refer toTesting and Adjusting, “Fuel Quality - Test”.

9. Check for air in the fuel system. Refer to Testingand Adjusting, “Air in Fuel - Test”.

10.Ensure that the fuel system has been primed.Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Fuel System -Prime”.

11.Check the fuel pressure. Refer to Testing andAdjusting, “Fuel System Pressure - Test”.

i02535522

Intermittent Low Power orPower Cutout

Note: Use this procedure only if the engine does notshut down completely.

Probable Causes• Diagnostic codes

• Electrical connectors

• ECM connection

• Fuel supply

• Intake manifold pressure

Recommended Actions

NOTICEDo not crank the engine continuously for more than30 seconds. Allow the starting motor to cool for twominutes before cranking the engine again.

Diagnostic Codes

Check for active diagnostic codes and event codeson the electronic service tool. Troubleshoot anyactive codes before continuing with this procedure.

Electrical Connectors

1. Refer to Troubleshooting, “Electrical Connectors- Inspect”.

2. Repair the electrical connectors or replace theelectrical connectors.

3. Ensure that all the connector seals are in placeand that the connectors have been correctlyinstalled.

4. Ensure that the repairs have eliminated the fault.If the fault has not been eliminated proceed to“ECM Connection”.

ECM Connection

1. Check that the P2/J2 connector is correctlyconnected.

2. Check that the P1/J1 connector is correctlyconnected.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 64: KENR6933-00

64 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

3. If a fault is suspected with the ECM power andground connections refer to Troubleshooting,“Electrical Power Supply Circuit - Test”.

4. Verify that the ECM connections for the power andground connections at the fuel pump are correctlyconnected.

5. Repair any faults and ensure that the faults havebeen eliminated.

6. If the repairs do not eliminate the faults, proceedto “Fuel Supply”.

Fuel Supply

1. Visually check the fuel tank for fuel. The fuelgauge may be faulty.

2. Ensure that the fuel supply valve (if equipped) isin the full OPEN position.

3. If the temperature is below 0 °C (32 °F), checkfor solidified fuel (wax).

4. Check the primary filter/water separator for waterin the fuel.

5. Check for fuel supply lines that are restricted.

6. Check that the low pressure fuel lines are tightand secured properly.

7. Check the fuel filters.

8. Check the diesel fuel for contamination. Refer toTesting and Adjusting, “Fuel Quality - Test”.

9. Check for air in the fuel system. Refer to Testingand Adjusting, “Air in Fuel - Test”.

10.Ensure that the fuel system has been primed.Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Fuel System -Prime”.

11.Check the fuel pressure. Start the engine andthen use the electronic service tool to checkthat the pressure in the fuel rail is more than18000 kPa (2610 psi).

12. If the repair does not eliminate the fault refer to“Intake Manifold Pressure”.

Intake Manifold Pressure

1. Use the electronic service tool to verify the intakemanifold pressure.

2. Turn the start switch to the ON position.

3. The intake manifold pressure should read0 ± 0.5 kPa (0 ± 0.07 psi). If the intake manifoldpressure is not within the limits, perform thefollowing steps.

4. Check the air filter restriction indicator, if equipped.

5. Ensure that the air filter is clean and serviceable.

6. Check the air intake and the exhaust system forthe following defects:

• Blockages

• Restrictions

• Damage to the air intake and exhaust lines andhoses

i02528979

Low Engine Oil Pressure

NOTICEDo not operate the engine with low oil pressure.Engine damage will result. If measured oil pressure islow, discontinue engine operation until the problem iscorrected.

Probable Causes• Engine oil level

• Oil specification

• Engine oil pressure gauge

• Engine oil filter

• Engine oil cooler

• Piston cooling jets

• Engine oil suction tube

• Engine oil pump

• Bearing clearance

Recommended Actions

Engine Oil Level

1. Inspect the engine oil level. If necessary, add oil.

2. If the fault is still apparent, refer to “OilSpecification”.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 65: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 65Troubleshooting Section

Oil Specification

1. Make sure that engine oil of the correctspecification is used. Refer to the Operationand Maintenance Manual, “Refill Capacities andRecommendations”.

2. If necessary, drain the oil system and refill the oilsystem with engine oil of the correct specification.Refer to Operation and Maintenance Manual,“Engine Oil and Filter - Change”.

3. If the fault is still apparent, refer to “Engine OilPressure Gauge”.

Engine Oil Pressure Gauge

1. Check the actual engine oil pressure with acalibrated test gauge. Compare the oil pressurereading from the electronic service tool to thepressure on the test gauge.

2. If no difference is noted between the indicated oilpressures, refer to “Engine Oil Filter”.

Engine Oil Filter

1. Remove the engine oil filter. Refer to the Operationand Maintenance Manual, “Engine Oil and Filter- Change”.

2. Inspect the engine oil filter for evidence ofblockage.

3. Install a new engine oil filter. Refer to theOperation and Maintenance Manual, “Engine Oiland Filter - Change”.

4. If the fault is still apparent, refer to “Engine OilCooler”.

Engine Oil Cooler

1. If oil flow or coolant flow through the oil cooleris suspected of being low, replace the oil cooler.Refer to Disassembly and Assembly, “EngineOil Cooler - Remove” and Disassembly andAssembly, “Engine Oil Cooler - Install”.

2. If the fault is still apparent, refer to “Piston CoolingJets”.

Piston Cooling Jets

1. Inspect the piston cooling jets for damage.Replace any piston cooling jet that appears to becracked, broken or missing. Refer to Disassemblyand Assembly, “Piston Cooling Jets - Removeand Install”.

2. If no damage is found, refer to “Engine Oil SuctionTube”.

Engine Oil Suction Tube

1. Check the inlet screen on the oil suction tubeand remove any material that may be restrictingoil flow.

2. Check the joints of the oil suction tube for cracksor a damaged joint that may allow air leakage intothe supply to the oil pump.

3. If no faults are found, refer to “Engine Oil Pump”.

Engine Oil Pump

1. Inspect the components of the engine oil pump forexcessive wear. Repair the oil pump or replacethe oil pump, if necessary. Refer to Disassemblyand Assembly, “Engine Oil Pump - Remove”,Disassembly and Assembly, “Engine Oil Pump -Install” and Disassembly and Assembly, “EngineOil Relief Valve - Remove and Install”.

2. If no faults are found, refer to “Bearing Clearance”.

Bearing Clearance

Inspect the engine components for excessive bearingclearance or damaged bearings. If necessary,replace the bearings and/or the components. Inspectthe following components for excessive bearingclearance:

• Crankshaft main bearings

• Connecting rod bearings

• Camshaft front bearing

• Idler gear bearing

i02535524

Low Power/Poor or NoResponse to Throttle

Probable Causes• Diagnostic codes

• ECM parameters

• Electrical connectors

• Air intake and exhaust system

• Valve lash

• Turbocharger

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 66: KENR6933-00

66 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

• Fuel supply

• Low compression (cylinder pressure)

• Individual malfunctioning cylinder

• Electronic unit injectors

Recommended Actions

NOTICEDo not crank the engine continuously for more than30 seconds. Allow the starting motor to cool for twominutes before cranking the engine again.

Diagnostic Codes

Check for active diagnostic codes on the electronicservice tool. Troubleshoot any active codes beforecontinuing with this procedure.

ECM Parameters

1. Use the electronic service tool to make sure thatthe FLS and FTS parameters have been correctlyentered.

2. Use the electronic service tool to ensure that thecorrect mode was selected.

3. Use the electronic service tool to verify that thecorrect engine rating has been provided.

4. Use the electronic service tool to verify themaximum engine speed limit.

5. Ensure that the repairs have eliminated theperformance problems.

6. If the repairs have not eliminated the faultsproceed to “Electrical Connectors”.

Electrical Connectors

1. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.

2. Use the electronic service tool to verify thatthe intake manifold pressure is 0 ± 0.5 kPa(00 ± 0.070 psi). Check the 5 V sensor supplyfor the intake manifold pressure. Refer toTroubleshooting, “5 Volt Engine Pressure SensorSupply Circuit - Test”.

3. Use the electronic service tool to verify the throttleposition status.

4. Run the engine until the speed is equal to themaximum no-load speed.

5. Use the electronic service tool to make sure thatthe throttle is set to reach the maximum no-loadspeed.

6. If the maximum no-load speed can not be obtainedrefer to Troubleshooting, “Throttle Switch Circuit- Test” and Troubleshooting, “Mode SelectionCircuit - Test”.

7. If the engine speed is erratic refer toTroubleshooting, “Analog Throttle Position SensorCircuit - Test” or Troubleshooting, “Digital ThrottlePosition Sensor Circuit - Test”.

8. If the fault has not been eliminated, proceed to“Air Intake and Exhaust System”.

Air Intake and Exhaust System

1. Check the air filter restriction indicator, if equipped.

2. Ensure that the air filter is clean and serviceable.

3. Check the air intake and the exhaust system forthe following defects:

• Blockages

• Restrictions

• Damage to the air intake and exhaust lines andhoses

4. Make all necessary repairs to the engine.

5. If the fault has not been eliminated, proceed to“Valve Lash”.

Valve Lash

1. Check the valve lash and reset the valve lash, ifnecessary. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “EngineValve lash - Inspect and Adjust”.

2. If the repair does not eliminate the fault proceedto “Turbocharger”.

Turbocharger

Note: The turbocharger that is installed on thisengine is a nonserviceable item. If any mechanicalfault exists, except for the wastegate actuator, thenthe turbocharger must be replaced. The wastegateactuator can be replaced.

1. Ensure that the mounting bolts for the turbochargerare tight.

2. Check that the oil drain for the turbocharger is notblocked or restricted.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 67: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 67Troubleshooting Section

3. Check that the compressor housing for theturbocharger is free of dirt and debris.

4. Check that the turbine housing for the turbochargeris free of dirt and debris.

5. Check that the turbine blades rotate freely in theturbocharger.

6. Ensure that the wastegate on the turbocharger isadjusted correctly. Refer to Testing and Adjusting,“Wastegate - Inspect”. If the wastegate actuatoris faulty, replace the wastegate actuator. Referto Disassembly and Assembly, “Turbocharger -Disassemble” and Disassembly and Assembly,“Turbocharger - Assemble”.

7. If necessary, replace the turbocharger. Referto Disassembly and Assembly, “Turbocharger- Remove” and Disassembly and Assembly,“Turbocharger - Install”.

8. Check that the repairs have eliminated the faults.

9. If the fault has not been eliminated, proceed to“Fuel Supply”.

Fuel Supply

1. Visually check the fuel tank for fuel. The fuelgauge may be faulty.

2. Ensure that the fuel supply valve (if equipped) isin the full OPEN position.

3. If the temperature is below 0 °C (32 °F), checkfor solidified fuel (wax).

4. Check the primary filter/water separator for waterin the fuel.

5. Check for fuel supply lines that are restricted.

6. Check that the low pressure fuel lines are tightand secured properly.

7. Check the fuel filters.

8. Check the diesel fuel for contamination. Refer toTesting and Adjusting, “Fuel Quality - Test”.

9. Check for air in the fuel system. Refer to Testingand Adjusting, “Air in Fuel - Test”.

10.Ensure that the fuel system has been primed.Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Fuel System -Prime”.

11.Check the fuel pressure. Refer to Testing andAdjusting, “Fuel System Pressure - Test”.

12. If the repair does not eliminate the fault refer to“Low Compression (Cylinder Pressure)”.

Low Compression (Cylinder Pressure)

1. Perform a compression test. Refer to Testing andAdjusting, “Compression - Test ”.

2. If low compression is noted on any cylinders,investigate the cause and rectify any faults.

Possible causes of low compression are shownin the following list:

• Loose glow plugs

• Faulty piston

• Faulty piston rings

• Worn cylinder bores

• Worn valves

• Faulty cylinder head gasket

• Damaged cylinder head

3. Perform all necessary repairs.

4. Ensure that the repairs have eliminated the faults.

5. If the repair does not eliminate the fault refer to“Individual Malfunctioning Cylinders”.

Individual Malfunctioning Cylinders

1. Use the electronic service tool to perform the“Cylinder Cut-out Test”. Note if there is anyreduction in engine speed. If a reduction in enginespeed is not noted, the isolated cylinder is notoperating under normal conditions. If the isolationof a particular cylinder results in a reduction ofengine speed that is less than normal, this mayindicate that the cylinder is operating below normalperformance. Investigate the cause of the fault onany cylinder that is not operating. Investigate thecause of the fault on any cylinder that is operatingbelow normal performance.

2. If all cylinders have been checked and nofaults were detected proceed to “Electronic UnitInjectors”.

Electronic Unit Injectors

1. Use the electronic service tool to perform the“Cylinder Cut-out Test”. Note if there is anyreduction in engine speed. If a reduction in enginespeed is not noted, the isolated electronic unitinjector is not operating under normal conditions.If the isolation of a particular cylinder results in areduction of engine speed that is less than normal,this may indicate that the electronic unit injector isoperating below normal performance.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 68: KENR6933-00

68 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

2. Remove the electronic unit injector from thesuspect cylinder. Refer to Disassembly andAssembly, “Electronic Unit Injector - Remove”.

3. Install a new electronic unit injector. Refer toDisassembly and Assembly, “Electronic UnitInjector - Install”.

4. Repeat the test in 1. If the fault is still apparent,remove the replacement electronic unit injectorand install the original electronic unit injector.Refer to Disassembly and Assembly, “ElectronicUnit Injector - Remove” and Disassembly andAssembly, “Electronic Unit Injector - Install”.

5. If the fault is not eliminated, check for activediagnostic fault codes.

i02529009

Mechanical Noise (Knock) inEngine

Probable Causes• Accessory equipment

• Valve train components

• Pistons

• Connecting rod and main bearings

Recommended Actions

Accessory Equipment

1. Isolate the source of the noise. Remove thesuspect engine accessory. Inspect the suspectengine accessory. Repair the engine accessoryand/or replace the engine accessory if any defectsare found.

2. If the mechanical noise is still apparent, refer to“Valve Train Components”.

Valve Train Components

1. Remove the valve mechanism cover. Checkthe following items for damage: camshaft, valvesprings, lifters, pushrods, and bridges. Thoroughlyclean the valve train components. If the camshaftis being replaced, also replace the valve lifters.Ensure that all of the valves move freely. Replaceany damaged parts.

2. If the mechanical noise is still apparent, refer to“Pistons”.

Pistons

1. Inspect the pistons for damage and wear. Replaceany damaged parts.

2. If the mechanical noise is still apparent, refer to“Connecting Rod and Main Bearings”.

Connecting Rod and Main Bearings

Inspect the connecting rod and main bearings.Also, inspect the bearing surfaces (journals) on thecrankshaft. Replace any damaged parts.

i02529391

Noise Coming from Cylinder

Probable Causes• Fuel quality

• Valve lash

• Pistons

• Electronic unit injectors

Recommended Actions

Fuel Quality

1. Check the fuel quality. Refer to Testing andAdjusting, “Fuel Quality - Test”.

2. If unsatisfactory fuel is found, perform the followingprocedure.

a. Drain the fuel system.

b. Replace the fuel filters. Refer to the Operationand Maintenance Manual, “Fuel SystemPrimary Filter (Water Separator) Element -Replace” and Operation and MaintenanceManual, “Fuel System Filter - Replace”.

c. Fill the fuel system with fuel that meets thestandard in Operation and MaintenanceManual, “Fluid Recommendations”.

d. Prime the fuel system. Refer to Operation andMaintenance Manual, “Fuel System - Prime”.

3. If the fault is not eliminated, refer to “Pistons”.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 69: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 69Troubleshooting Section

Pistons

1. Inspect the pistons for damage and wear. Replaceany damaged parts.

2. If the noise is still apparent, refer to “Valve Lash”.

Valve Lash

1. Refer to Troubleshooting, “Excessive Valve Lash”.

2. If the fault has not been eliminated, proceed to“Electronic Unit Injectors”.

Electronic Unit Injectors

1. With the engine speed at a fast idle, use theelectronic service tool to isolate one cylinder ata time. Note if there is any reduction in enginespeed. If a reduction in engine speed is not noted,the isolated electronic unit injector is not operatingunder normal conditions. If the isolation of aparticular cylinder results in a reduction of enginespeed that is less than normal, this may indicatethat the electronic unit injector is operating belownormal performance.

2. Remove the electronic unit injector from thesuspect cylinder. Refer to Disassembly andAssembly, “Electronic Unit Injector - Remove”.

3. Install a new electronic unit injector. Refer toDisassembly and Assembly, “Electronic UnitInjector - Install”.

4. Repeat the test in 1. If the noise is still apparent,remove the replacement electronic unit injectorand install the original electronic unit injector.Refer to Disassembly and Assembly, “ElectronicUnit Injector - Remove” and Disassembly andAssembly, “Electronic Unit Injector - Install”.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 70: KENR6933-00

70 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

Troubleshooting with aDiagnostic Code

i02444929

Diagnostic Code CrossReference

Table 34

CDL Code Description3rd PartyDeviceJ1939Code

FlashCode

N/A No Diagnostic Code Detected N/A 551

0001-02 Cylinder #1 Injector Data Incorrect 651-2 111

0001-05 Cylinder #1 Injector open circuit 651-5 111

0001-06 Cylinder #1 Injector short 651-6 111

0001-07 Cylinder #1 Injector Not Responding 651-7 111

0002-02 Cylinder #2 Injector Data Incorrect 652-2 112

0002-05 Cylinder #2 Injector open circuit 652-5 112

0002-06 Cylinder #2 Injector short 652-6 112

0002-07 Cylinder #2 Injector Not Responding 652-27 112

0003-02 Cylinder #3 Injector Data Incorrect 653-2 113

0003-05 Cylinder #3 Injector open circuit 653-5 113

0003-06 Cylinder #3 Injector short 653-6 113

0003-07 Cylinder #3 Injector Not Responding 653-7 113

0004-02 Cylinder #4 Injector Data Incorrect 654-2 114

0004-05 Cylinder #4 Injector open circuit 654-5 114

0004-06 Cylinder #4 Injector short 654-6 114

0004-07 Cylinder #4 Injector Not Responding 654-7 114

0005-02 Cylinder #5 Injector Data Incorrect 655-2 115

0005-05 Cylinder #5 Injector open circuit 655-5 115

0005-06 Cylinder #5 Injector short 655-6 115

0005-07 Cylinder #5 Injector Not Responding 655-7 115

0006-02 Cylinder #6 Injector Data Incorrect 656-2 116

0006-05 Cylinder #6 Injector open circuit 656-5 116

0006-06 Cylinder #6 Injector short 656-6 116

0006-07 Cylinder #6 Injector Not Responding 656-7 116

0041-03 8 Volt DC Supply short to +batt 678-03 517

0041-04 8 Volt DC Supply short to ground 678-04 517

0091-03 Accelerator pedal - voltage above normal 91-03 154(continued)

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 71: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 71Troubleshooting Section

(Table 34, contd)

CDL Code Description3rd PartyDeviceJ1939Code

FlashCode

0091-04 Accelerator pedal - voltage below normal 91-04 154

0091-08 Throttle Position signal abnormal 91-08 154

0100-03 Engine Oil Pressure open/short to +batt 100-03 157

0100-04 Engine Oil Pressure short to ground 100-04 157

0100-10 Engine Oil Pressure Sensor abnormal rate of change 100-10 157

0110-03 Engine Coolant Temperature open/short to +batt 110-03 168

0110-04 Engine Coolant Temperature short to ground 110-04 168

0168-00 System Voltage High 168-00 422

0168-01 System Voltage Low 168-01 422

0168-02 System Voltage intermittent/erratic 168-02 422

0172-03 Intake Manifold Air Temp open/short to +batt 105-03 133

0172-04 Intake Manifold Air Temp short to ground 105-04 133

0190-08 Engine Speed signal abnormal 190-08 141

0247-09 J1939 Data Link communications - 514

0247-12 J1939 Data Link malfunction - 514

0253-02 Personality Module mismatch 631-02 415

0261-11 Engine Timing Offset fault 637-11 143

0262-03 5 Volt Sensor DC Power Supply short to +batt 1079-03 516

0262-04 5 Volt Sensor DC Power Supply short to ground 1079-04 516

0268-02 Check Programmable Parameters 630-02 527

0342-08 Secondary Engine Speed signal abnormal 723-08 142

0526-05 Turbo Wastegate Drive current low 1188-05 177

0526-06 Turbo Wastegate Drive current high 1188-06 177

0526-07 Turbo Wastegate Drive not responding properly 1188-07 177

1779-05 Fuel Rail Pressure Valve 1 Solenoid open circuit 1347-05 162

1779-06 Fuel Rail Pressure Valve 1 Solenoid short to ground 1347-06 162

1785-03 Intake Manifold Pressure Sensor voltage high 102-03 197

1785-04 Intake Manifold Pressure Sensor voltage low 102-04 197

1785-10 Intake Manifold Pressure Signal abnormal rate of change 102-10 197

1797-03 Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor open/short to +batt 157-03 159

1797-04 Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor short to ground 157-04 159

1834-02 Ignition Keyswitch loss of signal 158-02 439

2246-06 Glow plug Start Aid Relay Current High 676-06 199

Event Codes

E172-1 High Air Filter Restriction 107-15 151

E232-1 High Fuel/Water Separator Water Level 97-15 -

E360-1 Low Oil Pressure - Warning 100-17 157(continued)

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 72: KENR6933-00

72 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

(Table 34, contd)

CDL Code Description3rd PartyDeviceJ1939Code

FlashCode

E360-3 Low Oil Pressure - Shutdown 100-01 157

E361-1 High Engine Coolant Temperature - Warning 110-15 168

E361-2 High Engine Coolant Temperature - Derate 110-16 168

E361-3 High Engine Coolant Temperature - Shutdown 110-00 168

E362-1 Engine Overspeed 190-15 141

E396-1 High Fuel Rail Pressure 157-00 159

E398-1 Low Fuel Rail Pressure 157-01 159

E539-1 High Intake Manifold Air Temperature - Warning 105-15 133

E539-2 High Intake Manifold Air Temperature - Derate 105-16 133

E2143-3 Low Engine Coolant Level 111-01 169

i02412499

No Diagnostic Codes Detected

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

A flash code 0551 indicates that there are no detectedfaults in the system since the previous powering up.

System Response:

This code will not appear on the electronic servicetool. The indicator lamps will flash the diagnosticcode. For more information on flash codes, refer toTroubleshooting, “Indicator Lamps”.

Possible Performance Effect:

None

There are no faults that require troubleshooting.

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02655551

CID 0001 FMI 02

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects thefollowing condition:

• Data from the electronic unit injector for the No. 1cylinder is out of limits.

• Diagnostic code 0168-01 is not active.

• Diagnostic codes 0001-05 and 0001-06 are notactive.

• No 0041 diagnostic codes are active.

• No 0262 diagnostic codes are active.

• Diagnostic code 0190-08 is not active.

• No 0110 diagnostic codes are active.

System Response:

If equipped, the warning light will come on. An activediagnostic code will be generated. The ECM will logthe diagnostic code.

Possible Performance Effect:

The engine will be derated while this diagnostic codeis active.

Troubleshooting:

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “InjectorData Incorrect - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 73: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 73Troubleshooting Section

i02748533

CID 0001 FMI 05

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

This diagnostic code is designed to indicate an opencircuit (low current) in either the solenoid or the wiringfor the electronic unit injector for No. 1 cylinder.

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects thefollowing condition:

• A low current condition (open circuit) for each offive consecutive attempts to operate

• Battery voltage is higher than 9 volts for 2 seconds.

System Response:

If equipped, the warning light will come on. The ECMwill log the diagnostic code.

Possible Performance Effect:

The engine will have low power and/or rough running.

Troubleshooting:

When an injector cutout test is performed, a faultyelectronic unit injector will indicate a low reading incomparison with the other electronic unit injectors.

An electrical fault can prevent the electronic unitinjector from operating. An open circuit in the wiringthat is unique to the electronic unit injector will preventthat individual electronic unit injector from operating.An open circuit in common wiring within the ECM canprevent the three electronic unit injectors that sharethat common wiring from operating.

The ECM will continue to attempt to operate theelectronic unit injector after the diagnostic code hasbeen logged but an open circuit will prevent theoperation of the electronic unit injector.

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “InjectorSolenoid Circuit - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02748548

CID 0001 FMI 06

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

This diagnostic code is designed to indicate a shortcircuit (high current) in either the solenoid or thewiring for the electronic unit injector for No. 1 cylinder.

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects thefollowing conditions:

• A high current condition (short circuit) for each offive consecutive attempts to operate

• Battery voltage above 9 volts for 2 seconds

System Response:

If equipped, the warning light will come on. The ECMwill log the diagnostic code.

Possible Performance Effect:

The engine will have low power and/or rough running.

Troubleshooting:

When an injector cutout test is performed, a faultyelectronic unit injector will indicate a low reading incomparison with the other electronic unit injectors.

An electrical fault can prevent the electronic unitinjector from operating. A short circuit in the wiring orthe ECM that is unique to one electronic unit injectorwill prevent that individual electronic unit injector fromoperating. A short circuit in common wiring within theECM can prevent the three electronic unit injectorsthat share that common wiring from operating.

The ECM will continue to attempt to operate theelectronic unit injector after the diagnostic codehas been logged but a short circuit will prevent theoperation of the electronic unit injector.

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “InjectorSolenoid Circuit - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 74: KENR6933-00

74 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

i02748587

CID 0001 FMI 07

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The electronic unit injector is no longer capable ofdelivering the correct amount of fuel.

System Response:

If equipped, the warning light will come on. TheElectronic Control Module (ECM) will log thediagnostic code.

Note: The diagnostic code can be viewed on theelectronic service tool.

Possible Performance Effect:

The engine will be derated by 20%.

Troubleshooting:

Replace the suspect electronic unit injector. Referto Disassembly and Assembly, “Electronic UnitInjector - Remove” and Disassembly and Assembly,“Electronic Unit Injector - Install”.

Use the electronic service tool to perform the fuelsystem verification test.

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “None”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02655552

CID 0002 FMI 02

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects thefollowing condition:

• Data from the electronic unit injector for the No. 2cylinder is out of limits.

• Diagnostic code 0168-01 is not active.

• Diagnostic codes 0001-05 and 0001-06 are notactive.

• No 0041 diagnostic codes are active.

• No 0262 diagnostic codes are active.

• Diagnostic code 0190-08 is not active.

• No 0110 diagnostic codes are active.

System Response:

If equipped, the warning light will come on. An activediagnostic code will be generated. The ECM will logthe diagnostic code.

Possible Performance Effect:

The engine will be derated while this diagnostic codeis active.

Troubleshooting:

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “InjectorData Incorrect - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02748622

CID 0002 FMI 05

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

This diagnostic code is designed to indicate an opencircuit (low current) in either the solenoid or the wiringfor the electronic unit injector for No. 2 cylinder.

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects thefollowing condition:

• A low current condition (open circuit) for each offive consecutive attempts to operate

• Battery voltage is higher than 9 volts for 2 seconds.

System Response:

If equipped, the warning light will come on. The ECMwill log the diagnostic code.

Possible Performance Effect:

The engine will have low power and/or rough running.

Troubleshooting:

When an injector cutout test is performed, a faultyelectronic unit injector will indicate a low reading incomparison with the other electronic unit injectors.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 75: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 75Troubleshooting Section

An electrical fault can prevent the electronic unitinjector from operating. An open circuit in the wiringthat is unique to the electronic unit injector will preventthat individual electronic unit injector from operating.An open circuit in common wiring within the ECM canprevent the three electronic unit injectors that sharethat common wiring from operating.

The ECM will continue to attempt to operate theelectronic unit injector after the diagnostic code hasbeen logged but an open circuit will prevent theoperation of the electronic unit injector.

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “InjectorSolenoid Circuit - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02748626

CID 0002 FMI 06

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

This diagnostic code is designed to indicate a shortcircuit (high current) in either the solenoid or thewiring for the electronic unit injector for No. 2 cylinder.

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects thefollowing conditions:

• A high current condition (short circuit) for each offive consecutive attempts to operate

• Battery voltage above 9 volts for 2 seconds

System Response:

If equipped, the warning light will come on. The ECMwill log the diagnostic code.

Possible Performance Effect:

The engine will have low power and/or rough running.

Troubleshooting:

When an injector cutout test is performed, a faultyelectronic unit injector will indicate a low reading incomparison with the other electronic unit injectors.

An electrical fault can prevent the electronic unitinjector from operating. A short circuit in the wiring orthe ECM that is unique to one electronic unit injectorwill prevent that individual electronic unit injector fromoperating. A short circuit in common wiring within theECM can prevent the three electronic unit injectorsthat share that common wiring from operating.

The ECM will continue to attempt to operate theelectronic unit injector after the diagnostic codehas been logged but a short circuit will prevent theoperation of the electronic unit injector.

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “InjectorSolenoid Circuit - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02748628

CID 0002 FMI 07

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The electronic unit injector is no longer capable ofdelivering the correct amount of fuel.

System Response:

If equipped, the warning light will come on. TheElectronic Control Module (ECM) will log thediagnostic code.

Note: The diagnostic code can be viewed on theelectronic service tool.

Possible Performance Effect:

The engine will be derated by 20%.

Troubleshooting:

Replace the suspect electronic unit injector. Referto Disassembly and Assembly, “Electronic UnitInjector - Remove” and Disassembly and Assembly,“Electronic Unit Injector - Install”.

Use the electronic service tool to perform the fuelsystem verification test.

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “None”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02655554

CID 0003 FMI 02

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects thefollowing condition:

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 76: KENR6933-00

76 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

• Data from the electronic unit injector for the No. 3cylinder is out of limits.

• Diagnostic code 0168-01 is not active.

• Diagnostic codes 0001-05 and 0001-06 are notactive.

• No 0041 diagnostic codes are active.

• No 0262 diagnostic codes are active.

• Diagnostic code 0190-08 is not active.

• No 0110 diagnostic codes are active.

System Response:

If equipped, the warning light will come on. An activediagnostic code will be generated. The ECM will logthe diagnostic code.

Possible Performance Effect:

The engine will be derated while this diagnostic codeis active.

Troubleshooting:

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “InjectorData Incorrect - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02748636

CID 0003 FMI 05

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

This diagnostic code is designed to indicate an opencircuit (low current) in either the solenoid or the wiringfor the electronic unit injector for No. 3 cylinder.

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects thefollowing condition:

• A low current condition (open circuit) for each offive consecutive attempts to operate

• Battery voltage is higher than 9 volts for 2 seconds.

System Response:

If equipped, the warning light will come on. The ECMwill log the diagnostic code.

Possible Performance Effect:

The engine will have low power and/or rough running.

Troubleshooting:

When an injector cutout test is performed, a faultyelectronic unit injector will indicate a low reading incomparison with the other electronic unit injectors.

An electrical fault can prevent the electronic unitinjector from operating. An open circuit in the wiringthat is unique to the electronic unit injector will preventthat individual electronic unit injector from operating.An open circuit in common wiring within the ECM canprevent the three electronic unit injectors that sharethat common wiring from operating.

The ECM will continue to attempt to operate theelectronic unit injector after the diagnostic code hasbeen logged but an open circuit will prevent theoperation of the electronic unit injector.

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “InjectorSolenoid Circuit - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02748639

CID 0003 FMI 06

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

This diagnostic code is designed to indicate a shortcircuit (high current) in either the solenoid or thewiring for the electronic unit injector for No. 3 cylinder.

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects thefollowing conditions:

• A high current condition (short circuit) for each offive consecutive attempts to operate

• Battery voltage above 9 volts for 2 seconds

System Response:

If equipped, the warning light will come on. The ECMwill log the diagnostic code.

Possible Performance Effect:

The engine will have low power and/or rough running.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 77: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 77Troubleshooting Section

Troubleshooting:

When an injector cutout test is performed, a faultyelectronic unit injector will indicate a low reading incomparison with the other electronic unit injectors.

An electrical fault can prevent the electronic unitinjector from operating. A short circuit in the wiring orthe ECM that is unique to one electronic unit injectorwill prevent that individual electronic unit injector fromoperating. A short circuit in common wiring within theECM can prevent the three electronic unit injectorsthat share that common wiring from operating.

The ECM will continue to attempt to operate theelectronic unit injector after the diagnostic codehas been logged but a short circuit will prevent theoperation of the electronic unit injector.

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “InjectorSolenoid Circuit - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02748654

CID 0003 FMI 07

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The electronic unit injector is no longer capable ofdelivering the correct amount of fuel.

System Response:

If equipped, the warning light will come on. TheElectronic Control Module (ECM) will log thediagnostic code.

Note: The diagnostic code can be viewed on theelectronic service tool.

Possible Performance Effect:

The engine will be derated by 20%.

Troubleshooting:

Replace the suspect electronic unit injector. Referto Disassembly and Assembly, “Electronic UnitInjector - Remove” and Disassembly and Assembly,“Electronic Unit Injector - Install”.

Use the electronic service tool to perform the fuelsystem verification test.

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “None”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02655555

CID 0004 FMI 02

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects thefollowing condition:

• Data from the electronic unit injector for the No. 4cylinder is out of limits.

• Diagnostic code 0168-01 is not active.

• Diagnostic codes 0001-05 and 0001-06 are notactive.

• No 0041 diagnostic codes are active.

• No 0262 diagnostic codes are active.

• Diagnostic code 0190-08 is not active.

• No 0110 diagnostic codes are active.

System Response:

If equipped, the warning light will come on. An activediagnostic code will be generated. The ECM will logthe diagnostic code.

Possible Performance Effect:

The engine will be derated while this diagnostic codeis active.

Troubleshooting:

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “InjectorData Incorrect - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02748657

CID 0004 FMI 05

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

This diagnostic code is designed to indicate an opencircuit (low current) in either the solenoid or the wiringfor the electronic unit injector for No. 4 cylinder.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 78: KENR6933-00

78 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects thefollowing condition:

• A low current condition (open circuit) for each offive consecutive attempts to operate

• Battery voltage is higher than 9 volts for 2 seconds.

System Response:

If equipped, the warning light will come on. The ECMwill log the diagnostic code.

Possible Performance Effect:

The engine will have low power and/or rough running.

Troubleshooting:

When an injector cutout test is performed, a faultyelectronic unit injector will indicate a low reading incomparison with the other electronic unit injectors.

An electrical fault can prevent the electronic unitinjector from operating. An open circuit in the wiringthat is unique to the electronic unit injector will preventthat individual electronic unit injector from operating.An open circuit in common wiring within the ECM canprevent the three electronic unit injectors that sharethat common wiring from operating.

The ECM will continue to attempt to operate theelectronic unit injector after the diagnostic code hasbeen logged but an open circuit will prevent theoperation of the electronic unit injector.

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “InjectorSolenoid Circuit - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02748662

CID 0004 FMI 06

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

This diagnostic code is designed to indicate a shortcircuit (high current) in either the solenoid or thewiring for the electronic unit injector for No. 4 cylinder.

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects thefollowing conditions:

• A high current condition (short circuit) for each offive consecutive attempts to operate

• Battery voltage above 9 volts for 2 seconds

System Response:

If equipped, the warning light will come on. The ECMwill log the diagnostic code.

Possible Performance Effect:

The engine will have low power and/or rough running.

Troubleshooting:

When an injector cutout test is performed, a faultyelectronic unit injector will indicate a low reading incomparison with the other electronic unit injectors.

An electrical fault can prevent the electronic unitinjector from operating. A short circuit in the wiring orthe ECM that is unique to one electronic unit injectorwill prevent that individual electronic unit injector fromoperating. A short circuit in common wiring within theECM can prevent the three electronic unit injectorsthat share that common wiring from operating.

The ECM will continue to attempt to operate theelectronic unit injector after the diagnostic codehas been logged but a short circuit will prevent theoperation of the electronic unit injector.

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “InjectorSolenoid Circuit - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02748704

CID 0004 FMI 07

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The electronic unit injector is no longer capable ofdelivering the correct amount of fuel.

System Response:

If equipped, the warning light will come on. TheElectronic Control Module (ECM) will log thediagnostic code.

Note: The diagnostic code can be viewed on theelectronic service tool.

Possible Performance Effect:

The engine will be derated by 20%.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 79: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 79Troubleshooting Section

Troubleshooting:

Replace the suspect electronic unit injector. Referto Disassembly and Assembly, “Electronic UnitInjector - Remove” and Disassembly and Assembly,“Electronic Unit Injector - Install”.

Use the electronic service tool to perform the fuelsystem verification test.

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “None”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02748714

CID 0005 FMI 02

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects thefollowing condition:

• Data from the electronic unit injector for the No. 5cylinder is out of limits.

• Diagnostic code 0168-01 is not active.

• Diagnostic codes 0001-05 and 0001-06 are notactive for the No. 5 cylinder.

• No 0041 diagnostic codes are active.

• No 0262 diagnostic codes are active.

• Diagnostic code 0190-08 is not active.

• No 0110 diagnostic codes are active.

System Response:

If equipped, the warning light will come on. An activediagnostic code will be generated. The ECM will logthe diagnostic code. The ECM will trigger a snapshot.

Possible Performance Effect:

The engine will be derated while this diagnostic codeis active.

Troubleshooting:

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “InjectorData Incorrect - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02748722

CID 0005 FMI 05

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

This diagnostic code is designed to indicate an opencircuit (low current) in either the solenoid or the wiringfor the electronic unit injector for No. 5 cylinder.

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects thefollowing condition:

• A low current condition (open circuit) for each offive consecutive attempts to operate

• Battery voltage is higher than 9 volts for 2 seconds.

System Response:

If equipped, the warning light will come on. The ECMwill log the diagnostic code.

Possible Performance Effect:

The engine will have low power and/or rough running.

Troubleshooting:

When an injector cutout test is performed, a faultyelectronic unit injector will indicate a low reading incomparison with the other electronic unit injectors.

An electrical fault can prevent the electronic unitinjector from operating. An open circuit in the wiringthat is unique to the electronic unit injector will preventthat individual electronic unit injector from operating.An open circuit in common wiring within the ECM canprevent the three electronic unit injectors that sharethat common wiring from operating.

The ECM will continue to attempt to operate theelectronic unit injector after the diagnostic code hasbeen logged but an open circuit will prevent theoperation of the electronic unit injector.

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “InjectorSolenoid Circuit - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 80: KENR6933-00

80 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

i02748725

CID 0005 FMI 06

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

This diagnostic code is designed to indicate a shortcircuit (high current) in either the solenoid or thewiring for the electronic unit injector for No. 5 cylinder.

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects thefollowing conditions:

• A high current condition (short circuit) for each offive consecutive attempts to operate

• Battery voltage above 9 volts for 2 seconds

System Response:

If equipped, the warning light will come on. The ECMwill log the diagnostic code.

Possible Performance Effect:

The engine will have low power and/or rough running.

Troubleshooting:

When an injector cutout test is performed, a faultyelectronic unit injector will indicate a low reading incomparison with the other electronic unit injectors.

An electrical fault can prevent the electronic unitinjector from operating. A short circuit in the wiring orthe ECM that is unique to one electronic unit injectorwill prevent that individual electronic unit injector fromoperating. A short circuit in common wiring within theECM can prevent the three electronic unit injectorsthat share that common wiring from operating.

The ECM will continue to attempt to operate theelectronic unit injector after the diagnostic codehas been logged but a short circuit will prevent theoperation of the electronic unit injector.

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “InjectorSolenoid Circuit - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02752010

CID 0005 FMI 07

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The electronic unit injector is no longer capable ofdelivering the correct amount of fuel.

System Response:

If equipped, the warning light will come on. TheElectronic Control Module (ECM) will log thediagnostic code.

Note: The diagnostic code can be viewed on theelectronic service tool.

Possible Performance Effect:

The engine will be derated by 20%.

Troubleshooting:

Replace the suspect electronic unit injector. Referto Disassembly and Assembly, “Electronic UnitInjector - Remove” and Disassembly and Assembly,“Electronic Unit Injector - Install”.

Use the electronic service tool to perform the fuelsystem verification test.

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “None”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02752011

CID 0006 FMI 02

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects thefollowing condition:

• Data from the electronic unit injector for the No. 6cylinder is out of limits.

• Diagnostic code 0168-01 is not active.

• Diagnostic codes 0001-05 and 0001-06 are notactive for the No. 6 cylinder.

• No 0041 diagnostic codes are active.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 81: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 81Troubleshooting Section

• No 0262 diagnostic codes are active.

• Diagnostic code 0190-08 is not active.

• No 0110 diagnostic codes are active.

System Response:

If equipped, the warning light will come on. An activediagnostic code will be generated. The ECM will logthe diagnostic code. The ECM will trigger a snapshot.

Possible Performance Effect:

The engine will be derated while this diagnostic codeis active.

Troubleshooting:

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “InjectorData Incorrect - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02752012

CID 0006 FMI 05

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

This diagnostic code is designed to indicate an opencircuit (low current) in either the solenoid or the wiringfor the electronic unit injector for No. 6 cylinder.

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects thefollowing condition:

• A low current condition (open circuit) for each offive consecutive attempts to operate

• Battery voltage is higher than 9 volts for 2 seconds.

System Response:

If equipped, the warning light will come on. The ECMwill log the diagnostic code.

Possible Performance Effect:

The engine will have low power and/or rough running.

Troubleshooting:

When an injector cutout test is performed, a faultyelectronic unit injector will indicate a low reading incomparison with the other electronic unit injectors.

An electrical fault can prevent the electronic unitinjector from operating. An open circuit in the wiringthat is unique to the electronic unit injector will preventthat individual electronic unit injector from operating.An open circuit in common wiring within the ECM canprevent the three electronic unit injectors that sharethat common wiring from operating.

The ECM will continue to attempt to operate theelectronic unit injector after the diagnostic code hasbeen logged but an open circuit will prevent theoperation of the electronic unit injector.

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “InjectorSolenoid Circuit - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02752013

CID 0006 FMI 06

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

This diagnostic code is designed to indicate a shortcircuit (high current) in either the solenoid or thewiring for the electronic unit injector for No. 6 cylinder.

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects thefollowing conditions:

• A high current condition (short circuit) for each offive consecutive attempts to operate

• Battery voltage above 9 volts for 2 seconds

System Response:

If equipped, the warning light will come on. The ECMwill log the diagnostic code.

Possible Performance Effect:

The engine will have low power and/or rough running.

Troubleshooting:

When an injector cutout test is performed, a faultyelectronic unit injector will indicate a low reading incomparison with the other electronic unit injectors.

An electrical fault can prevent the electronic unitinjector from operating. A short circuit in the wiring orthe ECM that is unique to one electronic unit injectorwill prevent that individual electronic unit injector fromoperating. A short circuit in common wiring within theECM can prevent the three electronic unit injectorsthat share that common wiring from operating.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 82: KENR6933-00

82 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

The ECM will continue to attempt to operate theelectronic unit injector after the diagnostic codehas been logged but a short circuit will prevent theoperation of the electronic unit injector.

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “InjectorSolenoid Circuit - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02752014

CID 0006 FMI 07

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The electronic unit injector is no longer capable ofdelivering the correct amount of fuel.

System Response:

If equipped, the warning light will come on. TheElectronic Control Module (ECM) will log thediagnostic code.

Note: The diagnostic code can be viewed on theelectronic service tool.

Possible Performance Effect:

The engine will be derated by 20%.

Troubleshooting:

Replace the suspect electronic unit injector. Referto Disassembly and Assembly, “Electronic UnitInjector - Remove” and Disassembly and Assembly,“Electronic Unit Injector - Install”.

Use the electronic service tool to perform the fuelsystem verification test.

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “None”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02752015

CID 0041 FMI 03

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects thefollowing conditions:

• The 8 volt supply is more than 8.8 VDC for morethan one second.

• The ECM has been powered for more than threeseconds.

• Diagnostic code 0168-01 is not active.

System Response:

The ECM will log the diagnostic code and the ECMwill trigger a snapshot. The check engine lamp willilluminate while this diagnostic code is active. Anactive diagnostic code may not cause any noticeableeffect on engine response unless the voltage isabove 12 or 13 VDC.

Possible Performance Effect:

The engine may be limited to low idle.

Troubleshooting:

This signal is not normally used in this application.If this diagnostic code is observed, check theassociated wiring on the engine.

Refer to the Engine Electrical Schematic.

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02752016

CID 0041 FMI 04

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects thefollowing conditions:

• The 8 volt supply is less than 7.2 VDC for morethan one second.

• The ECM has been powered for more than threeseconds.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 83: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 83Troubleshooting Section

• Diagnostic code 0168-01 is not active.

System Response:

The ECM will log the diagnostic code and the ECMwill trigger a snapshot. The check engine lamp willilluminate while this diagnostic code is active. Anactive diagnostic code may not cause any noticeableeffect on engine response unless the voltage dropsbelow 6.5 VDC.

Possible Performance Effect:

The engine may be limited to low idle.

Troubleshooting:

This signal is not normally used in this application.If this diagnostic code is observed, check theassociated wiring on the engine.

Refer to the Engine Electrical Schematic.

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02752017

CID 0091 FMI 03

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects thefollowing conditions:

• ECM has been powered for at least 3 seconds.

• A signal voltage for the throttle position is abovenormal.

• Diagnostic code 0168-01 is not active.

System Response:

If equipped, the warning light will come on. The ECMwill trigger a snapshot. The ECM logs the diagnosticcode if the engine is running. The diagnostic codescan be viewed on the electronic service tool. TheECM will return the engine to low idle.

Possible Performance Effect:

• Low power

• Reduced engine speed

Troubleshooting:

Monitor the configuration screen on the electronicservice tool in order to determine the type of speeddemand circuit that is used on the engine.

If the engine is equipped with an analog speeddemand circuit, proceed to “Test Step 1”.

If the engine is equipped with a digital speed demandcircuit, proceed to “Test Step 2”.

Test Step 1.

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “SpeedDemand Circuit (Analog) - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

Test Step 2.

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “SpeedDemand Circuit (Digital) - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02752018

CID 0091 FMI 04

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects all ofthe following conditions:

• The ECM has been powered for at least 3 seconds.

• A signal voltage for the throttle position is belownormal.

• Diagnostic code 0168-01 is not active.

System Response:

If equipped, the warning light will come on. The ECMwill trigger a snapshot. The ECM logs the diagnosticcode if the engine is running. The diagnostic codescan be viewed on the electronic service tool. TheECM will return the engine to low idle.

Possible Performance Effect:

• Low power

• Reduced engine speed

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 84: KENR6933-00

84 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

Troubleshooting:

Monitor the configuration screen on the electronicservice tool in order to determine the type of speeddemand circuit that is used on the engine.

If the engine is equipped with an analog speeddemand circuit, proceed to “Test Step 1”.

If the engine is equipped with a digital speed demandcircuit, proceed to “Test Step 2”.

Test Step 1.

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “SpeedDemand Circuit (Analog) - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

Test Step 2.

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “SpeedDemand Circuit (Digital) - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02752019

CID 0091 FMI 08

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects thefollowing conditions:

• The signal frequency from the digital speeddemand circuit is less than 150 Hz or the signalfrequency is greater than 1050 Hz for more thantwo seconds.

• The ECM has been powered for at least threeseconds.

• Diagnostic code 0091-03 is not active.

• Diagnostic code 0091-04 is not active.

System Response:

The ECM sets the “Throttle Position” to “0%”.

If equipped, the warning light will be on. The ECMwill trigger a snapshot. The diagnostic code will belogged if the engine is running. The diagnostic codewill not be logged if the engine is cranking.

Possible Performance Effect:

The engine may remain at low idle while thediagnostic code is active.

Troubleshooting:

This diagnostic code indicates that the frequency of adigital throttle signal is out of the normal range.

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “SpeedDemand Circuit (Digital) - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02655609

CID 0100 FMI 03

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects thefollowing conditions:

• The signal voltage from the engine oil pressuresensor is greater than 4.95 Volts DC for more thaneight seconds.

• The ECM has been powered for at least twoseconds.

• The engine is not running or the engine coolanttemperature is greater than 38 °C (100 °F).

System Response:

The ECM will log the diagnostic code. If equipped,the warning lamp will come on. The ECM will set datafor engine oil pressure to the default value.

Note: The engine oil pressure that is displayed onthe electronic service tool is the default value forengine oil pressure. The default engine oil pressureis 600 kPa (87 psi). The electronic service toolwill display “Voltage Above Normal” on the statusscreens.

Possible Performance Effect:

None

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 85: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 85Troubleshooting Section

Troubleshooting:

This diagnostic code can be caused by an opencircuit or a short to another power source.

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “EnginePressure Sensor Open or Short Circuit - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02655615

CID 0100 FMI 04

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects thefollowing conditions:

• The signal voltage from the engine oil pressuresensor is less than 0.1 Volts DC for more thaneight seconds.

• The ECM has been powered for at least twoseconds.

• The engine is running.

System Response:

The ECM will log the diagnostic code. If equipped,the warning lamp will come on. The ECM will setdata for engine oil pressure to the default value. Theelectronic service tool will display “Voltage BelowNormal” on the status screens.

Possible Performance Effect:

None

Troubleshooting:

This code can be caused by a short to ground or ashorted sensor.

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “EnginePressure Sensor Open or Short Circuit - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02655616

CID 0100 FMI 10

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects thefollowing conditions:

• No other codes for the oil pressure sensor areactive.

• No 0262 diagnostic codes are active for the 5 Voltsupply.

• The engine speed is greater than 600 rpm.

• The engine oil pressure signal is within the limits of410 kPa (59 psi) to 520 kPa (75 psi) with a pressurevariation of less than 1.68 kPa (0.25 psi)for morethan 30 seconds.

• The engine oil pressure signal remains constantfor 30 seconds.

System Response:

If equipped, the warning lamp will be on.

The ECM will log the diagnostic code. The diagnosticcode can be viewed on the electronic service tool.

The ECM will flag the engine oil pressure as invaliddata.

The data for engine oil pressure is set to a defaultvalue of 500 kPa (72 psi).

The electronic service tool will display “ConditionsNot Met” on the status screen.

Possible Performance Effect:

None

Troubleshooting:

This diagnostic code is designed to detect the lossof the 5 Volt supply to the sensor.

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “EnginePressure Sensor Open or Short Circuit - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 86: KENR6933-00

86 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

i02655618

CID 0110 FMI 03

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects thefollowing conditions:

• The signal voltage from the engine coolanttemperature sensor is greater than 4.95 Volts DCfor more than eight seconds.

• The ECM has been powered for at least twoseconds.

System Response:

If equipped, the warning light will be on. An activediagnostic code will be generated after eight seconds.The diagnostic code will be logged if the engine hasbeen operating for more than seven minutes.

The ECM will default to 90 °C (194 °F) for enginecoolant temperature. “Voltage Above Normal” willbe displayed next to the status for “Engine CoolantTemperature” on the electronic service tool.

Possible Performance Effect:

• Poor stability

• Poor cold running

• White smoke

Troubleshooting:

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “EngineTemperature Sensor Open or Short Circuit - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02655559

CID 0110 FMI 04

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects thefollowing conditions:

• The signal voltage from the engine coolanttemperature sensor is less than 0.2 Volts DC formore than eight seconds.

• The ECM has been powered for at least twoseconds.

• Diagnostic code 0168-01 is not active.

System Response:

The ECM will default to 90 °C (194 °F) for enginecoolant temperature. “Voltage Below Normal” willbe displayed next to the status for “Engine CoolantTemperature” on the electronic service tool.

If equipped, the warning light will come on. An activediagnostic code will be generated after eight seconds.The diagnostic code will be logged if the engine hasbeen operating for more than seven minutes.

Possible Performance Effect:

• Poor stability

• Poor cold running

• White smoke

Troubleshooting:

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “EngineTemperature Sensor Open or Short Circuit - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02655628

CID 0168 FMI 00

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

This condition indicates that the battery circuit tothe Electronic Control Module (ECM) has excessivevoltage while the engine is running.

The ECM detects the following conditions:

• For 24 Volt DC systems, the battery voltage to theECM exceeds 32 Volts for more than 0.5 seconds.

• For 12 Volt DC systems, the battery voltage to theECM exceeds 16 Volts for more than 0.5 seconds.

• The keyswitch is in the ON mode.

• The engine is not cranking.

• The engine is running for more than 30 seconds.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 87: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 87Troubleshooting Section

System Response:

The ECM will log the diagnostic code. If equipped,the warning lamp may come on.

Possible Performance Effect:

None

Troubleshooting:

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “IgnitionKeyswitch Circuit and Battery Supply Circuit - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02655562

CID 0168 FMI 01

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

This code indicates that the battery circuit for theElectronic Control Module (ECM) has low voltagewhile the engine is running. If battery voltagedisappears without returning, the ECM will not logthis diagnostic code and the engine will shut down.

The ECM detects the following conditions:

• The keyswitch is in the ON position.

• The engine is not cranking.

• The engine is running for more than three seconds.

• For 24 Volt DC systems, the battery voltage to theECM is below 18 Volts for more than 0.5 seconds.

• For 12 Volt DC systems, the battery voltage to theECM is below 9 Volts for more than 0.5 seconds.

System Response:

The ECM will log the diagnostic code.

The engine will derate 100 percent.

If equipped, the warning lamp may come on.

Possible Performance Effect:

The engine may experience changes in the enginerpm, and intermittent engine shutdowns or completeengine shutdowns while the conditions that causethis diagnostic code are present.

Troubleshooting:

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “IgnitionKeyswitch Circuit and Battery Supply Circuit - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02655633

CID 0168 FMI 02

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

This condition indicates that the battery circuit forthe Electronic Control Module (ECM) is intermittentwhile the engine is running. If the battery voltagedisappears without returning, the ECM will not logthis diagnostic code and the engine will shut down.

The ECM detects the following conditions:

• Three voltage readings that are below 6 Volts DCin a period of seven seconds will be detected bythe ECM. The voltage must subsequently increaseto more than 9 Volts DC.

• The keyswitch is in the ON position.

• The engine is running.

• The engine is not cranking.

System Response:

The ECM may stop injecting fuel. This may bedependent on the length of time of the occurrenceof the fault.

The check engine lamp and the warning lamp maycome on as if the keyswitch was just turned on andthe engine started.

Possible Performance Effect:

The engine may experience changes in the enginerpm, and intermittent engine shutdowns or completeengine shutdowns while the conditions that causethis diagnostic code are present.

Troubleshooting:

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “IgnitionKeyswitch Circuit and Battery Supply Circuit - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 88: KENR6933-00

88 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

i02655634

CID 0172 FMI 03

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects thefollowing conditions:

• The signal voltage from the intake manifold airtemperature sensor is greater than 4.95 Volts DCfor more than eight seconds.

• Engine coolant temperature is above −10 °C(15.0 °F).

• The ECM has been powered for at least twoseconds.

• Diagnostic code 0168-01 is not active.

System Response:

The ECM will use the default value of 70 °C (158 °F)for the intake manifold air temperature. “VoltageHigh” will be displayed next to the status for “IntakeManifold Air Temperature” on the electronic servicetool.

If equipped, the warning light will be on. The ECM willlog the diagnostic code.

Possible Performance Effect:

• Poor stability

• Poor cold running

• White smoke

• Black smoke

• Poor acceleration under load

Troubleshooting:

This fault can be caused by an open circuit or a shortto a power source.

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “EngineTemperature Sensor Open or Short Circuit - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02655635

CID 0172 FMI 04

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects thefollowing conditions:

• The signal voltage from the intake manifold airtemperature sensor is less than 0.2 Volts DC formore than eight seconds.

• The ECM has been powered for at least twoseconds.

• Diagnostic code 0168-01 is not active.

System Response:

The ECM will use the default value of 70 °C (158 °F)for the intake manifold air temperature. “VoltageLow” will be displayed next to the status for “IntakeManifold Air Temperature” on the electronic servicetool.

If equipped, the warning light will be on. The ECM willlog the diagnostic code.

Possible Performance Effect:

• Poor stability

• Poor cold running

• White smoke

• Black smoke

• Poor acceleration under load

Troubleshooting:

This fault can be caused by a sensor that is shortedto ground or a sensor that is internally shorted.

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “EngineTemperature Sensor Open or Short Circuit - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 89: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 89Troubleshooting Section

i02493342

CID 0190 FMI 08

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects thefollowing conditions:

• The ECM detected an intermittent loss of signalor a complete loss of signal from the primaryspeed/timing sensor for 2 seconds.

• The engine has been running for more than threeseconds.

System Response:

If equipped, the warning light will come on and thediagnostic code will be logged.

The ECM will use the signal from the secondaryspeed/timing sensor.

Possible Performance Effect:

The engine will be derated. If the signal from thesecondary speed/timing sensor is also lost, theengine will shut down.

Troubleshooting:

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “EngineSpeed/Timing Sensor Circuit - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02527035

CID 0247 FMI 09

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects thefollowing condition:

• Another controller has stopped transmitting aJ1939 speed request (TSC1) incorrectly or anothercontroller has started transmitting a J1939 speedrequest incorrectly.

System Response:

Some system functions may not operate correctly.

Troubleshooting:

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “CANData Link Circuit - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02527036

CID 0247 FMI 12

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects thefollowing conditions:

• There is an unexpected loss of a continuousJ1939 Torque Speed Controller (TSC1) signal onthe J1939 data link.

• The expected continuous TSC1 signal has neverbeen received on the J1939 data link.

System Response:

Engine speed functions that are controlled throughTSC1 will be disabled until the fault is rectified andthe keyswitch is cycled through the OFF position andthe ON position.

The engine speed will be reduced to a low idle. Ifthe engine is equipped with a secondary throttle,the engine speed will change to the speed that isdemanded by the secondary throttle.

The diagnostic code will be active and the diagnosticcode will be logged.

Troubleshooting:

Check the configuration of the ECM. If the ECM forthe engine has been incorrectly configured to expecta continuous TSC1 signal, remove “Continuous” forthe TSC1 signal on the main “J1939” screen on theelectronic service tool.

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: ““Usethe OEM information to determine the machine ECMthat provides the continuous speed signal. Refer tothe troubleshooting procedures from the OEM todiagnose the faulty speed signal.””

Results:

• OK – STOP.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 90: KENR6933-00

90 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

i02527037

CID 0253 FMI 02

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detectsincorrect engine software.

System Response:

If equipped, the warning light will come on.

This diagnostic code is not logged.

Factory passwords are required to clear thisdiagnostic code.

Possible Performance Effect:

The engine will not start.

Troubleshooting:

The flash file in the ECM is from the wrong enginefamily.

Use the electronic service tool to install the correctflash file into the ECM. Refer to the TroubleshootingGuide, “Flash Programming”.

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “None”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02527038

CID 0261 FMI 11

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects thefollowing conditions:

• The primary speed/timing sensor and thesecondary speed/timing sensor are off by morethan 8 crankshaft degrees.

• The engine has been running for more than fiveseconds.

• Diagnostic code 0190-08 is not active.

• No 0041 diagnostic codes are active.

System Response:

This code will not be logged. If equipped, the warninglight will be on when this code is active.

Possible Performance Effect:

The pressure in the fuel rail may be unstable and theengine may not run smoothly.

Troubleshooting:

Check the timing of the fuel rail pump. Refer toDisassembly and Assembly, “Fuel Injection Pump- Install”.

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02655638

CID 0262 FMI 03

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects thefollowing conditions:

• The 5 Volt supply is greater than 5.16 Volts DC formore than one second.

• The ECM has been powered for at least threeseconds.

• Diagnostic code 0168-01 is not active.

System Response:

The ECM sets all of the pressure sensors andtemperature sensors to the default values.

The ECM will derate the engine.

Possible Performance Effect:

The engine will be derated.

Troubleshooting:

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “5 VoltSensor Supply Circuit - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 91: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 91Troubleshooting Section

i02656261

CID 0262 FMI 04

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The Engine Control Module (ECM) detects thefollowing conditions:

• The 5 Volt supply is less than 4.84 Volts DC formore than one second.

• The ECM has been powered for at least threeseconds.

• Diagnostic code 0168-01 is not active.

System Response:

The ECM sets all of the pressure sensors andtemperature sensors to the default values.

The ECM will derate the engine.

Possible Performance Effect:

The engine will be derated.

Troubleshooting:

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “5 VoltSensor Supply Circuit - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02527041

CID 0268 FMI 02

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects one ormore of the following conditions:

• One or more of the following configurationparameters are not programmed. The effect on theECM depends on the parameter.

• FLS or FTS

• Injector trim codes

• Engine serial number

• All of the injector trim files are not loaded into theECM. Engine performance and emissions areaffected.

System Response:

Note: The fault is not logged.

The electronic service tool will display a list of thecondition(s) on the “Active Diagnostics” screen thatmust be resolved. If equipped, the warning light willcome on.

Possible Performance Effect:

The ECM may limit the engine to low idle and/or theECM may derate the power. Engine performance andemissions are affected.

Troubleshooting:

Use the electronic service tool to correct parametersthat have not been programmed or parameters thathave been incorrectly programmed.

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “FlashProgramming”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02527042

CID 0342 FMI 08

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects thefollowing conditions:

• The signal from the secondary speed/timing sensoris lost and/or intermittent.

• The signal from the secondary speed/timing sensorwas lost for at least 2 seconds while the signalfrom the primary speed/timing sensor remainedvalid and the engine was running.

• Diagnostic code 0168-01 is not active.

• The engine has been running for more than 3seconds.

• No 0041 diagnostic codes are active.

System Response:

The ECM will illuminate the warning lamp and thecode is logged.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 92: KENR6933-00

92 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

Possible Performance Effect:

The performance will not be affected unless bothspeed signals are lost. The loss of the signals fromboth speed/timing sensors will cause the ECM to shutdown the engine. The engine will not restart if thesignal from the secondary speed/timing sensor is lost.

Troubleshooting:

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “EngineSpeed/Timing Sensor Circuit - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02527043

CID 0526 FMI 05

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects thefollowing conditions:

• A low current condition in the output from the ECMto the solenoid for the wastegate regulator

• No 0168 diagnostic codes are active.

System Response:

The ECM will log the diagnostic code. If equipped,the warning lamp will turn on once the diagnosticcode has been active for 30 seconds. After the deratehas been activated, the electronic service tool willindicate “Turbo Protection Derate Active”.

Possible Performance Effect:

The engine will be derated while this diagnostic codeis active.

Troubleshooting:

This diagnostic code indicates a fault in the circuit forthe solenoid in the wastegate regulator that is mostlikely to be an open circuit.

Perform the following diagnostic procedure:“Wastegate Solenoid - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02527044

CID 0526 FMI 06

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects thefollowing conditions:

• A high current condition in the output from the ECMto the solenoid in the wastegate regulator

• No 0168 diagnostic codes are active.

System Response:

The ECM will log the diagnostic code. If equipped,the warning lamp will turn on once the diagnosticcode has been active for 30 seconds. After the deratehas been activated, the electronic service tool willindicate “Turbo Protection Derate Active”.

Possible Performance Effect:

The engine will be derated while this diagnostic codeis active.

Troubleshooting:

This diagnostic code indicates a fault in the circuit forthe solenoid in the wastegate regulator. This problemis most likely to be caused by a high side short toground or a low side short to power.

Perform the following diagnostic procedure:“Wastegate Solenoid - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02752060

CID 0526 FMI 07

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

This diagnostic code indicates that the intakemanifold pressure is not being controlled correctly.

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) will detect thefollowing conditions:

• The ECM has been powered for more than 4seconds.

• Diagnostic code 0168-01 is not active.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 93: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 93Troubleshooting Section

• No 1785 diagnostic codes are active.

• Diagnostic codes 0526-05 and 0526-06 are notactive.

• No 0262 diagnostic codes are active.

Note: This diagnostic code will only appear if anelectronically controlled wastegate is installed.

System Response:

If equipped, the warning lamp will come on. The ECMwill log the diagnostic code and the ECM will triggera snapshot.

Possible Performance Effect:

• The engine may not reach top RPM.

• The engine produces excessive black smoke.

• The engine has low power.

Troubleshooting:

When this diagnostic code is registered, the codeindicates that a mechanical problem exists in theintake air system. The electronic part of the controlsystem will be operating correctly.

Test the operation of the turbocharger wastegate.Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Turbocharger -Inspect”.

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02527057

CID 1779 FMI 05

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

This diagnostic code indicates that the ElectronicControl Module (ECM) has detected an open circuitor low current condition in the solenoid for the fuel rail.

System Response:

If equipped, the warning light will come on and theECM will log the diagnostic code.

Possible Performance Effect:

An electrical fault may prevent the provision ofpressure to the fuel rail. This may result in the lossof fuel injection. If the solenoid for the fuel rail pumpfails, it is likely that fuel will not be pumped into thefuel rail. The engine will stop or the engine will notstart.

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “FuelRail Pump Solenoid - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02527058

CID 1779 FMI 06

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

This diagnostic code indicates that the ElectronicControl Module (ECM) has detected a short circuit orhigh current condition in the solenoid for the fuel rail.

System Response:

If equipped, the warning light will come on and theECM will log the diagnostic code.

Possible Performance Effect:

An electrical fault may prevent the provision ofpressure to the fuel rail. This may result in the lossof fuel injection. If the solenoid for the fuel rail pumpfails, it is likely that fuel will not be pumped into thefuel rail. The engine will stop or the engine will notstart.

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “FuelRail Pump Solenoid - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02752085

CID 1785 FMI 03

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects thefollowing conditions:

• The ECM has been powered for two seconds.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 94: KENR6933-00

94 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

• The signal voltage from the intake manifoldpressure sensor is above 4.95 VDC for at leasttwo seconds.

• Diagnostic code 0168-01 is not active.

• No 0262 diagnostic codes for the 5 volt supply areactive.

System Response:

If equipped, the warning light will be on. The ECMwill log the diagnostic code. The ECM will trigger asnapshot. The data for the intake manifold pressurewill be set to a maximum valid pressure for twoseconds. The ECM will then flag the intake manifoldpressure as being invalid. A default value is thenused for the intake manifold pressure.

For engines with an electronically controlledwastegate, the current for the wastegate solenoidwill be set to a default value while this code is active.This will derate the engine. The derate will preventany overpressure in the intake manifold which couldbe caused by an overspeed of the turbocharger.

Possible Performance Effect:

• The engine will be derated by 20%.

Troubleshooting:

This diagnostic code can be caused by an opencircuit or a short to another power source.

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “EnginePressure Sensor Open or Short Circuit - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02752089

CID 1785 FMI 04

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects thefollowing conditions:

• The signal voltage from the intake manifoldpressure sensor is less then 0.2 VDC for at leasttwo seconds.

• The ECM has been powered for two seconds.

• Diagnostic code 0168-01 is not active.

• No 0262 codes for the 5 volt supply are active.

• The keyswitch is in the “ON” position so that theECM is energized.

System Response:

If equipped, the warning light will be on. The ECMwill log the diagnostic code. The ECM will trigger asnapshot. The data for the intake manifold pressurewill be set to a maximum valid pressure for twoseconds. The ECM will then flag the intake manifoldpressure as being invalid. A default value is thenused for the intake manifold pressure.

For engines with an electronically controlledwastegate, the current for the wastegate solenoidwill be set to a default value while this code is active.This will derate the engine. The derate will preventany overpressure in the intake manifold which couldbe caused by an overspeed of the turbocharger.

Possible Performance Effect:

• The engine will be derated by 100%.

Troubleshooting:

This code can be caused by a short to ground or ashorted sensor.

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “EnginePressure Sensor Open or Short Circuit - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02655565

CID 1785 FMI 10

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

This diagnostic code is designed to detect the loss ofthe 5 Volt supply at the sensor connector.

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects thefollowing conditions:

• The engine speed is more than 1000 rpm.

• The intake manifold pressure is within theacceptable range.

• No 0262 codes for the 5 Volt supply are active.

• Diagnostic code 0168-01 is not active.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 95: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 95Troubleshooting Section

System Response:

If equipped, the warning light will be on. The ECM willlog the diagnostic code. The ECM will flag the intakemanifold pressure as being invalid. A default value isused for the intake manifold pressure.

For engines with an electronically controlledwastegate, the current for the wastegate solenoidwill be set to a default value while this code is active.This will cause the engine to have poor accelerationbut the default setting will prevent any overpressurein the intake manifold which could be caused by anoverspeed of the turbocharger.

Note: Any open circuits or short circuits in the signalwire for the oil pressure may reset this diagnostic.

Possible Performance Effect:

• The engine will be derated.

Troubleshooting:

This diagnostic code is designed to detect the lossof the 5 Volt supply to the sensor.

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “EnginePressure Sensor Open or Short Circuit - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02656262

CID 1797 FMI 03

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects thefollowing condition:

• The signal voltage for the pressure in the fuel rail ismore than 4.8 Volts DC for 0.6 seconds.

System Response:

If equipped, the warning lamp will be on. The ECMwill log the diagnostic code. The electronic servicetool will display “70000 kPa” next to “Desired FuelRail Pressure” and “Actual Fuel Rail Pressure” onthe status screens.

Possible Performance Effect:

The engine will be derated.

Troubleshooting:

This code can be caused by a loss of referenceground, an open signal wire or a short to a voltagesource.

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “EnginePressure Sensor Open or Short Circuit - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02656263

CID 1797 FMI 04

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects thefollowing conditions:

• No 0262 codes for the 5 Volt supply are active.

• Diagnostic code 0168-01 is not active.

• The signal voltage for the pressure in the fuel rail isless than 0.2 Volts DC for 0.6 seconds.

System Response:

If equipped, the warning lamp will be on. The ECMwill log the diagnostic code. The electronic servicetool will display “70000 kPa” next to “Desired FuelRail Pressure” and “Actual Fuel Rail Pressure” onthe status screens.

Possible Performance Effect:

The engine will be derated.

Troubleshooting:

This diagnostic code can be caused by a loss of the5 Volt supply or a short to ground on the signal wire.

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “EnginePressure Sensor Open or Short Circuit - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 96: KENR6933-00

96 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

i02527064

CID 1834 FMI 02

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects thefollowing condition:

The signal from the keyswitch was erratic becausethe keyswitch was cycled at least three times withinthe last second.

Note: This code can be generated by rapidlycycling the keyswitch. Some control modules onthe application may require this action in order toprompt flash codes. If this occurs, clear the loggeddiagnostic codes in order to prevent future confusionor an incorrect diagnosis.

System Response:

The ECM will log the diagnostic code and the warninglamp will come on while this diagnostic code is active.The ECM will stop energizing the injector solenoidsand the engine will shut down.

Possible Performance Effect:

Engine shutdown

Troubleshooting:

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “IgnitionKeyswitch Circuit and Battery Supply Circuit - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02527065

CID 2246 FMI 06

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) has detected ahigh current condition (short circuit) after attemptingto activate the glow plug starting aid.

The ECM detects the following conditions:

• The engine is not cranking.

• The ECM has been powered for at least 1 second.

• There is a high current condition (short circuit) formore than 2 seconds.

System Response:

The ECM will log the code. An ECM that waspreviously blank will require a total of 2 hours ofoperation before the diagnostic code will be logged. Ifequipped, the warning light will come on. The ECM isunable to activate the relay for the glow plug startingaid. The glow plugs will not operate or the glow plugswill operate all the time.

Possible Performance Effect:

The engine may be difficult to start in coldtemperatures and the exhaust may emit white smoke.

Troubleshooting:

Perform the following diagnostic procedure: “StartingAid (Glow Plug) Relay Circuit - Test”

Results:

• OK – STOP.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 97: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 97Troubleshooting Section

Troubleshooting with anEvent Code

i02411237

Event Codes

The ECM can log events. Events refer to engineoperating conditions such as low oil pressure or highcoolant temperature. Logged events usually indicatea mechanical problem instead of an electronicsystem problem.

Note: If a diagnostic code has already been loggedthen any associated event code to that fault will notbe logged as well.

i02539780

E172 High Air Filter Restriction

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

This event code will only be generated if the switch forthe air filter restriction is installed and the customerprogrammable feature is enabled.

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects aproblem with the air flow. If the air flow has beenrestricted for more than thirty seconds, the ECM willgenerate this code.

Note: This code is generated only when the engine isrunning. This event code will become inactive whenthe restriction decreases for more than 5 seconds.

System Response:

The event code will be logged.

The optional warning lamp will be illuminated.

Possible Performance Effect:

E172-1

A blocked filter may cause the engine to experiencesymptoms such as low power.

Troubleshooting:

The event code may represent a problem withthe electronic system. This event code normallyindicates high air filter restriction. Refer to Testingand Adjusting Manual, “Air Inlet and Exhaust System- Inspect”.

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02536030

E232 High Fuel/WaterSeparator Water Level

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

This event code will only be generated if the switchon the water separator filter is installed and correctlywired to the ECM and the customer programmablefeature is enabled.

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects aproblem with the water level in the fuel filter. A waterlevel sensor may be installed in the fuel filter. If thewater rises above a set level for more than thirtyseconds, the ECM will generate this code. The codewill become inactive when the switch has beenimmersed in fuel for 5 seconds.

Note: The code is generated only when the engineis running.

System Response:

The event code will be logged.

The optional warning lamp will be illuminated.

Possible Performance Effect:

E232-1

None

Troubleshooting:

Refer to Testing and Adjusting manual, “Fuel System- Inspect”.

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02536616

E360 Low Engine Oil Pressure

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The following conditions occur:

360-1

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 98: KENR6933-00

98 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

• The engine has been running for at least tenseconds.

• There are no active diagnostic codes for the oilpressure sensor or for the atmospheric pressuresensor.

• Engine oil pressure is in the “LEVEL 1” area inIllustration 15 for eight seconds.

Note: The warning will be cancelled if the oil pressurerises 21 kPa (3 psi) above the set point for 20seconds.

360-2

• The engine has been running for at least tenseconds.

• There are no active diagnostic codes for the oilpressure sensor or for the atmospheric pressuresensor.

• Engine oil pressure is in the “LEVEL 2” area inIllustration 16 for eight seconds.

Note: The derate will be cancelled if the oil pressurerises 21 kPa (3 psi) above the set point for 20seconds.

360-3

• The engine has been running for at least tenseconds.

• There are no active diagnostic codes for the oilpressure sensor or for the atmospheric pressuresensor.

• Engine oil pressure is in the “LEVEL 3” area inIllustration 17 for four seconds.

g01269377Illustration 15

Level 1 engine oil pressure versus engine speed

g01269382Illustration 16Level 2 engine oil pressure versus engine speed

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 99: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 99Troubleshooting Section

g01269384Illustration 17

Level 3 engine oil pressure versus engine speed

System Response:

360-1

The warning lamp will flash while the warning isactive.

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) will generate a46 flash code that will be displayed via the diagnosticlamp.

The ECM will generate a E360-1 event code.

The ECM will generate a SPN 100-FMI 17 eventcode on the J1939 data link. The event code may bedisplayed on a receiving device on the J1939 datalink.

360-2

The warning lamp will flash while the derate is active.

The ECM will generate a 46 flash code that will bedisplayed via the diagnostic lamp.

The ECM will generate a E360-2 event code.

The electronic service tool will display “EngineDerate” in the first “Engine Status” box on any statusscreen.

The ECM will generate a SPN 100-FMI 18 eventcode on the J1939 data link. The event code may bedisplayed on a receiving device on the J1939 datalink.

360-3

The warning lamp will flash.

The ECM will generate a 46 flash code that will bedisplayed via the diagnostic lamp.

The ECM will generate a E360-3 event code.

The ECM will generate a SPN 100-FMI 01 eventcode on the J1939 data link. The event code may bedisplayed on a receiving device on the J1939 datalink.

Possible Performance Effect:

360-1

Engine operation is not affected.

360-2

The ECM will derate power by 17.0 percent persecond up to a maximum of 100 percent while thederate is active.

360-3

The engine will shut down.

Troubleshooting:

Refer to Troubleshooting, “Low Engine Oil Pressure”.

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02655566

E361 High Engine CoolantTemperature

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects afault with the engine coolant temperature. The ECMdetects the following faults:

• The engine has been running for more than 185seconds.

• The trip point for the event code for the temperatureof the engine coolant is reached.

• Diagnostic code 0110-03 Engine CoolantTemperature open/short to +batt is not active.

• Diagnostic code 0110-04 Engine CoolantTemperature short to ground is not active.

• Diagnostic code 0168-01 Electrical System voltagelow is not active.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 100: KENR6933-00

100 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

Table 35

Trip Points for the Engine Coolant Temperature

E361-1 E361-2 E361-3

Trip Point 113 °C (233 °F) 114 °C (237 °F) 118 °C (244 °F)

Delay to Activation 10 seconds 10 seconds 2 seconds

Reset Time 4 seconds 20 seconds 20 seconds

System Response:

The event code will be logged.

The optional warning lamp will be illuminated.

Possible Performance Effect:

E361-1

None

E361-2

The ECM will derate the power. The power will bederated at one percent per second.

The derate of the engine will only occur if the “EnableDerate” customer programmable parameter hasbeen enabled.

E361-3

[The ECM will shut down the engine after twoseconds when the trip point for the engine coolanttemperature has been reached.

The shutdown of the engine will only occur ifthe “Enable Shutdown” customer programmableparameter has been enabled.

Troubleshooting:

Refer to Troubleshooting, “Coolant Temperature IsToo High”.

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02536618

E362 Engine Overspeed

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The engine speed is above 3000 RPM for more than0.6 seconds.

Note: This event code represents an event. Thisdoes not represent an electronic system fault.

System Response:

The event code will be logged.

The optional warning lamp will be illuminated.

The event may be viewed by using a display moduleor by using the Perkins Electronic Service Tool (EST).

The ECM will reset the event when the engine speedis lower than 2800 RPM for 0.6 seconds.

The fuel injection will be disabled until the event hasbeen reset.

Possible Performance Effect:

E362-1

None

Troubleshooting:

This event indicates excessive engine speed. Thisevent does not represent a problem with the EngineControl Module (ECM).

This event does not represent a problem with theElectronic Speed/Timing Sensor.

The ECM logs the event.

No troubleshooting is required.

Results:

• OK – STOP.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 101: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 101Troubleshooting Section

i02493345

E396 High Fuel Rail Pressure

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detectsexcessive fuel rail pressure. The ECM detects thefollowing problems:

• The ECM detects fuel rail pressure that is morethan the pressure that is required for the operatingconditions.

• Diagnostic code 0262-03 5 Volt Sensor DC PowerSupply voltage above normal is not active.

• Diagnostic code 0262-04 5 Volt Sensor DC PowerSupply voltage below normal is not active.

• Diagnostic code 1797-03 Fuel Rail PressureSensor voltage above normal is not active.

• Diagnostic code 1797-04 Fuel Rail PressureSensor voltage below normal is not active.

• No diagnostic codes are active for the fuel railpump.

• No diagnostic codes are active for the fuel injectors.

System Response:

The event code will be logged.

The optional warning lamp will be illuminated.

Possible Performance Effect:

The engine will be derated until the keyswitch isturned to OFF.

Troubleshooting:

The event code does not represent a problem withthe electronic system. This event indicates high fuelpressure. Refer to Testing and Adjusting Manual,“Fuel System - inspect”.

A failed relief valve, the fuel pump or an electronicunit injector may cause an event code to be logged.

Results:

• OK – STOP.

i02493479

E398 Low Fuel Rail Pressure

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects aproblem with low fuel rail pressure. The ECM detectsthe following problem:

• The ECM determines that the expected fuelrail pressure is lower than the pressure that isrequested by the electronic control system.

• Diagnostic code 0262-03 5 Volt Sensor DC PowerSupply voltage above normal is not active.

• Diagnostic code 0262-04 5 Volt Sensor DC PowerSupply voltage below normal is not active.

• Diagnostic code 1797-03 Fuel Rail PressureSensor voltage above normal is not active.

• Diagnostic code 1797-04 Fuel Rail PressureSensor voltage below normal is not active.

• No diagnostic codes are active for the fuel railpump.

• No diagnostic codes are active for the fuel injectors.

System Response:

The event code will be logged.

The optional warning lamp will be illuminated.

Possible Performance Effect:

The engine will be derated until the keyswitch isturned to OFF.

Troubleshooting:

Low fuel pressure may be caused by the followingproblems. There can be a problem with the fuelreturn system. There can be a problem with the fuelpressure control. There can be a leak in the highpressure fuel system.

A failed relief valve, the fuel pump or an electronicunit injector may cause an event code to be logged.

The event code does not represent a problem withthe electronic system. This event indicates low fuelrail pressure. Refer to Testing and Adjusting Manual,“Fuel System - Inspect”.

Results:

• OK – STOP.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 102: KENR6933-00

102 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

i02493480

E539 High Intake Manifold AirTemperature

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detectsa problem with the engine’s intake manifold airtemperature. The ECM detects the followingproblems:

• The engine has been running for more than 3minutes.

• The temperature of the coolant is more than 99 °C(210 °F) and the intake manifold pressure is morethan 30 kPa (4.35 psi).

• The intake manifold air temperature trip level forthe event code is reached.

• Diagnostic code 0172-03 Intake Manifold AirTemperature voltage above normal is not active.

• Diagnostic code 0172-04 Intake Manifold AirTemperature voltage below normal is not active.

Table 36

Intake Manifold Air Temperature Trip Level Table

E539-1 E539-2

Turbocharged Engines (T) 139 °C (282 °F) 142 °C (287 °F)

Turbocharged AftercooledEngines (TA)

82 °C (179 °F) 86 °C (186 °F)

Delay to Activation 8 seconds 8 seconds

Reset Time 4 seconds 4 seconds

System Response:

The event code will be logged.

If equipped, the warning lamp will be illuminated.

Possible Performance Effect:

E539-1

None

E539-2

The ECM will derate the power. The power will bederated at one percent per second.

The derate of the engine will only occur if the “EnableDerate” customer programmable parameter hasbeen enabled.

Troubleshooting:

Refer to Troubleshooting, “Intake Air TemperatureIs Too High”.

Results:

• OK – STOP.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 103: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 103Troubleshooting Section

i02539800

E2143 Low Engine CoolantLevel

Conditions Which Generate This Code:

This event code will only be generated if a coolantlevel sensor has been properly installed and thecustomer programmable feature has been enabled.

The Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects aproblem with the engine coolant level. If the enginecoolant level is low for more than thirty seconds, thiscode will be generated.

System Response:

The event code will be active and the event code willbe logged.

The optional shutdown lamp will be illuminated.

The optional warning lamp will be illuminated.

If the optional shutdown feature is enabled, then theengine will be shutdown.

Possible Performance Effect:

E2143-3

If the application has enabled the optional shut downfeature then the engine will shut down.

Troubleshooting:

The event code may represent a problem with theelectronic system. This event normally indicateslow engine coolant. Refer to Testing and AdjustingManual, “Cooling System - Inspect”.

Results:

• OK – STOP.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 104: KENR6933-00

104 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

Diagnostic FunctionalTests

i02656264

5 Volt Sensor Supply Circuit -Test

System Operation Description:

Use this procedure to troubleshoot the system whenone of the following diagnostic codes is active oreasily repeated:

• 0262-03 5 Volt Sensor DC Power Supply voltageabove normal

• 0262-04 5 Volt Sensor DC Power Supply voltagebelow normal

Also, use this procedure to troubleshoot the systemwhen you have been directed here by anothertroubleshooting procedure.

The following background information is relatedto this procedure:

The Engine Control Module (ECM) supplies regulated+5 Volts DC to the following sensors:

• Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor through connector P228

• Intake Manifold Pressure Sensor throughconnector P200

• Engine Oil Pressure Sensor through connectorP201

• Analog Throttle Demand Sensors (if equipped)through P1 OEM connector

The supply for the +5 Volt engine pressure sensor isrouted from the ECM through the P2 connector toterminal 1 of each pressure sensor connector. Thesupply voltage is 5.0 ± 0.16 Volts DC. The +5 Voltsupply to the Analog Throttle Demand Sensor isrouted from the ECM through the P1 connector tothe sensor pins “A”.

The +5 Volt diagnostic code is probably caused by ashort circuit to ground or a short circuit to anothervoltage source in the harness.

A diagnostic code can be caused by the followingconditions:

• A short circuit in the harness

• A suspect sensor

• A suspect ECM

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 105: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 105Troubleshooting Section

Table 37

P2 Pin Connections

Sensor Pin Function Fuel Rail PressureSensor

Intake ManifoldPressure Sensor

Oil Pressure Sensor

1 Volts (5 Volts) 48 46 47

2 Ground 40 38 39

3 Signal 51 55 56

Table 38

P1 OEM Connector

Sensor Pin Function Analog Throttle Sensor 1 Analog ThrottleSensor 2

A 5 Volt Sensor Supply 41 42

B Ground 33 34

C Signal 54 55

g01249575Illustration 18

Typical example of the schematic for the sensors

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 106: KENR6933-00

106 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

g01173224Illustration 19Typical example of the fuel rail pressure sensor

(1) Voltage supply (Vs)(2) Ground (GND)(3) Signal (SIG)

g01173225Illustration 20Typical example of the intake manifold pressure sensor(1) Voltage Supply (Vs)(2) Ground (GND)(3) Signal (SIG)

g01173226Illustration 21

Typical example of the oil pressure sensor(1) Voltage Supply (Vs)(2) Ground (GND)(3) Signal (SIG)

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 107: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 107Troubleshooting Section

g01173227Illustration 22

Typical example of the P2 pressure sensor pin locations(38) Ground (GND) Intake Manifold Pressure

Sensor(39) Ground (GND) Oil Pressure Sensor(40) Ground (GND) Fuel Rail Pressure

Sensor(46) Voltage supply (5 Volts) Intake Manifold

Pressure Sensor

(47) Voltage supply (5 Volts) Oil PressureSensor

(48) Voltage supply (5 Volts) Fuel RailPressure Sensor

(51) Signal (SIG) Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor(55) Signal (SIG) Intake Manifold Pressure

Sensor

(56) Signal (SIG) Oil Pressure Sensor

g01207347Illustration 23

Typical example of the P1 pin locations for the analog throttle demand sensor

(33) Throttle 1 ground (GND)(34) Throttle 2 ground (GND)

(41) Throttle 1 voltage supply (5 Volts)(42) Throttle 2 voltage supply (5 Volts)

(54) Throttle 1 position(55) Throttle 2 position

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 108: KENR6933-00

108 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

g01246557Illustration 24

Typical example of the schematic for the P1 OEM connections for the analog throttle demand sensors

Test Step 1. Check for Connector Damage

A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.

B. Check the connectors and the harness for thefollowing faults:

• Damage

• Abrasion

• Corrosion

• Incorrect attachment

C. Refer to Troubleshooting, “Electrical Connectors- Inspect”.

D. Perform a 45 N (10 lb) pull test on each of thewires in the harness that are associated withthe throttle demand sensor. Check the wireconnectors at the following positions:

• ECM

• Pressure sensors

• Throttle pedal

The wire connectors are shown in table 37 andtable 38.

E. Check the screws for the ECM connectors for thecorrect torque of 5.0 N·m (44 lb in).

Expected Result:

The connectors and the harness should be free ofthe following faults: damage, abrasion, corrosion,and incorrect attachment.

Results:

• OK – Proceed to Test Step 2.

• Not OK

Repair: Repair the connectors or the harnessand/or replace the connectors or the harness.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

Test Step 2. Check for Active DiagnosticCodes

A. Connect the electronic service tool to thediagnostic connector.

B. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.

C. Use the electronic service tool in order to monitorthe diagnostic codes. Check and record any activediagnostic codes.

Note: Wait at least 15 seconds in order for thediagnostic codes to become active.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 109: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 109Troubleshooting Section

Expected Result:

One of the following diagnostic codes is active:

• 0262-03 5 Volt Sensor DC Power Supply voltageabove normal

• 0262-04 5 Volt Sensor DC Power Supply voltagebelow normal

Results:

• OK – Diagnostic code 0262-04 is active. Proceedto Test Step 3.

• OK – Diagnostic code 0262-03 is active. Proceedto Test Step 6.

• Not OK – Diagnostic codes 0262-04 and 0262-03are not active. Proceed to Test Step 4.

Test Step 3. Disconnect the Sensors

A. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.

B. Use the electronic service tool in order to monitorthe diagnostic codes.

C. Disconnect the pressure sensors one at a time. Ifthe analog throttle demand sensors are installed,then disconnect the throttle sensors one at a time.Wait for 30 seconds after each of the sensors isdisconnected.

Note: Diagnostic code 0262-04 will become inactivewhen the sensor that caused the 5 Volt diagnosticcode is disconnected.

D. Ensure that all the pressure sensors and thethrottle demand sensors (if equipped) aredisconnected.

Expected Result:

The 5 Volt diagnostic code is not active when all ofthe sensors are disconnected.

Results:

• OK – The 5 Volt diagnostic code is not active whenall of the sensors are disconnected.

Repair: Reconnect all of the sensors except thesuspect sensor.

Proceed to Test Step 4.

• Not OK – Diagnostic code 0262-04 is still active.

Repair: Leave all of the sensors disconnected.

Proceed to Test Step 5.

Test Step 4. Install a New Sensor

A. Remove the connector from the suspect sensorand connect the connector to a replacementsensor. Do not install the replacement sensor tothe engine.

B. Use the electronic service tool in order to monitorthe diagnostic codes.

Expected Result:

Diagnostic codes 0262-03 and 0262-04 are notactive.

Results:

• OK – The 5 Volt diagnostic code is not active.

Repair: Use the electronic service tool in orderto clear all logged diagnostic codes. Remove thesuspect sensor and then install the replacementsensor. Connect the connector to the sensor.

Verify that the repair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

• Not OK – The 5 Volt diagnostic code is still active.

Repair: Do not use the new sensor.

Proceed to Test Step 5.

Test Step 5. Disconnect the ECMConnector and Check for ActiveDiagnostic Codes

A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.

B. Connect the electronic service tool to thediagnostic connector.

C. Check the ECM connectors for corrosion andmoisture.

D. Disconnect the P2 ECM connector from the ECM.

E. If a P1:41 is installed, then temporarily disconnectthe pin. If a P1:42 is installed, then temporarilydisconnect the pin.

F. Reconnect the P1 connector to the ECM.

G. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.

H. Check for active diagnostic codes on the electronicservice tool.

Note: A “voltage high” diagnostic code (open circuit)should be active for all of the following sensors:

• Engine pressure sensors

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 110: KENR6933-00

110 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

• Engine temperature sensors

• Analog throttle demand sensors (if equipped)

Expected Result:

Diagnostic code 0262-04 is not active. A “voltagehigh” diagnostic code (open circuit) is active for all ofthe engine pressure sensors, temperature sensorsand throttle demand sensors (if equipped).

Results:

• OK – Diagnostic code 0262-04 is not active.

Repair: Replace all wires to the originalconfiguration.

Proceed to Test Step 6.

• Not OK – The 5 Volt diagnostic codes are stillactive.

Repair: Connect a test ECM. Refer to theTroubleshooting Guide, “Replacing the ECM” andTroubleshooting Guide, “Test ECM Mode”.

If the test ECM fixes the fault, reconnect thesuspect ECM.

If the fault returns, permanently install the newECM.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

Test Step 6. Measure the +5 Volt Supplyto the Sensor

A. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.

Note: All the pressure sensors and the analogthrottle demand sensors (if equipped) should bedisconnected.

B. Measure the voltage between terminal 1 (Pressuresensor +5 Volts) and the engine ground for eachof the pressure sensors.

C. Measure the voltage between terminal A (analogthrottle demand sensors +5 Volts) and the engineground for each of the analog throttle demandsensors.

Expected Result:

The voltage is 5.0 ± 0.16 Volts DC.

Results:

• OK – The +5 Volt supply is within the expectedrange. Proceed to Test Step 7.

• Not OK – The voltage is greater than 5.16 VoltsDC.

Repair: Check the +5 Volt supply wire for a shortto a higher voltage source.

Repair the +5 Volt supply wire and/or replace the+5 Volt supply wire.

Verify that the repair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

• Not OK – The voltage is less than 4.84 Volts DC.

Repair: Check the +5 Volt supply wire for a shortto ground.

Repair the +5 Volt supply wire and/or replace the+5 Volt supply wire.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

Test Step 7. Perform the “Wiggle Test”on the Electronic Service Tool

A. Select the “Wiggle Test” from the diagnostic testson the electronic service tool.

B. Choose the appropriate group of parameters tomonitor.

C. Press the “Start” button. Wiggle the wiring harnessin order to reproduce intermittent faults.

If an intermittent fault exists, the status will behighlighted and an audible beep will be heard.

Expected Result:

No intermittent faults were indicated during the“Wiggle Test”.

Results:

• OK – No intermittent faults were found. Theharness and connectors appear to be OK. If youwere sent from another procedure, return to theprocedure and continue testing. If this test hasresolved the fault, return the engine to service.STOP.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 111: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 111Troubleshooting Section

• Not OK – At least one intermittent fault wasindicated.

Repair: Repair the harness or the connector.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

i02490176

CAN Data Link Circuit - Test

System Operation Description:

Use this procedure under the followingcircumstances:

Use this procedure if another procedure has directedyou here. Use this procedure if any of the followingdiagnostic codes are active:

• 0247-09 SAE J1939 Data Link abnormal updaterate

• 0247-12 SAE J1939 Data Link failure

The following background information is relatedto this procedure:

The CAN Data Link is also known as J1939 Data Link.The data link is an industry standard for sending databetween different devices in the same application.

High speed data is transfered via the data link.The data link cannot be accurately tested withoutcomplicated equipment. The data link requires aresistance of 60 Ohms between the two wires tocorrectly transmit the data. This resistance is madeup of two 120 Ohm resistors. The two resistors areknown as “Terminating Resistors”. The terminatingresistors should be at opposite ends of a data linknetwork. If this resistance is not present, then thedata will be intermittent or completely unreadable.

Note: The wiring for the J1939 data link is a shieldedtwisted pair cable. If the wiring is damaged thereplacement type must be shielded twisted pair cable.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 112: KENR6933-00

112 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

g01244083Illustration 25

Typical example of the schematic for the CAN data link

g01209013Illustration 26Typical view of the P1 connector pin locations(20) CAN- (21) CAN+ (22) CAN Shield

Test Step 1. Inspect Electrical Connectorsand Wiring.

A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.

B. Thoroughly inspect the harness connector P1/J1and any other connectors in the CAN data linkcircuit.

Refer to Troubleshooting, “Electrical Connectors -Inspect” for details.

C. Perform a 45 N (10 lb) pull test on each of thewires that are associated with the CAN data link.Refer to Illustration 26.

D. Check the harness for abrasion and pinch pointsfrom the keyswitch to the ECM.

Expected Result:

All connectors, pins and sockets should be completelycoupled and/or inserted. The harness should be freeof corrosion, abrasion and/or pinch points.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 113: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 113Troubleshooting Section

Results:

• OK – Proceed to Test Step 2.

• Not OK

Repair: Perform the following repair:

Repair the connectors and/or the wiring, or replacethe connectors and/or the wiring. Ensure that all ofthe seals are correctly in place and ensure that theconnectors are completely coupled.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

Test Step 2. Check the Data LinkTerminating Resistance

A. Disconnect the P1 connector from the ECM.

B. Measure the resistance between P1:20 and P1:21.

Expected Result:

The resistance is between 50 and 70 Ohms.

Results:

• Result 1 – The resistance is between 50 and 70Ohms. This is the correct resistance. The fault maybe in the connection to other devices on the datalink. Proceed to Test Step 3.

• Result 2 – The resistance is less than 50 Ohms.There is a short circuit in the harness.

Repair: Repair the connectors or the harnessand/or replace the connectors or the harness.

Ensure that all of the seals are correctly in placeand ensure that the connectors are completelycoupled.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

• Result 3 – The resistance is between 110 and 130Ohms. One of the terminating resistors may havefailed.

Repair: Locate the two terminating resistors andremove the two terminating resistors from theharness. Depending on the application, one or bothof the terminating resistors may be located in otherECM’s on the data link.

Measure the resistance of the two terminatingresistors.

If one of the terminating resistors is incorrect,replace the faulty terminating resistor.

If the two terminating resistors are between 50 and70 Ohms, proceed to Test Step 4.

• Result 4 – The resistance is greater than 150Ohms. There may be a break in the harness.Proceed to Test Step 3.

Test Step 3. Check the Data Link Wiring

A. Disconnect each of the connectors that connectother devices on the data link.

B. Use a multimeter in order to measure theresistance between P1:20 to each of the CAN+pins that connect other devices on the data link.

C. Use a multimeter in order to measure theresistance between P1:21 to each of the CAN-pins that connect other devices on the data link.

D. Use a multimeter in order to measure theresistance between P1:22 to each of the CANSHIELD pins that connect other devices.

Expected Result:

The resistance of each wire is below 2 Ohms.

Results:

• OK – The resistance is below 2 Ohms. Proceedto Test Step 4.

• Not OK – Some resistances are greater than 2Ohms.

Repair: Repair the connectors or the harnessand/or replace the connectors or the harness.

Ensure that all seals are correctly in place andensure that the connectors are completely coupled.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair has eliminated the fault.

STOP.

Test Step 4. Check the other Devices onthe J1939 Data Link

A. Use the appropriate service tools in order todiagnose other devices on the data link.

Expected Result:

The other devices are working correctly.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 114: KENR6933-00

114 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

Results:

• OK – The other devices are operating correctly.Restart the diagnostic process. STOP.

• Not OK – The other devices are not workingcorrectly.

Repair: Use the appropriate service tools in orderto diagnose other devices on the data link.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

i02656282

Data Link Circuit - Test

System Operation Description:

Use this procedure under the followingcircumstances:

Use this procedure if the electronic service tool willnot communicate with the Electronic Control Module(ECM) through the data link.

The following background information is relatedto this procedure:

The data link is the standard data link that is used bythe ECM in order to communicate with the electronicservice tool.

The ECM provides multiple connections for the datalink. The technician must ensure that the correctconnector is being tested. The connection that isused is dependent on the application.

If the diagnostic connector is on the engine, thepositive data link signal will be from P2:21 to J23:D.The negative data link signal will be from P2:20 toJ23:E.

If the diagnostic connector is off the engine, thepositive data link signal will be from P1:23 to pin “D”of the diagnostic connector. The negative data linksignal will be from P1:24 to pin “E” of the diagnosticconnector.

The following information refers to the pin number.Ensure that the correct connector is used.

Communication

The electronic service tool may indicate the followingerror message:

The version of the ECM is not recognized and theintegrity of the changed parameters and displayeddata is not guaranteed.

This message will indicate that the version of thesoftware that is in the electronic service tool is notthe same version of the software that is in the ECM.Install the latest version of the electronic service toolsoftware in order to rectify the fault.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 115: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 115Troubleshooting Section

g01244178Illustration 27

Schematic of the diagnostic connector and the data link connector

g01208535Illustration 28Typical view of the P2 pin locations for the diagnostic and data link connectors(20) Data link - (21) Data link +

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 116: KENR6933-00

116 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

g01208545Illustration 29

Typical view of the P1 pin locations for the diagnostic and data link connectors(23) Data link + (24) Data link -

Test Step 1. Inspect Electrical Connectorsand Wiring

A. Thoroughly inspect the following electricalconnectors:

• P2/J2 ECM connector

• P1/J1 ECM connector

• Pin D for the data link connector

• Pin E for the data link connector

• Electronic service tool connectors

Refer to Troubleshooting, “Electrical Connectors -Inspect” for details.

B. Perform a 45 N (10 lb) pull test on each of thewires in the ECM connectors that are associatedwith the data link.

C. Check the screw for the ECM connectors forcorrect torque of 5.0 N·m (44 lb in).

D. Check the harness for abrasion and pinchpoints from the wires that connect the diagnosticconnector to the ECM.

Expected Result:

All connectors, pins and sockets should be completelycoupled and/or inserted. The harness should be freeof corrosion, abrasion and/or pinch points.

Results:

• OK – Proceed to Test Step 2.

• Not OK

Repair: Perform the following repair:

Repair the connectors and/or the harness, orreplace the connectors and/or the harness. Ensurethat all of the seals are correctly in place andensure that the connectors are completely coupled.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

Test Step 2. Determine the type of Faultwith the Data Link

A. Connect the electronic service tool to thediagnostic connector that is on the engine harnessor on the application.

B. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.

Expected Result:

The power lamp should illuminate on thecommunications adapter. The power lamp on thecommunications adapter may illuminate when thekeyswitch is in any position.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 117: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 117Troubleshooting Section

Results:

• OK – The communications adapter is currentlyreceiving the correct voltage.

Repair: If you are redirected to this step from“Check the wiring of the Diagnostic Connector”andif a jumper wire has been installed between pin“A” on the diagnostic connector and the positiveterminal on the battery and if a jumper wire hasbeen installed between pin “B” on the diagnosticconnector and the negative terminal on the battery,remove the jumper wires and then repair theharness. If the harness cannot be repaired, replacethe harness.

Proceed to Test Step 5.

• Not OK – The communications adapter is notreceiving the correct voltage. Proceed to Test Step3.

Test Step 3. Check the Wiring of theDiagnostic Connector

g01244182Illustration 30

Typical view of the 9 pin diagnostic connectorfrom the wire side(A) Switched battery +(B) Battery ground (GND)(D) Data link +(E) Data link -

A. If the communications adapter is connected tothe diagnostic connector on the engine, ensurethat pin “A” and pin “B” are wired on the engineharness side of the connector.

Expected Result:

The pins are wired.

Results:

• OK – The harness is fully wired. Proceed to TestStep 4.

• Not OK – The data link connector powerconnections are not wired.

Repair: Fabricate a jumper wire in order to connectpin “A” of the diagnostic connector to battery+ andpin “B” to the battery-.

Proceed to Test Step 2.

Test Step 4. Check the Battery Voltage atthe Diagnostic Connector

A. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.

B. Use a multimeter in order to measure the voltagefrom pin A (+battery) and pin B (ground) of thediagnostic connector.

Expected Result:

The voltage is between 22.0 Volts DC and 27.0 VoltsDC for a 24 Volt system and between 11.0 Volts DCand 13.5 Volts DC for a 12 Volt system.

Results:

• OK – The diagnostic connector is currentlyreceiving the correct voltage. Proceed to Test Step5.

• Not OK – The diagnostic connector is not receivingthe correct voltage.

Repair: Refer to Troubleshooting, “Engine WiringInformation”.

.

Proceed to Test Step 2.

Test Step 5. Check the Data LinkConnections

A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.

B. Disconnect the communications adapter from thediagnostic connector.

C. If the diagnostic connector is installed on theapplication, disconnect P1 OEM connector fromconnector J1. Check the resistance betweenP1:23 and diagnostic pin “D”. If the diagnosticconnector is installed on the engine, disconnectP2 from connector J2. Check the resistancebetween P2:21 and diagnostic pin “D”.

D. If the diagnostic connector is installed on theapplication, check the resistance between P1:24and diagnostic pin “E”. If the diagnostic connectoris installed on the engine, check the resistancebetween P2:20 and diagnostic pin “E”.

Expected Result:

The resistance that is measured is less than 10Ohms.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 118: KENR6933-00

118 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

Results:

• OK – The resistance is less than 10 Ohms.Proceed to Test Step 6.

• Not OK – The resistance is greater than 10 Ohms.

Repair: Perform the following repair:

Repair the connectors and/or the harness, orreplace the connectors and/or the harness. Ensurethat all of the seals are correctly in place andensure that the connectors are completely coupled.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

Test Step 6. Change the Components ofthe Electronic Service Tool

A. If another electronic engine is available, connectthe electronic service tool to the other engine.Ensure that the same cables are used.

B. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. Determineif the electronic service tool operates correctly onthe other engine.

C. If another engine is not available, obtain areplacement communications adapter and areplacement set of electronic service tool cables.Ensure that the set of electronic service toolcables are a complete set.

D. Install the replacement communications adapterand electronic service tool cables and connect tothe diagnostic connector.

E. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.

F. If changing the communications adapter or theelectronic service tool cables allows the electronicservice tool to operate correctly, use the followingprocedure:

a. Replace the components from the old set ofelectronic service tool cables into the new setof cables that operate. Replace one componentat a time.

b. Apply power to the electronic service tool aftereach of the components is replaced. Use thismethod to find the faulty component.

G. If changing the electronic service tool cables doesnot allow the electronic service tool to operatecorrectly, connect another electronic service tool.

H. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.

Expected Result:

Result 1 The original electronic service tool workson another engine.

Result 2 A different electronic service tool works onthe original engine while the engine is being tested.

Results:

• Result 1 – Proceed to Test Step 7.

• Result 2

Repair: Send the faulty electronic service tool forrepairs.

STOP.

Test Step 7. Connect the ElectronicService Tool and the ECM to anotherBattery

Batteries give off flammable fumes which can ex-plode.

To avoid injury or death, do not strike a match,cause a spark, or smoke in the vicinity of a battery.

NOTICEDo Not connect the Bypass Harness to the battery un-til the in-line fuse has been removed from the +Batteryline. If the fuse is not removed before connection to thebattery a spark may result.

Note: Refer to Troubleshooting, “Electronic ServiceTools” for details of the bypass harness.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 119: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 119Troubleshooting Section

g01244183Illustration 31

Schematic of the bypass harness connector

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 120: KENR6933-00

120 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

g01184528Illustration 32

Typical view of the P1 OEM connector pin locations for the diagnostic and data link connectors(1) Battery ground (GND)(2) Battery ground (GND)(3) Battery ground (GND)(7) Battery +(8) Battery +

(9) Battery ground (GND)(10) Battery ground (GND)(15) Battery +(16) Battery +(20) J1939 (CAN) -

(21) J1939 (CAN) +(23) Data link +(24) Data link +(40) Keyswitch

A. Connect the battery wires from the bypassharness of the electronic service tool to a differentbattery that is not on the engine.

Expected Result:

The electronic service tool is operating correctly.

Results:

• Yes

Repair: Refer to Troubleshooting, “Engine WiringInformation”.

STOP.

• No

Repair: Perform the following repair:

1. Temporarily connect a test ECM.

Note: The test ECM should be programmed with thecorrect software. All parameters should be set to thesame value as the suspect ECM.

2. Remove all jumper wires and reconnect allconnectors.

3. Recheck the system for active diagnostic codes.

4. Repeat the Test.

5. If the fault is resolved with the test ECM,reconnect the suspect ECM.

6. If the fault returns with the suspect ECM,replace the suspect ECM.

7. Use the electronic service tool in order to clearall logged diagnostic codes and then verify thatthe repair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

i02493833

ECM Memory - Test

System Operation Description:

This procedure covers the following diagnostic codes:

• 0253-02 Personality Module erratic, intermittent,or incorrect

Background Information

0253-02

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 121: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 121Troubleshooting Section

The flash file in the Electronic Control Module (ECM)is from the wrong engine family. The engine will notstart.

Correct the Condition

Determine the diagnostic code that is active.

Expected Result:

A 0253-02 diagnostic code is active.

Results:

• A 0253-02 code is active

Repair: Obtain the engine serial number. UsePTMI to determine the latest available flash file forthe engine. Verify that the latest available flash fileis loaded into the ECM.

STOP.

i02499732

Electrical Connectors - Inspect

System Operation Description:

Most electrical faults are caused by poor connections.The following procedure will assist in detecting faultsin connectors and wiring. If a fault is found, correctthe condition and verify that the fault is resolved.

Intermittent electrical faults are sometimes resolvedby disconnecting and reconnecting connectors.It is very important to check for diagnostic codesimmediately before disconnecting a connector.Also check for diagnostic codes after reconnectingthe connector. If the status of a diagnostic code ischanged due to disconnecting and reconnecting aconnector, there are several possible reasons. Thelikely reasons are loose terminals, improperly crimpedterminals, moisture, corrosion, and inadequatemating of a connection.

Follow these guidelines:

• Always use a 27610285 Removal Tool to removethe pins from the P1/P2 connectors.

• Always use a 2900A033 Crimp Tool to serviceDeutsch HD and DT connectors. Never solder theterminals onto the wires.

• Always use a 28170079 Removal Tool to removewedges from DT connectors. Never use ascrewdriver to pry a wedge from a connector.

• Always use a 2900A033 Crimp Tool to serviceAMP seal connectors.

• Refer to Troubleshooting, “ECM HarnessConnector Terminals” in order to service theconnectors for the Electronic Control Module(ECM).

• Always use a breakout harness for a voltmeterprobe or a test light. Never break the insulation of awire in order to access a circuit for measurements.

• If a wire is cut, always install a new terminal forthe repair.

The connection of any electrical equipment andthe disconnection of any electrical equipmentmaycause an explosion hazard which may result in in-jury or death. Do not connect any electrical equip-ment or disconnect any electrical equipment in anexplosive atmosphere.

Test Step 1. Check Connectors forMoisture and Corrosion

g01131211Illustration 33

Leaky seal at the connector (typical example)

A. Inspect all the harnesses. Ensure that the routingof the wiring harness allows the wires to enter theface of each connector at a perpendicular angle.Otherwise, the wire will deform the seal bore.Refer to Illustration 33. This will create a path forthe entrance of moisture. Verify that the seals forthe wires are sealing correctly.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 122: KENR6933-00

122 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

g01131276Illustration 34

Diagram for the installation of a connector plug (typical example)(1) ECM connector(2) Correctly inserted plug(3) Incorrectly inserted plug

B. Ensure that the sealing plugs are in place. Ifany of the plugs are missing, replace the plug.Ensure that the plugs are inserted correctly intothe connector. Refer to Illustration 34.

g01131019Illustration 35Seal for a three-pin connector (typical example)

g01131165Illustration 36

Seal for ECM connector (typical example)

C. Disconnect the suspect connector and inspect theconnector seal. Ensure that the seal is in goodcondition. If necessary, replace the connector.

D. Thoroughly inspect the connectors for evidenceof moisture entry.

Note: It is normal to see some minor seal abrasionon connector seals. Minor seal abrasion will not allowthe entry of moisture.

If moisture or corrosion is evident in the connector,the source of the moisture entry must be foundand the source of the moisture entry must berepaired. If the source of the moisture entry is notrepaired, the fault will recur. Simply drying theconnector will not fix the fault. Check the followingitems for the possible moisture entry path:

• Missing seals

• Incorrectly installed seals

• Nicks in exposed insulation

• Improperly mated connectors

Moisture can also travel to a connector through theinside of a wire. If moisture is found in a connector,thoroughly check the connector harness fordamage. Also check other connectors that sharethe harness for moisture.

Note: The ECM is a sealed unit. If moisture is foundin an ECM connector, the ECM is not the source ofthe moisture. Do not replace the ECM.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 123: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 123Troubleshooting Section

Expected Result:

The harness, connectors, and seals are in goodcondition. There is no evidence of moisture in theconnectors.

Results:

• OK – The harness, connectors, and seals are ingood condition. Proceed to Test Step 2.

• Not OK – A fault has been found with the harnessor the connectors.

Repair: Repair the connectors or the wiring, asrequired. Ensure that all of the seals are correctlyinstalled. Ensure that the connectors have beenreattached.

If corrosion is evident on the pins, sockets or theconnector, use only denatured alcohol to removethe corrosion. Use a cotton swab or a soft brushto remove the corrosion.

If moisture was found in the connectors, run theengine for several minutes and check again formoisture. If moisture reappears, the moisture iswicking into the connector. Even if the moistureentry path is repaired, it may be necessary toreplace the wires.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

Test Step 2. Check the Wires for Damageto the Insulation

A. Carefully inspect each wire for signs of abrasion,nicks and cuts.

Inspect the wires for the following conditions:

• Exposed insulation

• Rubbing of a wire against the engine

• Rubbing of a wire against a sharp point

B. Check all of the fasteners on the harness and thestrain relief components on the ECM in order toverify that the harness is correctly secured. Alsocheck all of the fasteners in order to verify that theharness is not compressed. Pull back the harnesssleeves in order to check for a flattened portionof wire. A fastener that has been overtightenedflattens the harness. This damages the wires thatare inside the harness.

Expected Result:

The wires are free of abrasion, nicks and cuts andthe harness is correctly clamped.

Results:

• OK – The harness is OK. Proceed to Test Step 3.

• Not OK – There is damage to the harness.

Repair: Repair the wires or replace the wires, asrequired.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

Test Step 3. Inspect the ConnectorTerminals

A. Visually inspect each terminal in the connector.Verify that the terminals are not damaged.Verify that the terminals are correctly aligned inthe connector and verify that the terminals arecorrectly located in the connector.

Expected Result:

The terminals are correctly aligned and the terminalsappear undamaged.

Results:

• OK – The terminals are OK. Proceed to Test Step4.

• Not OK – The terminals of the connector aredamaged.

Repair: Repair the terminals and/or replace theterminals, as required.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 124: KENR6933-00

124 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

Test Step 4. Perform a Pull Test on EachWire Terminal Connection

g01237430Illustration 37A typical example of the lock wedge.

(1) Lock wedge

A. Ensure that the locking wedge for the connectoris installed correctly. Terminals cannot be retainedinside the connector if the locking wedge is notinstalled correctly.

B. Perform the 45 N (10 lb) pull test on each wire.Each terminal and each connector should easilywithstand 45 N (10 lb) of tension and each wireshould remain in the connector body. This testchecks whether the wire was correctly crimpedin the terminal and whether the terminal wascorrectly inserted into the connector.

Expected Result:

Each terminal and each connector easily withstands45 N (10 lb) of pull and each wire remains in theconnector body.

Results:

• OK – All terminals pass the pull test. Proceed toTest Step 5.

• Not OK – A wire has been pulled from a terminalor a terminal has been pulled from the connector.

Repair: Use the CH11155 Crimp Tool to replacethe terminal. Replace damaged connectors, asrequired.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

Test Step 5. Check Individual PinRetention into the Socket

g01237435Illustration 38Diagram for testing pin retention

A. Verify that the sockets provide good retention forthe pins. Insert a new pin into each socket oneat a time in order to check for a good grip on thepin by the socket.

Expected Result:

The sockets provide good retention for the new pin.

Results:

• OK – The terminals are OK. Proceed to Test Step6.

• Not OK – Terminals are damaged.

Repair: Use the CH11155 Crimp Tool to replacethe damaged terminals. Verify that the repaireliminates the problem.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

Test Step 6. Check the LockingMechanism of the Connectors

A. Ensure that the connectors lock correctly. Afterlocking the connectors, ensure that the two halvescannot be pulled apart.

B. Verify that the latch tab of the connector iscorrectly latched. Also verify that the latch tab ofthe connector returns to the locked position.

Expected Result:

The connector is securely locked. The connector andthe locking mechanism is not cracked or broken.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 125: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 125Troubleshooting Section

Results:

• OK – The connectors are in good repair. Proceedto Test Step 7.

• Not OK – The connector’s locking mechanism isdamaged or missing.

Repair: Repair the connector or replace theconnector, as required.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

Test Step 7. Check the Screws on theECM Connectors (64 way)

Visually inspect the screws for the ECM connectors.Ensure that the threads on each screw are notdamaged.

A. Connect the ECM connectors.

a. Use a 7 mm Torx screw in order to retain eachof the ECM connectors.

b. Tighten the two Torx screws for the ECMconnector to the correct torque of 5.0 ± 1.0 N·m(44 ± 9 lb in).

Note: If the threaded insert in the ECM is damaged,the ECM must be replaced. Refer to Disassemblyand Assembly, “Electronic Control Module - Removeand Install”.

Expected Result:

The ECM connectors are secure and the Torx screwsare correctly torqued.

Results:

• OK – The ECM connectors are secured. Proceedto Test Step 8.

• Not OK – The screws for the ECM connectors aredamaged.

Repair: Repair the connectors or replace theconnectors or screws, as required.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

Test Step 8. Perform the “Wiggle Test” onthe Perkins Electronic Service Tool (EST)

A. Select the “Wiggle Test” from the diagnostic testson the Perkins Electronic Service Tool (EST).

B. Choose the appropriate group of parameters tomonitor.

C. Press the “Start” button. Wiggle the wiring harnessin order to reproduce intermittent faults.

If an intermittent fault exists, the status will behighlighted and an audible beep will be heard.

Expected Result:

No intermittent faults were indicated during the“Wiggle Test”.

Results:

• OK – No intermittent faults were found. Theharness and connectors appear to be OK. If thistest was required as part of another procedure,return to that procedure and continue testing. Ifthis test has resolved the fault, return the engineto service. STOP.

• Not OK – At least one intermittent fault wasindicated.

Repair: Repair the harness or the connector.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

i02656423

Engine Pressure Sensor Openor Short Circuit - Test

System Operation Description:

Use this procedure under the followingconditions:

Use this procedure if another procedure has directedyou here. Use this procedure if any of the followingdiagnostic codes are active:

• 0100-03 Engine Oil Pressure Sensor voltageabove normal

• 0100-04 Engine Oil Pressure Sensor voltage belownormal

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 126: KENR6933-00

126 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

• 0100-10 Engine Oil Pressure Sensor abnormalrate of change

• 1785-03 Intake Manifold Pressure Sensor voltageabove normal

• 1785-04 Intake Manifold Pressure Sensor voltagebelow normal

• 1785-10 Intake Manifold Pressure Sensorabnormal rate of change

• 1797-03 Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor voltage abovenormal

• 1797-04 Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor voltage belownormal

The following background information is relatedto this procedure:

The troubleshooting procedures for the diagnosticcodes of each pressure sensor are identical. The5 volt sensor supply provides power to all 5 Voltsensors. The Electronic Control Module (ECM)supplies 5.0 ± 0.2 Volts DC to terminal “A” of eachsensor connector. The sensor common from theECM connector goes to terminal “B” of each sensorconnector. The sensor supply is output short circuitprotected. A short circuit to the battery will notdamage the circuit inside the ECM.

Pull-up Voltage

The ECM continuously outputs a pull-up voltageon the circuit for the sensor signal wire. The ECMuses this pull-up voltage in order to detect an openin the signal circuit. When the ECM detects thepresence of a voltage that is above a threshold on thesignal circuit, the ECM will generate an open circuitdiagnostic code (03) for the sensor.

If the sensor is disconnected at the sensor connector,the presence of pull-up voltage at the sensorconnector indicates that the wires from the sensorconnector to the ECM are not open or shorted toground. If the sensor is disconnected at the sensorconnector, the absence of pull-up voltage at thesensor connector indicates an open in the signal wireor a short to ground. If the sensor is disconnected atthe sensor connector and the voltage at the sensorconnector is different from pull-up voltage, the signalwire is shorted to another wire in the harness.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 127: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 127Troubleshooting Section

g01188154Illustration 39Typical example of the schematic for the sensors

g01170309Illustration 40

Fuel rail pressure sensor(1) Voltage supply (Vs)(2) Ground (GND)(3) Signal (SIG)

g01170310Illustration 41

Intake manifold pressure sensor(1) Voltage Supply (Vs)(2) Ground (GND)(3) Signal (SIG)

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 128: KENR6933-00

128 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

g01170311Illustration 42Typical example of the oil pressure sensor

(1) Voltage Supply (Vs)(2) Ground (GND)(3) Signal (SIG)

The troubleshooting procedures for the diagnosticcodes of each pressure sensor are identical. Thepressure sensors are active sensors. The pressuresensor has three terminals. Active sensors requiresupply voltage from the ECM. The ECM connectorP2/J2 supplies +5 Volts to terminal 1 of eachsensor. The common line is connected to eachsensor connector terminal 2. The signal voltagefrom terminal 3 of each sensor is supplied to theappropriate terminal at the ECM connector P2/J2.

Test Step 1. Verify All Active DiagnosticCodes

A. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. Wait atleast 10 seconds for activation of the diagnosticcodes.

B. Verify if any of the following diagnostic codes areactive:

• 0100-03 Engine Oil Pressure Sensor voltageabove normal

• 0100-04 Engine Oil Pressure Sensor voltagebelow normal

• 0100-10 Engine Oil Pressure Sensor abnormalrate of change

• 1785-03 Intake Manifold Pressure Sensorvoltage above normal

• 1785-04 Intake Manifold Pressure Sensorvoltage below normal

• 1785-10 Intake Manifold Pressure Sensorabnormal rate of change

• 1797-03 Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor voltageabove normal

• 1797-04 Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor voltagebelow normal

Expected Result:

One or more of the preceding diagnostic codes areactive.

Results:

• OK – Proceed to Test Step 2.

• Not OK

Repair: Do not use this procedure if 1785-10or 100-10 diagnostic codes are active. Refer toTroubleshooting, “5 Volt Sensor Supply Circuit -Test”. When this test is complete, return to the startof this test.

If the preceding codes are logged, an intermittentcondition may be causing the logged codes.Refer to Troubleshooting, “Electrical Connectors- Inspect”.

Perform a “Wiggle Test” by using the electronicservice tool in order to identify intermittentconnections.

STOP.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 129: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 129Troubleshooting Section

Test Step 2. Inspect Electrical ConnectorsAnd Wiring

g01170964Illustration 43Typical view of the P2 pressure sensor pin locations

(38) Ground (GND) Intake Manifold PressureSensor

(39) Ground (GND) Oil Pressure Sensor(40) Ground (GND) Fuel Rail Pressure

Sensor(46) Voltage supply (5 Volts) Intake Manifold

Pressure Sensor

(47) Voltage supply (5 Volts) Oil PressureSensor

(48) Voltage supply (5 Volts) Fuel RailPressure Sensor

(51) Signal (SIG) Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor(55) Signal (SIG) Intake Manifold Pressure

Sensor

(56) Signal (SIG) Oil Pressure Sensor

A. Thoroughly inspect the terminal connections onthe P2/J2 ECM sensor connectors.

B. Thoroughly inspect the following engine pressuresensor connectors:

• P201 Engine Oil Pressure Sensor

• P228 Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor

• P200 Intake Manifold Pressure Sensor

C. Refer to Troubleshooting, “Electrical Connectors- Inspect”.

D. Perform a 45 N (10 lb) pull test on each of thewires in the ECM connector and the sensorconnectors that are associated with the activediagnostic code.

E. Check the screw for the ECM connector for thecorrect torque of 5 N·m (44 lb in).

F. Check the harness for abrasions and for pinchpoints from the sensors back to the ECM.

G. Use the electronic service tool to perform a“Wiggle Test”. The “Wiggle Test” will identifyintermittent connections.

Expected Result:

All connectors, pins, and sockets should becompletely coupled and inserted. The harness shouldbe free of corrosion, abrasions and pinch points.

Results:

• OK – Proceed to Test Step 3.

• Not OK

Repair: Repair the connectors or the harnessand/or replace the connectors or the harness.Ensure that all of the seals are correctly in placeand ensure that the connectors are completelycoupled.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

Test Step 3. Verify that the DiagnosticCode is Still Active

A. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. Wait atleast 10 seconds for activation of the diagnosticcodes.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 130: KENR6933-00

130 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

B. Use the electronic service tool to check for activediagnostic codes. Record all active diagnosticcodes.

C. Determine if the fault is related to an open circuitdiagnostic code or a short circuit diagnostic code.

Expected Result:

Either a short circuit diagnostic code is active or anopen circuit diagnostic code is active.

Results:

• OK - SHORT Circuit – A “Voltage Above Normal”diagnostic code is active at this time. Proceed toTest Step 4.

• OK - OPEN Circuit – A “Voltage Below Normal”diagnostic code is active at this time. Proceed toTest Step 5.

• Not OK – A short circuit diagnostic code is notactive. An open circuit diagnostic code is notactive. An intermittent fault may exist.

Repair: Use the electronic service tool to performa “Wiggle Test”. If faults are indicated then go tothe appropriate procedure.

STOP.

Test Step 4. Disconnect The Sensor InOrder To Create An Open Circuit

A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.

B. Disconnect the sensor connector of the sensorwith the short circuit diagnostic code.

C. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. Wait atleast 10 seconds for activation of the diagnosticcodes.

D. Use the electronic service tool to check the “ActiveDiagnostic Code” screen. Check for a “VoltageBelow Normal” diagnostic code.

Expected Result:

A “Voltage Below Normal” diagnostic code for thedisconnected sensor is now active.

Results:

• OK – A “Voltage Above Normal” diagnostic codewas active before disconnecting the sensor. An“Voltage Below Normal” diagnostic code becameactive after disconnecting the sensor. Proceed toTest Step 6.

• Not OK – There is a short circuit between thesensor harness connector and the ECM. Leave thesensor disconnected. Proceed to Test Step 8.

Test Step 5. Measure the Sensor SupplyVoltage

A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.

B. Disconnect the sensor from the engine harness.

C. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.

D. Measure the voltage at the plug for the sensorfrom the terminal 1 (pressure sensor supply) toterminal 2 (sensor common).

Expected Result:

The DC voltage from terminal 1 to terminal 2measures 4.84 to 5.16 Volts DC.

Results:

• OK – The sensor supply voltage is correct.Proceed to Test Step 7.

• Not OK – The sensor supply voltage is out of thenominal range. Continue testing the sensor supplycircuit.

Repair: Proceed to the following repair:Troubleshooting, “5 Volt Sensor Supply Circuit -Test”

STOP.

Test Step 6. Determine If The ShortCircuit Is In The Connector Or In TheSensor

A. Thoroughly inspect the connector for moisture.

B. Inspect the seals and reconnect the sensor.

C. Refer to Troubleshooting, “Electrical Connectors- Inspect”.

D. If the short circuit diagnostic code reappears, thesensor or the sensor connector has a fault.

a. Temporarily connect a new sensor to theharness, but do not install the new sensor inthe engine.

E. Use the electronic service tool to check for a shortcircuit diagnostic code. The new sensor should beconnected to the harness at this time.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 131: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 131Troubleshooting Section

Expected Result:

The short circuit diagnostic code is not present whena new sensor is connected.

Results:

• OK – Use the electronic service tool in order toclear all logged diagnostic codes and then verifythat the repair eliminates the fault. STOP.

• Not OK – Repair the engine harness connector.Use the electronic service tool to clear the loggeddiagnostic codes. STOP.

Test Step 7. Create a Short CircuitBetween the Signal and the CommonTerminals at the Engine HarnessConnector

A. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.

B. Fabricate a jumper wire 150 mm (6 inch) long.Crimp a terminal to both ends of the wire.

C. Monitor the “Active Diagnostic Code” screen onthe electronic service tool before installing thejumper wire and after installing the jumper wire.

D. Install the jumper on the engine harnessconnector. Install one end of the jumper at thesensor signal (terminal 3). Install the other endof the jumper at the common connection forthe pressure sensor (terminal 2). Wait at least30 seconds for activation of the short circuitdiagnostic code.

Expected Result:

A short circuit diagnostic code is active when thejumper is installed. An open circuit diagnostic code isactive when the jumper is removed.

Results:

• OK – The engine harness and the ECM are OK.

Repair: Perform the following repair:

1. Temporarily connect the suspect sensor.

2. Use the electronic service tool to verify if thediagnostic code remains active.

3. If the diagnostic code is active replace thesensor.

4. Use the electronic service tool in order to clearall logged diagnostic codes and then verify thatthe repair eliminated the fault.

STOP.

• Not OK – The open circuit diagnostic coderemains active when the jumper is installed. Themost probable location for the open circuit is in thecommon wire for the sensor, or in the sensor signalwire of the engine harness between the ECM andthe sensor. Remove the jumper. Proceed to TestStep 8.

Test Step 8. Check the Operation of theECM by Creating Open and Short Circuitsat the ECM Connector

A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.

B. Disconnect connector P2 from the ECM.Thoroughly inspect both halves of the connectorfor signs of corrosion or moisture. Refer toTroubleshooting, “Electrical Connectors - Inspect”.

C. Reconnect P2 connector.

D. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. Use theelectronic service tool in order to monitor the“Active Diagnostic Code” screen. Wait at least 10seconds for activation of the code.

An open circuit diagnostic code should be activefor the suspect sensor.

Note: When the P2connector is disconnected, all ofthe open circuit diagnostic codes for the pressuresensors and temperature sensors will be active. Thisis normal. Disregard the diagnostic codes for thepressure sensors and the temperature sensors thatare not suspect. Monitor the diagnostic codes for thesuspect sensors only.

E. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.

F. Fabricate a jumper wire 150 mm (6 inch) long.Crimp a terminal to both ends of the wire.

G. Install the jumper wire on the P2 connector.Insert the jumper wire between the terminalfor the suspect sensor signal and the commonconnection for the engine’s pressure sensor.

Use the electronic service tool to verify that thereis a “Voltage Above Normal” diagnostic code.

Expected Result:

“Voltage Below Normal” diagnostic codes and“Voltage Above Normal” diagnostic codes wereactive.

Results:

• OK – The ECM is operating correctly. Proceed toTest Step 9.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 132: KENR6933-00

132 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

• Not OK – One of the following conditions exists:The “Voltage Below Normal” diagnostic code isnot active when the harness is disconnected. The“Voltage Above Normal” diagnostic code is notactive when the jumper wire is installed.

Repair: Perform the following repair:

1. Temporarily connect a test ECM.

Note: The test ECM should have the same valuesand the same parameters as the suspect ECM.

2. Remove all jumpers and replace all connectors.

3. Use the electronic service tool to recheck thesystem for active diagnostic codes.

4. Repeat the Test Step.

5. If the fault is resolved with the test ECM,reconnect the suspect ECM.

6. If the fault returns with the suspect ECM,replace the ECM.

7. Use the electronic service tool in order to clearall logged diagnostic codes and then verify thatthe repair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

Test Step 9. Bypass the Harness WiringBetween the ECM and the SensorConnector

A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.

B. Disconnect the P2 connector and disconnect theconnector from the suspect sensor.

C. Remove the sensor signal wire from the P2connector.

D. Remove the signal wire (terminal 3) from thesensor connector on the engine harness.

E. Fabricate a jumper wire that is long enough toreach from the ECM to the sensor connector oruse an engine sensor harness bypass with 3terminals.

Note: If an engine sensor harness bypass is beingmade, crimp a socket on one end in order to connectto the ECM. Crimp either a pin or a socket on theother end, as required.

F. Insert the one end of the engine sensor harnessbypass into P2 connector on the engine harness.Insert the other end of the engine sensor harnessbypass into the sensor connector of the engineharness.

G. Reconnect the P2 connector and the sensorconnector.

H. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.

I. Use the electronic service tool to monitor the“Active Diagnostic Code” screen for either theopen circuit diagnostic code for the sensor or theshort circuit diagnostic code for the sensor.

Expected Result:

The diagnostic code disappears when the jumper orthe bypass is installed.

Results:

• OK – There is a fault in the wiring harness.

Repair: Perform the following repair:

1. Repair the faulty harness or replace the faultyharness.

2. Clear all diagnostic codes.

3. Use the electronic service tool in order to clearall logged diagnostic codes and then verify thatthe repair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

• Not OK – The most likely cause is an intermittentfault.

Repair: Use the electronic service tool to performa “Wiggle Test”. If no fault is found, restart thisprocedure and carefully perform each step.

STOP.

i02755779

Engine Speed/Timing SensorCircuit - Test

System Operation Description:

Use this procedure to troubleshoot the system underthe following conditions:

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 133: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 133Troubleshooting Section

• Use this procedure if another procedure hasdirected you here.

• The engine will not start and the electronic servicetool indicates a faulty sensor by displaying “NotDetected” against the faulty sensor on the “NoStart Parameter” screen.

• There is an active diagnostic code or a recentlylogged diagnostic code that is related to thefollowing:

• 0190-08 Engine Speed Sensor abnormalfrequency, pulse width, or period

• 0342-08 Secondary Engine Speed Sensorabnormal frequency, pulse width, or period

The engine uses two engine speed/timing sensors.The primary crankshaft speed/timing sensor islocated on the left hand side of the cylinder blockclose to the flywheel housing. The secondarycamshaft/fuel rail pump sensor is part of the fuelrail pump. The primary speed/timing sensor that ismounted on the cylinder block generates a signal bydetecting the movement of the teeth that are locatedon the speed/timing wheel. The speed/timing wheelis connected to the crankshaft. The signal that isgenerated by the speed/timing sensor is transmittedto the Electronic Control Module (ECM). The ECMuses the speed/timing sensor signal to calculate theposition of the crankshaft. The signal is also used todetermine the engine speed.

The secondary speed/timing sensor is located inthe fuel rail pump. The secondary speed/timingsensor generates a signal that is related to thecamshaft position. The fuel rail pump is mechanicallyconnected to the camshaft. The secondaryspeed/timing sensor detects the movement ofthe teeth on the speed/timing wheel in the fuelrail pump. The signal that is generated by thespeed/timing sensor is transmitted to the ECM. TheECM calculates the speed and the rotational positionof the engine by using the signal. The secondaryspeed/timing sensor is required for starting purposes.

During normal operation, the secondary speed/timingsensor is used to determine the cycle that theengine is on. When the timing has been established,the primary speed/timing sensor is then used todetermine the engine speed and the angular position.

The loss of signal to the primary sensor and/or thesecondary sensor will result in one of the followingfaults:

• The loss of signal from the secondary speed/timingsensor during start-up will prevent the engine fromstarting.

• The engine will continue to run when only onesensor signal is present from either the primarysensor or the secondary sensor.

• The loss of signal from the primary speed/timingsensor during operation of the engine will result inengine operation with a derate.

• Loss of signal from the primary sensor and thesecondary sensor during operation of the enginewill cause fuel injection to be terminated and theengine will stop.

The primary sensor and the secondary sensor areinterchangeable components. If a sensor is suspectthe sensors can be exchanged in order to eliminatea fault. If a secondary sensor is suspect and areplacement secondary sensor is not available, thenthe primary sensor and the secondary sensor can beexchanged. This will allow testing to determine if thesecondary sensor is faulty.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 134: KENR6933-00

134 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

Table 39

P2/J2 Pin Connections

Function Sensor Pin Crankshaft Primary Sensor Camshaft Secondary Sensor

+8 Volt Supply 1 10 10

Signal 2 52 53

g01253286Illustration 44Schematic for the speed/timing sensors

g01188474Illustration 45Pin locations on the P2 connector for the speed/timing sensors

(10) Speed/ Timing sensor supply (8 VoltsDC)

(52) Crankshaft speed timing sensor signal(53) Pump/Cam speed sensor signal (Sig)

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 135: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 135Troubleshooting Section

g01188476Illustration 46Sensor locations(1) Primary speed/timing sensor (2) Secondary speed/timing sensor

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 136: KENR6933-00

136 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

g01253714Illustration 47Detailed view of the sensor locations

(1) Primary speed/timing sensor (2) Secondary speed/timing sensor

g01212995Illustration 48Typical example of the speed/timing sensor(1) Voltage Supply (8 Volts DC) (2) Signal (Sig)

Test Step 1. Inspect the ElectricalConnectors and the Harness

A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.

B. Thoroughly inspect the P2 connector andthe suspect sensor connections. Refer toTroubleshooting, “Electrical Connectors - Inspect”.

C. Perform a 45 N (10 lb) pull test on each ofthe wires in the suspect sensor connector andthe sensor connections at the ECM. The wireconnectors are shown in illustration 45.

D. Check that the ground connection on the ECM andthe negative terminal on the battery are correctlyinstalled.

E. Check the ground connection on the ECM forabrasions and pinch points.

F. Check the screws for the ECM connector for thecorrect torque of 5.0 N·m (44 lb in).

G. Check the harness for abrasion and pinch pointsfrom the suspect sensor to the ECM.

H. Check that the suspect sensor is installedcorrectly. Check that the suspect sensor is fullyseated into the engine. Check that the sensor issecurely latched.

Expected Result:

The electrical connectors and the cables are correctlyinstalled.

Results:

• OK – The harness is OK. Proceed to Test Step 2.

• Not OK

Repair: Repair the faulty connectors or theharness and/or replace the faulty connectors or theharness. Ensure that all of the seals are correctly inplace and ensure that the connectors are correctlycoupled.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 137: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 137Troubleshooting Section

If a sensor must be replaced or the sensor must bereinstalled, complete all of the following tasks:

• Lubricate the O ring with clean engine lubricatingoil.

• Ensure that the plug for the sensor has a sealinside the connector body. If a seal is damagedor missing, replace the seal.

• Ensure that the sensor is fully seated into theengine before tightening the bracket bolt.

• Ensure that the connector is latched.

• Ensure that the harness is correctly secured,and ensure that the harness is attached to theharness clip.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair has eliminated the fault.

STOP.

Test Step 2. Check for Active DiagnosticCodes and Recently Logged DiagnosticCodes

A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.

B. Connect the electronic service tool to thediagnostic connector.

C. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. If theengine will start, then run the engine.

D. Use the electronic service tool in order to monitoractive diagnostic codes or recently loggeddiagnostic codes.

Expected Result:

One or more of the following diagnostic codes areactive or recently logged:

• 190-08 Engine Speed Sensor abnormal frequency,pulse width, or period

• 342-08 Secondary Engine Speed Sensor abnormalfrequency, pulse width, or period

Results:

• 190-08 – Proceed to Test Step 4.

• 342-08 – Proceed to Test Step 3.

• Not OK – No active diagnostic codes or recentlylogged diagnostic codes are displayed.

STOP.

Test Step 3. Check the Harness Betweenthe Secondary Speed/Timing Sensor andthe ECM

A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.

B. Disconnect the P2 connector. Disconnect theconnector for the primary speed/timing sensor.Disconnect the connector for the secondaryspeed/timing sensor.

C. Check the resistance between P2:53 to thesecondary speed/timing sensor terminal 2. Theresistance should be less than 2.0 Ohms.

D. Check the resistance between P2:10 to thesecondary speed/timing sensor terminal 1. Theresistance should be less than 2.0 Ohms.

Expected Result:

The readings agree with the values that are listedabove.

Results:

• OK – The harness is not OPEN circuit. Proceedto Test Step 5.

• Not OK – The harness or the connector is an opencircuit or high resistance.

Repair: Repair the faulty connectors or theharness. Replace the faulty connectors orthe harness. Reconnect all sensor and ECMconnectors. Ensure that all of the seals arecorrectly in place. Ensure that all connectors arecorrectly coupled.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair has eliminated the fault.

STOP.

Test Step 4. Check the Harness Betweenthe Primary Speed/Timing Sensor andthe ECM

A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.

B. Disconnect the P2 connector. Disconnect theconnector for the primary speed/timing sensor.Disconnect the connector for the secondaryspeed/timing sensor.

C. Check the resistance between P2:52 to thesecondary speed/timing sensor terminal 2. Theresistance should be less than 2.0 Ohms.

D. Check the resistance between P2:10 to thesecondary speed/timing sensor terminal 1. Theresistance should be less than 2.0 Ohms.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 138: KENR6933-00

138 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

Expected Result:

The readings agree with the values that are listedabove.

Results:

• OK – The harness is not OPEN circuit. Proceedto Test Step 6.

• Not OK – The harness is OPEN circuit.

Repair: Repair the faulty connectors or the harnessand/or replace the faulty connectors or the harness.Reconnect all sensor and ECM connectors. Ensurethat all of the seals are correctly in place. Ensurethat all connectors are correctly coupled.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

Test Step 5. Check that the Connectionsand the Wiring to the SecondarySpeed/Timing Sensor and the ECM areIsolated from Other Power Sources

A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.

B. Disconnect the P2 connector. Disconnect theconnector for the primary speed/timing sensor.Disconnect the connector for the secondaryspeed/timing sensor.

C. Measure the resistance from P2:53 secondaryspeed/timing sensor signal input to all other pinson the P2. Measure the resistance from P2:53secondary speed/timing sensor signal input to theground and battery+ terminals. The resistanceshould be more than 20,000 Ohms.

D. Measure the resistance from P2:10 speed/timingsensor (+8 Volt supply) to all other pins on the P2.Measure the resistance from P2:10 speed/timingsensor (+8 Volt supply) to the ground and thebattery+ terminals. The resistance should be morethan 20,000 Ohms.

Expected Result:

The readings agree with the values that are listedabove.

Results:

• OK – There is no short circuit. Proceed to TestStep 7.

• Not OK – The harness has a short circuit.

Repair: Repair the faulty connectors or replacethe faulty connectors. Repair the faulty harness orreplace the faulty harness. Reconnect all sensorand ECM connectors. Ensure that all of the sealsare correctly in place. Ensure that all connectorsare correctly coupled.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

Test Step 6. Check that the Connectionsand the Wiring to the PrimarySpeed/Timing Sensor and the ECMare Isolated from the Other PowerSources

A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.

B. Disconnect the P2 connector. Disconnect theconnector for the primary speed/timing sensor.Disconnect the connector for the secondaryspeed/timing sensor.

C. Check the resistance between P2:52 to each of theother pins on P2. Check the resistance betweenP2:52 to the ground and battery+ terminals. Theresistance should be more than 20,000 Ohms.

D. Check the resistance between P2:10 to each of theother pins on P2. Check the resistance betweenP2:10 to the ground and battery+ terminals. Theresistance should be more than 20,000 Ohms.

Expected Result:

The readings agree with the values that are listedabove.

Results:

• OK – The wires are not a short circuit. Proceedto Test Step 7.

• Not OK – The sensor wiring has a short circuit.

Repair: Repair the faulty connectors or replacethe faulty connectors. Repair the faulty harness orreplace the faulty harness. Reconnect all sensorand ECM connectors. Ensure that all of the sealsare correctly in place. Ensure that all connectorsare correctly coupled.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 139: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 139Troubleshooting Section

Test Step 7. Check if a ReplacementSensor Eliminates the Fault

A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.

B. Disconnect the suspect sensor and remove thesuspect sensor from the engine.

C. If a sensor must be replaced or a sensor must bereinstalled, complete all of the following tasks:

• Lubricate the O ring with clean enginelubricating oil.

• Ensure that the plug for the sensor has a sealinside the connector body. If a seal is damagedor missing, replace the seal.

• Ensure that the sensor is fully seated intothe engine or the pump before tightening thebracket bolt.

• Ensure that the connector is latched.

• Ensure that the harness is correctly secured,and ensure that the harness is attached to theharness clip.

D. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.

E. Start the engine.

F. Use the electronic service tool in order to monitorthe diagnostic codes.

G. Verify that the replacement sensor has eliminatedthe fault.

Expected Result:

The fault has been rectified.

Results:

• OK – If the fault is eliminated with the test sensor,reconnect the suspect sensor. If the fault returnswith the suspect sensor, replace the suspectsensor.

Repair: Use the electronic service tool in order toclear all logged diagnostic codes and then verifythat the repair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

• Not OK – The fault still exists. Proceed to TestStep 8.

Test Step 8. Check if the Replacement ofthe ECM Eliminates the Fault

A. Temporarily connect a test ECM. The test ECMmust be programmed with the correct software.All parameters should be set to the same value ofthe suspect ECM.

B. Reconnect all connectors.

C. Connect the electronic service tool to thediagnostic connector.

D. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.

E. Start the engine.

F. Use the electronic service tool in order to monitorthe diagnostic codes.

G. Verify that the test ECM has eliminated the fault.

Expected Result:

The fault is eliminated.

Results:

• OK – If the fault is eliminated with the test ECM,reconnect the suspect ECM. If the fault returns withthe suspect ECM, replace the suspect ECM.

Repair: Use the electronic service tool in order toclear all logged diagnostic codes and then verifythat the repair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

• Not OK – The fault was not resolved with a testECM.

Repair: Repeat this diagnostic process. If the faultpersists, the fault may be a damaged timing ring.Check the timing ring and/or replace the timingring.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 140: KENR6933-00

140 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

i02657152

Engine Temperature SensorOpen or Short Circuit - Test

System Operation Description:

Use this procedure under the followingconditions:

This procedure covers open circuit diagnostic codesand short circuit diagnostic codes that are associatedwith the following sensors:

• Coolant temperature sensor

• Intake manifold air temperature sensor

Use this procedure to troubleshoot the system whenone of the following diagnostic codes is an activediagnostic code or a recently logged diagnostic codeor when a diagnostic code can easily be activated.

• 0110-03 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensorvoltage above normal

• 0110-04 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensorvoltage below normal

• 0172-03 Intake Manifold Air Temperature Sensorvoltage above normal

• 0172-04 Intake Manifold Air Temperature Sensorvoltage below normal

The following background information is relatedto this procedure:

The troubleshooting procedures for the diagnosticcodes of each temperature sensor are identical.The temperature sensors are sensors that havetwo terminals. P2:37 on the Electronic ControlModule (ECM) is the common connection for theengine temperature sensors. The sensor commonconnection is shared between the temperaturesensors. The common line is connected to terminal 2on each sensor connector. Terminal 1 is the sensoroutput. The signal voltage from terminal 1 of eachsensor is supplied to the appropriate terminal at ECMConnector P2/J2.

Pull-up Voltage

The ECM continuously outputs a pull-up voltage onthe circuit for the sensor signal wire. The ECM usesthis pull-up voltage in order to detect an open in thesignal circuit. When the ECM detects the presenceof a voltage that is above a threshold on the signalcircuit, the ECM will generate an open circuit FMIcode (-03) for the sensor.

If the sensor is disconnected at the sensor connector,the presence of pull-up voltage at the sensorconnector indicates that the wires from the sensorconnector to the ECM are not open or shorted toground. If the sensor is disconnected at the sensorconnector, the absence of pull-up voltage at thesensor connector indicates an open in the signal wireor a short to ground. If the sensor is disconnected atthe sensor connector and the voltage at the sensorconnector is different from pull-up voltage, the signalwire is shorted to another wire in the harness.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 141: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 141Troubleshooting Section

g01249915Illustration 49Schematic for engine temperature sensors

g01170313Illustration 50

Engine coolant temperature sensor and intake manifold airtemperature sensor(1) Signal (SIG)(2) Ground (GND)

Test Step 1. Verify All Active DiagnosticCodes

A. Connect the electronic service tool to the data linkconnector.

B. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.

Note: Wait at least 30 seconds for activation of thediagnostic codes.

C. Use the electronic service tool in order to verify ifany of the following diagnostic codes are activeor recently logged:

• 0110-03 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensorvoltage above normal

• 0110-04 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensorvoltage below normal

• 0172-03 Intake Manifold Air TemperatureSensor voltage above normal

• 0172-04 Intake Manifold Air TemperatureSensor voltage below normal

Expected Result:

One or more of the preceding diagnostic codes areactive or recently logged.

Results:

• Yes – Proceed to Test Step 2.

• No – The fault is intermittent. Proceed to Test Step8.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 142: KENR6933-00

142 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

Test Step 2. Inspect Electrical ConnectorsAnd Wiring

g01170936Illustration 51Typical view of the P2 pin locations on the temperature sensor

(37) Ground (GND) Intake Manifold AirTemperature Sensor and CoolantTemperature Sensor

(42) Signal (SIG) Intake Manifold AirTemperature Sensor

(43) Signal (SIG) Coolant TemperatureSensor

A. Thoroughly inspect ECM engine harnessconnector P2 and the suspect sensor connector.Refer to Troubleshooting, “Electrical Connectors- Inspect”.

B. Perform a 45 N (10 lb) pull test on each of thewires in the sensor connector and the ECMconnector that are associated with the activediagnostic code.

Refer to illustration 51.

C. Verify that the latch tab of the connector iscorrectly latched. Also verify that the latch tab ofthe connector has returned to the fully latchingposition.

D. Check the screw for the ECM connector for thecorrect torque of 5.0 N·m (44 lb in).

E. Check the harness for abrasions and for pinchpoints from the sensor to the ECM.

Expected Result:

All connectors, pins, and sockets should becompletely coupled and/or inserted. The harnessshould be free of corrosion, abrasion, and pinchpoints.

Results:

• OK – Proceed to Test Step 3.

• Not OK – Repair the connectors or the harnessand/or replace the connectors or the harness.Ensure that all of the seals are correctly in placeand ensure that the connectors are completelycoupled. Clear all inactive diagnostic codes. Verifythat the repair has eliminated the fault. Proceed toTest Step 3 if the fault has not been eliminated.

Test Step 3. Verify That The DiagnosticCode Is Still Active

A. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.

Note: Wait at least 10 seconds for activation of thediagnostic codes.

B. Access the “Active Diagnostic Code” screen onthe electronic service tool and check for activediagnostic codes.

C. Determine if the fault is related to an “VoltageAbove Normal” diagnostic code or a “VoltageBelow Normal” diagnostic code.

Expected Result:

A “Voltage Below Normal” diagnostic code or an“Voltage Above Normal” diagnostic code is active.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 143: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 143Troubleshooting Section

Results:

• OK - SHORT Circuit – A “Voltage Below Normal”diagnostic code is active at this time. Proceed toTest Step 4.

• OK - OPEN Circuit – A “Voltage Above Normal”diagnostic code is active at this time. Proceed toTest Step 5.

• Not OK – A “Voltage Below Normal” diagnosticcode is not active. An “Voltage Above Normal”diagnostic code is not active. An intermittent faultmay exist.

Repair: Use the electronic service tool to performa “Wiggle Test”. If faults are indicated then go tothe appropriate procedure.

STOP.

Test Step 4. Disconnect The Sensor InOrder To Create An Open Circuit

A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.

B. Disconnect the sensor connector of the sensorwith the short circuit diagnostic code.

C. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.

Note: Wait at least 10 seconds for activation of thediagnostic codes.

D. Access the “Active Diagnostic Code” screen ofthe electronic service tool. Check for an active“Voltage Above Normal” diagnostic code.

Expected Result:

A “Voltage Above Normal” diagnostic code for thedisconnected sensor is now active.

Results:

• OK – A “Voltage Below Normal” diagnostic codewas active before disconnecting the sensor. An“Voltage Above Normal” diagnostic code becameactive after disconnecting the sensor.

Repair: Refer to Troubleshooting, “ElectricalConnectors - Inspect”.

Inspect the seals of the connectors for damage.

Connect the sensor and verify that the fault returns.If the fault returns, the sensor is faulty.

Replace the sensor.

Clear all logged diagnostic fault codes.

STOP.

• Not OK – There is a short circuit between thesensor harness connector and the ECM. Leave thesensor disconnected. Proceed to Test Step 6.

Test Step 5. Create A Short CircuitBetween The Signal And The CommonTerminals At The Sensor HarnessConnector

A. Disconnect the suspect sensor connector P100for the coolant temperature sensor or disconnectP103 for the inlet manifold temperature sensor.

B. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.

Note: Wait at least 10 seconds for the activation ofany diagnostic fault codes.

C. Fabricate a jumper wire 150 mm (6 inch) long.Crimp a terminal to both ends of the wire.

D. Monitor the “Active Diagnostic Code” screen onthe electronic service tool before installing thejumper wire and after installing the jumper wire.

E. Install the jumper on the engine harness connectorfor the suspect sensor, P100 for the coolanttemperature sensor and P103 for the intakemanifold temperature sensor. Install one endof the jumper at the sensor signal (terminal 1).Install the other end of the jumper at the commonconnection (terminal 2).

Note: Wait at least 30 seconds for activation of theshort circuit diagnostic code.

Expected Result:

A “Voltage Below Normal” diagnostic code is activewhen the jumper is installed. An “Voltage AboveNormal” diagnostic code is active when the jumperis removed.

Results:

• OK – The engine harness and the ECM are OK.

Repair: Perform the following repair:

1. Temporarily connect the suspect sensor.

2. If the diagnostic code remains active, replacethe sensor.

3. Verify that the repair eliminates the fault.

4. Clear all logged diagnostic codes.

STOP.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 144: KENR6933-00

144 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

• Not OK – The “Voltage Above Normal” diagnosticcode remains active with the jumper in place. Themost probable location for the open circuit is in thesensor common or the sensor signal wire in theengine harness between the ECM and the sensor.Remove the jumper. Proceed to Test Step 6.

Test Step 6. Check The Operation Of TheECM By Creating An Open And A ShortCircuit At The ECM Connector

A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.

B. Disconnect the P2 connector.

C. Thoroughly inspect both halves of the connectorfor signs of corrosion or moisture. Refer toTroubleshooting, “Electrical Connectors - Inspect”.

D. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. Use theelectronic service tool in order to monitor the“Active Diagnostic Code” screen. Wait at least 10seconds for activation of the code.

An “Voltage Above Normal” diagnostic codeshould be active for the suspect sensor.

Note: When P2 is disconnected, all of the “VoltageAbove Normal” diagnostic codes for the pressuresensors and temperature sensors will be active. Thisis normal. Disregard the diagnostic codes for thepressure sensors and the temperature sensors thatare not suspect. Monitor the diagnostic codes for thesuspect sensors only.

E. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.

F. Fabricate a jumper wire 150 mm (6 inch) long.Crimp a terminal to both ends of the wire.

G. Monitor the “Active Diagnostic Code” screen onthe electronic service tool before installing thejumper wire and after installing the jumper wire.

H. Remove the suspect sensor signal pin from the P2connector, either pin P2:42 for the intake manifoldtemperature sensor or pin P2:43 for the coolanttemperature sensor. Remove the P2:37 sensorcommon connector. Install the jumper on the P2connector. Install one end of the jumper at thesuspect sensor signal pin. Install the other endof the jumper to the P2:37 common connectionfor the sensors. Reassemble the P2 connectorto the ECM. Use the electronic service tool inorder to check the diagnostic codes. Wait at least10 seconds for activation of the “Voltage BelowNormal” diagnostic code.

Note: The “Voltage Above Normal” diagnostic codefor the temperature sensor that is not suspect shouldbecome active when the sensor common connectionis removed from the P2 connector. This code can bedisregarded.

Expected Result:

A “Voltage Below Normal” diagnostic code is activewhen the jumper is installed. A “Voltage AboveNormal” diagnostic code is active when the jumperis removed.

Results:

• OK – Proceed to test step 7.

• Not OK

Repair: The ECM does not operate correctly.

1. Temporarily connect a test ECM.

Note: The test ECM should be programmed with thecorrect software. All parameters should be set to thesame value of the suspect ECM.

2. Remove all jumpers and reconnect allconnectors.

3. If the fault is eliminated with the test ECM,reconnect the suspect ECM and verify that thefault returns.

4. If the fault returns replace the suspect ECM.Refer to Troubleshooting, “Replacing the ECM”.

5. Use the electronic service tool in order to clearall logged diagnostic codes and then verify thatthe repair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

Test Step 7. Bypass The Harness WiringBetween The ECM And The SensorConnector

A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.

B. Disconnect the P2 connector on the ECM harness,and the suspect sensor connector.

C. Remove the sensor signal wire from the P2connector.

D. Remove the signal wire (terminal 1) from thesensor connector on the engine harness.

E. Fabricate a jumper wire that is long enough toreach from the ECM to the sensor connector withsockets on both ends.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 145: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 145Troubleshooting Section

F. Insert one end of the jumper into the ECMconnector. Insert the other end of the jumper intothe sensor connector of the engine harness.

G. Reconnect the connector for the ECM harnessand the sensor connector.

H. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.

I. Use the electronic service tool in order to monitorthe “Active Diagnostic Code” screen for either the“Voltage Above Normal” diagnostic code for thesensor or the “Voltage Below Normal” diagnosticcode for the sensor.

Expected Result:

The diagnostic code disappears when the jumper isinstalled.

Results:

• OK – There is a fault in the wiring harness.

Repair: Perform the following repair:

1. Repair the faulty harness or replace the faultyharness.

2. Clear all diagnostic codes.

3. Use the electronic service tool in order to clearall logged diagnostic codes and then verify thatthe repair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

• Not OK – The fault is intermittent. Proceed to TestStep 8.

Test Step 8. Perform the “Wiggle Test” onthe Perkins Electronic Service Tool (EST)

A. Select the “Wiggle Test” from the diagnostic testson the electronic service tool.

B. Choose the appropriate group of parameters tomonitor.

C. Press the “Start” button. Wiggle the wiring harnessin order to reproduce intermittent faults.

If an intermittent fault exists, the status will behighlighted and an audible beep will be heard.

Expected Result:

No intermittent faults were indicated during the“Wiggle Test”.

Results:

• OK – No intermittent faults were found. Theharness and connectors appear to be OK. If thistest was required as part of another procedure,return to that procedure and continue testing. Ifthis test has resolved the fault, return the engineto service. STOP.

• Not OK – At least one intermittent fault wasindicated.

Repair: Repair the harness or the connector.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

i02657594

Fuel Rail Pump Solenoid - Test

System Operation Description:

Use this procedure to troubleshoot the system whenone of the following diagnostic codes is active oreasily repeated:

• 1779-05 Fuel Rail #1 Pressure Valve Solenoidcurrent below normal

• 1779-06 Fuel Rail #1 Pressure Valve Solenoidcurrent above normal

Note: The fuel rail pump is installed on the engine atthe factory. The fuel rail pump is not serviceable part.The fuel rail pump delivers fuel into the fuel rail atvery high pressure.

Use this procedure to troubleshoot the system whenthere is a active diagnostic code or if a diagnosticcode can easily be activated or when anotherprocedure has directed you here.

The fuel rail pump solenoid is used to control theoutput from the fuel rail pump. The solenoid receivesan electrical supply from the Electronic ControlModule (ECM). The fuel rail pump solenoid is thenenergized when the fuel is required to be pumpedinto the fuel rail. Varying the timing of the voltage tothe solenoid controls the fuel delivery from the fuelrail pump.

When the fuel rail pump solenoid is deactivated, thefuel that is not sent to the fuel rail is returned to thefuel tank.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 146: KENR6933-00

146 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

The fuel rail pump solenoid forms part of the closedloop control system for the fuel rail pressure inconjunction with the fuel rail pressure sensor, ECMand the software. The fuel rail pressure sensormeasures the fuel pressure in the high pressure fuelrail. The fuel rail pressure sensor signal is processedby the ECM and software. The measured pressureis compared to the desired fuel rail pressure for thegiven engine operating conditions.

If the fuel rail pump solenoid fails, it is likely that thefuel will not be pumped into the high pressure fuel railand engine shutdown or failure to start the engine isexpected. No fuel rail pressure can be observed onthe status screen of the electronic service tool.

g01245090Illustration 52

Typical schematic of the circuit for the fuel rail pump solenoid

g01194219Illustration 53Typical view of the P2 ECM pin locations for the electrical power supply circuit(25) Fuel rail pump solenoid PWM signal (26) Fuel rail pump solenoid return

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 147: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 147Troubleshooting Section

Test Step 1. Inspect the ElectricalConnectors and the Harness

Electrical shock hazard. The fuel rail pump sole-noid uses 63 to 73 volts.

A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.

B. Thoroughly inspect the harness connectorP2/J2 and the suspect connector P532. Refer toTroubleshooting, “Electrical Connectors - Inspect”for details.

C. Perform a 45 N (10 lb) pull test on each of thewires in the solenoid connector P532 and theconnector pins 25 and 26 that are associated withthe fuel rail pump solenoid. Refer to illustration 53.

D. Check the harness for abrasions and for pinchpoints from the battery to the ECM. Check theharness for abrasions and for pinch points fromthe key switch to the ECM.

E. Perform a “Wiggle Test” by using the Perkins ESTin order to identify intermittent connections.

Expected Result:

All connectors, pins, and sockets are completelycoupled and/or inserted. The harness is free ofcorrosion, of abrasion, and of pinch points.

Results:

• OK – The connectors and the harness appear tobe OK. Proceed to Test Step 2.

• Not OK – There is a fault with the connectorsand/or the harness.

Repair: Repair the connectors or the harnessand/or replace the connectors or the harness.Ensure that all of the seals are correctly in placeand ensure that the connectors are completelycoupled.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair has eliminated the fault.

STOP.

Test Step 2. Check for Active DiagnosticCodes

A. Connect the electronic service tool to thediagnostic connector.

B. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.

C. Use the electronic service tool to verify if anyof the following diagnostic codes are active orrecently logged:

• 1779-05 Fuel Rail #1 Pressure Valve Solenoidcurrent below normal

• 1779-06 Fuel Rail #1 Pressure Valve Solenoidcurrent above normal

Expected Result:

One or more of the following diagnostic codes areactive or recently logged:

• 1779-05 Fuel Rail #1 Pressure Valve Solenoidcurrent below normal

• 1779-06 Fuel Rail #1 Pressure Valve Solenoidcurrent above normal

Results:

• 1779-05 – Proceed to Test Step 3.

• 1779-06 – Proceed to Test Step 7.

• Not OK – No active diagnostic codes or recentlylogged diagnostic codes are displayed. STOP.

Test Step 3. Check the Harness for anOpen Circuit

A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.

B. Disconnect P2 from the ECM.

C. Measure the resistance between P2:25 and P2:26.

Expected Result:

The nominal resistance is less than 2 Ohms.

Results:

• OK – The harness and the solenoid do not havean open circuit.

Repair: Check the high pressure fuel system forleaks. A mechanical relief valve is installed in thehigh pressure fuel rail. Check that there is no flowof fuel from the mechanical relief valve. Referto Operation and Maintenance Manual, “HighPressure Fuel Lines”.

If the fuel system is Not OK, repair the fuel systemand restart the diagnostic process.

If the fuel system is OK, proceed to Test Step 4.

• Not OK – There is an open circuit. Proceed to TestStep 4.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 148: KENR6933-00

148 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

Test Step 4. Check the Fuel Rail PumpSolenoid for an Open Circuit

A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.

B. Disconnect the fuel rail pump solenoid connectorfrom the fuel rail pump solenoid.

C. Measure the resistance of the fuel rail pumpsolenoid.

Expected Result:

The nominal resistance is less than 1 Ohm.

Results:

• OK – There is an open circuit or there is anexcessive resistance in the harness.

Repair: Repair the connectors or the harnessand/or replace the connectors or the harness.

Ensure that all of the seals are correctly in placeand ensure that all connectors are correctlycoupled.

Use the electronic service tool in order to performthe fuel rail pump solenoid test.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminated the fault.

STOP.

• Not OK – The fuel rail pump solenoid is faulty.

Repair: Temporarily connect a new fuel rail pumpto the harness, but do not install the fuel rail pumpto the engine.

Reconnect the P2 to the ECM. Check the screwfor the ECM connector for the correct torque of5.0 N·m (44 lb in).

Use the electronic service tool in order to performthe fuel rail pump solenoid test.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminated the fault.

If the diagnostic code has been cleared, then installthe new fuel rail pump to the engine. Refer toDisassembly and Assembly Manual, “Fuel InjectionPump- Install”.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

Test Step 5. Check the Fuel Rail PumpSolenoid for a Short Circuit

A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.

B. Disconnect the fuel rail pump solenoid connector.

C. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.

D. Use the electronic service tool in order to performthe fuel rail pump solenoid test.

Expected Result:

A “Current Below Normal” diagnostic code isdisplayed. The “Current Above Normal” diagnosticcode is not displayed.

Results:

• OK – A “Current Below Normal” diagnostic code isdisplayed. The harness has no shorts to supply orground. The fuel rail pump solenoid is faulty.

Repair: Temporarily connect a new fuel rail pumpto the harness, but do not install the fuel rail pumpto the engine.

Reconnect P2 to the ECM. Check the screw for theECM connector for the correct torque of 5.0 N·m(44 lb in).

Use the electronic service tool in order to performthe fuel rail pump solenoid test.

Verify that the repair eliminates the fault.

If the diagnostic code has been cleared, then installthe new fuel rail pressure pump to the engine.Refer to Disassembly and Assembly, “ElectricalConnectors - Inspect”.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

• Not OK – The harness is a short circuit or the ECMis a short circuit. Proceed to Test Step 6.

Test Step 6. Check the Fuel Rail PumpSolenoid Harness for a Short Circuit

A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 149: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 149Troubleshooting Section

B. Disconnect the P532 connector from the fuel railpump solenoid.

C. Disconnect the P2 connector from the ECM.

D. Measure the resistance between P2:26 and P2:25.

E. Measure the resistance between P2:25 andvoltage +.

F. Measure the resistance between P2:25 and thevoltage (-).

G. Measure the resistance between P2:26 andvoltage +.

H. Measure the resistance between P2:26 andvoltage (-).

Expected Result:

The resistance is greater than 20,000 Ohms.

Results:

• OK – The harness has no short circuit to supplyor ground. The ECM is suspect. Proceed to TestStep 7.

• Not OK – The harness has a short circuit.

Repair: Repair the harness and connectors orreplace the faulty harness and connectors.

Connect the P532 connector to the fuel rail pumpsolenoid.

Connect the P2 connector to the ECM.

Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.

Use the Perkins EST in order to perform the fuelrail pump solenoid test.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair has eliminated the fault.

STOP.

Test Step 7. Check the ECM and theHarness

A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.

B. Disconnect the P532 connector from the fuel railpump solenoid.

C. Insert a jumper wire across P532.

D. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.

E. Use the electronic service tool in order to performthe fuel rail pump solenoid test.

F. Use the electronic service tool in order to monitorthe status screen.

Expected Result:

A 1779-06 diagnostic code is displayed.

Results:

• OK – The ECM and the ECM connections function.The solenoid is not an open circuit. Recheck thediagnostic codes. Proceed to Test Step 5.

• Not OK – The ECM is suspect. Proceed to TestStep 8.

Test Step 8. Check the ECM Function

A. Temporarily connect a test ECM. The test ECMshould be programmed with the correct software.All parameters should be set to the same value ofthe suspect ECM.

B. Replace all connectors.

C. Connect the electronic service tool to thediagnostic connector.

D. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.

E. Use the electronic service tool in order to monitorthe status screen.

F. Use the electronic service tool in order to performthe fuel rail pump solenoid test.

G. Monitor the status screen on the electronic servicetool.

Expected Result:

The fault is eliminated.

Results:

• OK – If the fault is eliminated with the test ECM,reconnect the suspect ECM. If the fault returnswith the suspect ECM, replace the ECM. Use theelectronic service tool in order to clear all loggeddiagnostic codes and then verify that the repaireliminates the fault. STOP.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 150: KENR6933-00

150 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

i02659963

Ignition Keyswitch Circuit andBattery Supply Circuit - Test

System Operation Description:

This procedure tests that the correct voltage is beingsupplied to the Electronic Control Module (ECM).

Use this procedure to troubleshoot the system whenone of the following diagnostic codes is active oreasily repeated:

• 0168-00 Electrical System Voltage high

• 0168-01 Electrical System Voltage low

• 0168-02 Electrical System Voltage erratic,intermittent, or incorrect

• 1834-02 Ignition Keyswitch loss of signal

The ECM receives electrical power (batteryvoltage) through the wiring that is supplied by themanufacturer of the application. Unswitched batteryvoltage is supplied through P1: 7, 8, 15, 16. Thenegative battery is supplied through P1: 1, 2, 3, 9, 10.The ECM receives the input from the keyswitch atP1:40 when the keyswitch is in the ON position or inthe START position. When the ECM detects batteryvoltage at this input, the ECM will power up. Whenbattery voltage is removed from this input, the ECMwill power down.

The cause of an intermittent power supply to theECM can occur on either the positive side or on thenegative side of the battery circuit. The connectionsfor the unswitched battery+ may be routed through adedicated protection device (circuit breaker).

Some applications may be equipped with anengine protection shutdown system or an idle timershutdown system that interrupts electrical powerto the keyswitch. The engine protection shutdownsystem can be an aftermarket device and the idletimer shutdown system can be external to the ECM.Some of these systems will not supply power to theECM until one of the following conditions is met:

• The engine is cranked.

• The engine oil pressure achieves acceptable limits.

• An override button is pressed.

Keep in mind that these devices may be the cause ofintermittent power to the ECM. These devices mayalso shut down the engine.

Usually, battery power to the diagnostic connectoris available and the battery power to the data linkconnector is independent of the keyswitch. Therefore,you will be able to power up the electronic servicetool, but you may not be able to communicate withthe engine ECM. The engine ECM requires thekeyswitch to be in the ON position in order to maintaincommunications. The ECM may power down a shorttime after connecting the electronic service tool if thekeyswitch is in the OFF position. This is normal.

For intermittent faults such as intermittent shutdownsthat could be caused by the application wiring,temporarily bypassing the application wiring may bean effective means of determining the root cause. Ifthe symptoms disappear with the bypass wiring, theapplication wiring is the cause of the fault. A meansof bypassing the application wiring is explained inthis test procedure. This is especially important forapplications that do not provide dedicated circuitsfor the unswitched battery and the connections forthe keyswitch.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 151: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 151Troubleshooting Section

g01245123Illustration 54

Schematic for the ignition keyswitch and battery supply circuit

g01193796Illustration 55Typical rear view of the pin locations for the ignition keyswitch and battery supply circuit

(1) Battery ground (GND)(2) Battery ground (GND)(3) Battery ground (GND)(7) Battery (+)

(8) Battery (+)(9) Battery ground (GND)(10) Battery ground (GND)(15) Battery ground (+)

(16) Battery ground (+)(40) Ignition key switch

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 152: KENR6933-00

152 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

Test Step 1. Inspect Electrical Connectorsand Wiring

A. Thoroughly inspect the P1 connector, the batteryconnections and the connections to the keyswitch.Refer to Troubleshooting, “Electrical Connectors -Inspect” for details.

B. Perform a 45 N (10 lb) pull test on each of thewires in the ECM connector that are associatedwith the following connections:

• P1: 7, 8, 15, 16 (Unswitched Battery+)

• P1: 1, 2, 3, 9, 10 (Battery-)

• P1:40 (keyswitch)

C. Use the electronic service tool to perform a“Wiggle Test”. Special attention must be paid tothe following connections:

• P1: 7, 8, 15, 16

• P1: 1, 2, 3, 9, 10

• P1:40

D. Check the ECM connector for the correct torqueof 5.0 N·m (44 lb in).

E. Check the harness for abrasion and for pinchpoints from the battery to the ECM, and from thekeyswitch to the ECM.

Expected Result:

All connectors, pins and sockets are completelycoupled and/or inserted and the harness is free ofcorrosion, of abrasion or of pinch points.

Results:

• OK – The harness and connectors appear to beOK. Proceed to Test Step 2.

• Not OK – There is a fault with the connectorsand/or the harness.

Repair: Repair the connectors or the harness orreplace the connectors or the harness. Ensure thatall of the seals are correctly installed and ensurethat the connectors are completely coupled.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

Test Step 2. Check for Active DiagnosticCodes or Logged Diagnostic Codes

A. Connect the electronic service tool to thediagnostic connector.

B. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.

C. Monitor the active diagnostic code screen onthe electronic service tool. Check and recordany active diagnostic codes or logged diagnosticcodes.

Note: Wait at least 30 seconds in order for thediagnostic codes to become active.

Expected Result:

One of the following diagnostic codes is active orlogged:

• 168-0 Electrical System Voltage high

• 168-1 Electrical System Voltage low

• 168-2 Electrical System Voltage erratic,intermittent, or incorrect

• 1834-2 Ignition Keyswitch loss of signal

Note: Diagnostic code 1834-2 can be generatedby rapidly cycling the keyswitch. If diagnostic code1834-2 is logged but not active, this may be thecause.

Results:

• OK – A 168 or a 1834-02 diagnostic code is activeor logged. Proceed to Test Step 3.

• Not OK – No diagnostic code is active.

Repair: The fault is no longer present. If the faultis intermittent, refer to Troubleshooting, “ElectricalConnectors - Inspect”.

STOP.

Test Step 3. Check the Battery Voltage atthe ECM Connector

A. Disconnect the connector P1 from the ECMconnector.

B. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.

C. Measure the voltage between P1:7 (UnswitchedBattery+) and P1:1 (Battery-).

D. Measure the voltage between P1:8 (UnswitchedBattery+) and P1:2 (Battery-).

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 153: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 153Troubleshooting Section

E. Measure the voltage between P1:15 (UnswitchedBattery+) and P1:9 (Battery-).

F. Measure the voltage between P1:16 (UnswitchedBattery+) and P1:10 (Battery-).

G. Measure the voltage between P1:40 (keyswitch)and P1:3 (Battery-).

H. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.

Expected Result:

For 12 Volt systems, the measured voltage is aconstant 11.0 to 13.5 Volts DC with no suspectedintermittent faults at this time.

For 24 Volt systems, the measured voltage is aconstant 22.0 to 27.0 Volts DC with no suspectedintermittent faults at this time.

Results:

• OK – The ECM is receiving the correct voltage.

Repair: If an intermittent condition is suspected,refer to Troubleshooting, “Electrical Connectors -Inspect”.

STOP.

• Not OK – The ECM is not receiving the correctvoltage.

Repair: Check for continuity in the harness forthe keyswitch from P1:40 through the keyswitchcircuit to the batteries. Check the circuit protectionfor the circuit. Refer to the service manual for theinstructions on troubleshooting the circuit for thekeyswitch.

For intermittent problems such as intermittentshutdowns that could be caused by the applicationwiring, temporarily bypassing the application wiringmay be an effective means of determining the rootcause.

Proceed to Test Step 5.

• Not OK – No voltage is present on P1: 7, 8, 15, 16.

Repair: Check for continuity in the harness for theunswitched Battery+ from the ECM to the batteries.Check the circuit protection for the circuit. Checkfor continuity in the harness for the Battery- fromthe ECM to the batteries.

For intermittent faults such as intermittentshutdowns that could be caused by the applicationwiring, temporarily bypassing the application wiringmay be an effective means of determining the rootcause.

Proceed to Test Step 5.

• Not OK – The battery voltage is out of limits.Proceed to Test Step 4.

Test Step 4. Check the Batteries

A. Measure the no-load battery voltage at the batteryterminals.

B. Load test the batteries. Use a suitable batteryload tester.

Expected Result:

The batteries pass the load test. For 12 Volt systems,the measured voltage is at least 11.0 Volts DC. For24 Volt systems, the measured voltage is at least22.0 Volts DC.

Results:

• OK – The batteries pass the load test. For 12Volt systems, the measured voltage is at least11.0 Volts DC. For 24 Volt systems, the measuredvoltage is at least 22.0 Volts DC.

Repair: Refer to the service manual for theapplication for instructions on troubleshooting theapplication harness. Troubleshoot the applicationharness and repair the application harness, asrequired.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepairs eliminate the fault.

STOP.

• Not OK – The batteries do not pass the load test.For 12 Volt systems, the measured voltage isless than 11.0 Volts DC. For 24 Volt systems, themeasured voltage is less than 22.0 Volts DC.

Repair: Recharge or replace the faulty batteries.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 154: KENR6933-00

154 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

Test Step 5. Bypass the ApplicationHarness

Batteries give off flammable fumes which can ex-plode.

To avoid injury or death, do not strike a match,cause a spark, or smoke in the vicinity of a battery.

NOTICEDo not connect the bypass harness to the battery un-til all of the in-line fuses have been removed from theBattery+ line. If the fuses are not removed before con-nection to the battery, a spark may result.

Note: The bypass harness is only for testapplications. This bypass harness must be removedbefore the application is released to the customer.The bypass harness can be used in order todetermine if the cause of the intermittent fault is aninterruption in battery power to the ECM or to thekeyswitch circuit.

g01245124Illustration 56

Schematic for the bypass application harness

A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.

B. Disconnect the P1 connector from the ECMconnector.

C. Connect a bypass harness to the ECM.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 155: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 155Troubleshooting Section

D. Remove the fuses from the Battery+ wire of thebypass harness and connect the Battery+ and theBattery- wires directly to the battery terminals.

Note: This bypass directly connects the circuit for thekeyswitch to the ECM. The ECM will remain powereduntil the connection to the unswitched battery+ lineis disconnected. Remove the fuses from the in-linefuse holder to power down the ECM. Do not connectthe bypass to the battery terminals or do not removethe bypass from the battery terminals without firstremoving the in-line fuses.

E. Connect the electronic service tool to thediagnostic connector of the bypass harness andverify that communication can be established.

Note: Remove the bypass harness and restore allwiring to the original condition after testing.

Expected Result:

Installing the bypass eliminates the fault.

Note: The status of the “Ignition Keyswitch” willalways indicate ON while the bypass harness isinstalled.

Results:

• OK – The symptom disappears when the bypassharness is installed. The symptom returns whenthe bypass harness is removed. The fault is in thewiring for the application that supplies power tothe ECM. Check for aftermarket engine protectionswitches that interrupt power. Send the applicationto the OEM dealer to repair. STOP.

• Not OK – The symptom is still present when thebypass harness is installed.

Repair: Connect the bypass to another battery andverify if the fault is resolved. If the fault is resolved,the fault is with the batteries on the application.

If the fault still exists, temporarily connect atest ECM. Remove all jumpers and replaceall connectors. Recheck the system for activediagnostic codes and repeat the Test Step. If thefault is resolved with the test ECM, reconnect thesuspect ECM. If the fault returns with the suspectECM, replace the ECM.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

i02660145

Indicator Lamp Circuit - Test

System Operation Description:

Use this procedure under the following circumstances:

• The lamps are not receiving battery voltage.

• The lamps are not operating correctly.

Also, use this procedure if another procedure hasdirected you here.

The following diagnostic lamps are available:

• Power Take Off (PTO) lamp

• Stop lamp

• Warning lamp

• Cold start (wait to start lamp)

• Low oil pressure lamp

The electronic service tool can be used as adiagnostic aid in order to switch the individual lampsON and OFF.

Note: The diagnostic function that switches thelamps is contained in the “Override” section in the“Diagnostics” menu of the electronic service tool.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 156: KENR6933-00

156 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

g01336446Illustration 57

Typical schematic of the indicator lamp circuit

g01176466Illustration 58Typical example of the P1 OEM connector pin locations(1) Ground(2) Ground(3) Ground(9) Ground(10) Ground

(7) Battery+(8) Battery+(15) Battery+(16) Battery+(40) Keyswitch

(59) Warning lamp(60) Stop lamp(61) PTO lamp(62) Low oil pressure lamp(63) Cold start lamp

Test Step 1. Inspect Electrical Connectorsand Wiring

A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.

B. Thoroughly inspect P1 OEM connector and thelamp connections. Refer to Troubleshooting,“Electrical Connectors - Inspect” for details.

C. Perform a 45 N (10 lb) pull test on each ofthe wires in the customer connector and theElectronic Control Module (ECM) connector that isassociated with the diagnostic lamp.

D. Check the screw for the P1 OEM connector for thecorrect torque of 5.0 N·m (44 lb in).

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 157: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 157Troubleshooting Section

E. Check the harness for abrasions and for pinchpoints from the battery to the ECM.

Results:

• OK – Proceed to Test Step 2.

• Not OK

Repair: Repair the connectors or the harness orreplace the connectors or the harness. Ensure thatall of the seals are correctly installed and ensurethat the connectors are completely coupled.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

Test Step 2. Inspect the Lamp, the Fuse,and the Power Supply

A. Disconnect the lamp from the harness. Inspect thelamp in order to determine if the lamp has failed.

B. Measure the resistance across the two terminalsof the lamp. If the resistance is more than 2000Ohms, the bulb has failed.

C. Check the battery by connecting a test lampacross the terminal of the battery.

Expected Result:

The lamp has less than 2000 Ohms and the powersupply is OK.

Results:

• OK – The lamp appears to be operating correctlyat this time. Proceed to Test Step 3.

• Not OK

Repair: Replace the suspect component or repairthe suspect component.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepairs have eliminated the fault.

STOP.

Test Step 3. Measure the Input to theLamp at the Lamp Socket

A. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.

B. Use the electronic service tool to select the“Override” function in order to switch individuallamps ON and OFF.

Note: The “Override” function is contained in the“Diagnostics” menu of the electronic service tool.

C. Measure the voltage at the lamp socket.

Expected Result:

The voltage should be between 12.0 Volts DC and24.0 Volts DC.

Results:

• OK – The voltage is between 12.0 Volts DC and24.0 Volts DC.

Repair: Replace the bulb.

Verify that the repair eliminates the fault.

If the fault persists, measure the resistance acrossthe 2 terminals of the lamp. If the resistance ismore than 2000 Ohms, the replacement bulb hasfailed. Replace the bulb and repeat the test.

If the fault persists, proceed to Test Step 4.

• Not OK – The voltage is not in the range that isexpected. Proceed to Test Step 5.

Test Step 4. Test the Individual LampCircuits

A. Disconnect the P1 connector.

B. Temporarily disconnect the wire from the P1connector socket that supplies the suspect lamp.

C. By using a jumper wire, connect the removed wireto the battery-.

D. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position and observethe lamp.

Expected Result:

The diagnostic lamp turns ON while the jumper isconnected. Also, the diagnostic lamp turns OFFwhen the jumper is removed.

Results:

• OK – The circuit for the diagnostic lamp isfunctioning correctly. Proceed to Test Step 5.

• Not OK – The lamp did not turn ON. The lampcircuit is not functioning correctly. There is a fault inthe harness between the lamp and the ECM.

Repair: Repair the lamp circuit.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 158: KENR6933-00

158 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminated the fault.

STOP.

Test Step 5. Check the Voltage at the ECM

A. Disconnect the P1 connector.

B. Temporarily disconnect the wire from the P1connector that supplies the suspect lamp.

C. Fabricate the jumper wire with a suitable pin forthe P1 connector.

D. Install one end of the jumper wire into the P1connector that supplies the suspect lamp. Connecta test lamp between the battery+ and the jumperwire.

E. Reinstall the P1 connector to the ECM.

F. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. Use theelectronic service tool to select the overridefunction in order to switch individual lamps ONand OFF.

Note: The “Override” function is contained in the“Diagnostics” menu of the electronic service tool.

Expected Result:

The lamp should illuminate.

Results:

• OK – The ECM is operating correctly.There is a fault in the wiring or the lamp.Repair the wiring or the lamp, as required.Verify that the repair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

• Not OK – There is a suspected fault in the ECM.

Repair: Perform the following procedure:

1. Temporarily connect a test ECM.

2. Program the ECM with the same parametersas the suspect ECM.

3. Check the operation of the diagnostic lampwhen the test ECM is installed.

4. If the fault is resolved with the test ECM, thenreconnect the suspect ECM.

5. If the fault returns with the suspect ECM, thenreplace the suspect ECM.

STOP.

i02755811

Injector Data Incorrect - Test

System Operation Description:

Use this procedure under the following situation:

Use this procedure for any of the following diagnosticcodes:

• 0001-02 Cylinder #1 Injector erratic, intermittent,or incorrect

• 0002-02 Cylinder #2 Injector erratic, intermittent,or incorrect

• 0003-02 Cylinder #3 Injector erratic, intermittent,or incorrect

• 0004-02 Cylinder #4 Injector erratic, intermittent,or incorrect

• 0005-02 Cylinder #5 Injector erratic, intermittent,or incorrect

• 0006-02 Cylinder #6 Injector erratic, intermittent,or incorrect

The following background information is relatedto this procedure:

The engine has electronic unit injectors that areelectronically controlled by the Electronic ControlModule (ECM). The ECM sends a 70 Volt pulseto each injector solenoid. The pulse is sent at thecorrect time and for the correct duration for a givenengine load and engine speed. Use this procedureto identify the cause of the diagnostic code. Use thisprocedure to repair the system.

If an injector is replaced, then the correct injectortrim files must be programmed into the ECM. Theinjector trim files allow each individual injector to befine tuned for optimum performance. The ECM willgenerate the following diagnostic code if the injectortrim files are not programmed:

• 0268-02 Programmed Parameter Fault erratic,intermittent, or incorrect

Refer to Troubleshooting, “Injector Trim File” forfurther information.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 159: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 159Troubleshooting Section

If the ECM is replaced then the replacementECM must be correctly programmed. Refer toTroubleshooting, “Replacing the ECM” for furtherinformation.

Use the electronic service tool in order to perform the“Fuel System Verification Test”. The “Fuel SystemVerification Test” is used to check that the systemoperates correctly after a repair has been made.

g01336666Illustration 59Typical example of the electronic unit injector

Test Step 1. Check for Diagnostic CodesThat Are Related to this Procedure

A. Connect the electronic service tool to thediagnostic connector.

B. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.

C. Check for logged diagnostic codes that are relatedto this procedure.

D. Make a note of the logged diagnostic codes.

Expected Result:

Expected Result 1

One or more of the following diagnostic codes arelogged:

• 1-2 Cylinder #1 Injector erratic, intermittent, orincorrect

• 2-2 Cylinder #2 Injector erratic, intermittent, orincorrect

• 3-2 Cylinder #3 Injector erratic, intermittent, orincorrect

• 4-2 Cylinder #4 Injector erratic, intermittent, orincorrect

• 5-2 Cylinder #5 Injector erratic, intermittent, orincorrect

• 6-2 Cylinder #6 Injector erratic, intermittent, orincorrect

Expected Result 2

On four cylinder engines, two injectors that share acommon supply indicate a diagnostic code.

Note: Injectors 1 and 4 share a common injectordriver circuit in the ECM. Injectors 2 and 3 share acommon driver circuit in the ECM. If two injectors thatshare a common supply indicate a diagnostic codethen this is probably caused by a faulty ECM.

On six cylinder engines, three injectors that share acommon supply indicate a diagnostic code.

Note: Injectors 1, 2 and 3 share a common injectordriver circuit in the ECM. Injectors 4, 5 and 6 share acommon driver circuit in the ECM. If three injectorsthat share a common supply indicate a diagnosticcode then this is probably caused by a faulty ECM.

Results:

• OK – Result 1 One or more diagnostic codes arelogged. Proceed to Test Step 2.

• OK – Result 2 On four cylinder engines, twoinjectors that share a common supply indicate adiagnostic code. On six cylinder engines, threeinjectors that share a common supply indicate adiagnostic code. Proceed to Test Step 3.

• Not OK – No related diagnostic codes are logged.STOP.

Test Step 2. Check the Faulty CylinderNumbers

A. Use the electronic service tool in order to make anote of the logged diagnostic codes.

B. Use the noted diagnostic codes in order to checkthe cylinders for faulty injectors.

Expected Result:

The diagnostic codes indicate the cylinder numbersthat have faulty injectors.

Results:

• OK – No related diagnostic codes are logged.STOP.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 160: KENR6933-00

160 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

• Not OK – The diagnostic codes indicate thecylinder numbers that have faulty injectors.

Repair: Replace the faulty injectors.

Use the electronic service tool in order to programthe replacement injector trim files . Refer toTroubleshooting, “Injector Trim File” for furtherinformation.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear thelogged codes.

Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.

Start the engine.

Use the electronic service tool in order to performthe “Fuel System Verification Test”. If the cylindersindicate “PASS”, then the fault has been cleared.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

Test Step 3. Check the ECM

A. Temporarily connect a test ECM.

Note: The test ECM must be correctly programmed.Refer to Troubleshooting, “Replacing the ECM”.

B. Use the electronic service tool in order to performthe “Fuel System Verification Test”. Verify that thetest eliminates the fault.

Note: The “Fuel System Verification Test” will indicateif the cylinder has a “Pass” or “Fail”. If the cylindersindicate “Pass” then the fault has been cleared.

C. If the test ECM eliminates the fault, reconnect thesuspect ECM.

D. Use the electronic service tool in order to performthe “Fuel System Verification Test”.

Expected Result:

The test ECM clears the fault. Using the electronicservice tool in order to perform the “Fuel SystemVerification Test” with the suspect ECM indicates a“FAIL” condition.

Results:

• OK – The test ECM eliminates the fault and thesuspect ECM indicates a “FAIL” condition. Replacethe faulty ECM. Use the electronic service tool inorder to clear all logged diagnostic codes and thenverify that the repair eliminates the fault. STOP.

• Not OK – The test ECM did not eliminate the fault.Carefully repeat this procedure from Test Step 1.

i02755837

Injector Solenoid Circuit - Test

System Operation Description:

Use this procedure to troubleshoot any suspectedfaults with the injector solenoids.

Use this procedure for the following diagnostic codes:

• 0001-05 Cylinder #1 Injector current below normal

• 0001-06 Cylinder #1 Injector current above normal

• 0002-05 Cylinder #2 Injector current below normal

• 0002-06 Cylinder #2 Injector current above normal

• 0003-05 Cylinder #3 Injector current below normal

• 0003-06 Cylinder #3 Injector current above normal

• 0004-05 Cylinder #4 Injector current below normal

• 0004-06 Cylinder #4 Injector current above normal

• 0005-05 Cylinder #5 Injector current below normal

• 0005-06 Cylinder #5 Injector current above normal

• 0006-05 Cylinder #6 Injector current below normal

• 0006-06 Cylinder #6 Injector current above normal

Perform this procedure under conditions that areidentical to the conditions that exist when the faultoccurs. Typically, faults with the injector solenoidoccur when the engine is warmed up and/or whenthe engine is under vibration (heavy loads).

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 161: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 161Troubleshooting Section

These engines have Electronic Unit Injectors (EUI)that are mechanically actuated and electronicallycontrolled. The Electronic Control Module (ECM)sends a pulse to each injector solenoid. The pulse issent at the correct time and at the correct durationfor a given engine load and speed. The solenoid ismounted on top of the fuel injector body.

If an open circuit is detected in the solenoid, adiagnostic code is generated. The ECM continues totry to fire the injector. If a short circuit is detected, adiagnostic code is generated. The ECM will disablethe solenoid circuit. The ECM will periodically tryto fire the injector. If the short circuit remains, thissequence of events will be repeated until the faultis corrected.

“Injector Solenoid Test”

Use the “Injector Solenoid Test” on the electronicservice tool to aid in diagnosing an open circuit ora short circuit diagnostic code while the engine isnot running. The “Injector Solenoid Test” will senda signal to each solenoid. The electronic servicetool will indicate the status of the solenoid as “OK”,“Open”, or “Short”.

Note: On six cylinder engines, the use of a sharedsupply will mean that a short circuit in the wire that isused as a supply for the injector solenoid will causethree cylinders to have diagnostic codes.

g01336666Illustration 60Typical example of the fuel injector

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 162: KENR6933-00

162 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

g01336711Illustration 61

Schematic for the injector solenoid circuit for the 1106C Genset

g01171366Illustration 62P2 pin connections for the 1106C Genset(57) Injector Cylinder (Number 1)(35) Injector Cylinder (Number 1 Return)(58) Injector Cylinder (Number 2)(34) Injector Cylinder (Number 2 Return)

(59) Injector Cylinder (Number 3)(33) Injector Cylinder (Number 3 Return)(64) Injector Cylinder (Number 4)(8) Injector Cylinder (Number 4 Return)

(63) Injector Cylinder (Number 5)(7) Injector Cylinder (Number 5 Return)(62) Injector Cylinder (Number 6)(6) Injector Cylinder (Number 6 Return)

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 163: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 163Troubleshooting Section

g01245543Illustration 63Typical example of the fuel injector harness connector

g01245544Illustration 64

Typical example of the connector on the valve mechanism cover

Test Step 1. Inspect Electrical Connectorsand Wiring

Electrical shock hazard. The electronic unit injec-tor system uses 67-73 volts.

A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. A strongelectrical shock hazard is present if the keyswitchis not turned OFF.

B. Thoroughly inspect connector P2. Thoroughlyinspect the connectors at the valve cover base.Refer to Troubleshooting, “Electrical Connectors -Inspect” for details.

C. Perform a 45 N (10 lb) pull test on each of thewires in the ECM connector that are associatedwith injector solenoids.

D. Check the screw for the ECM connector for thecorrect torque of 5.0 N·m (44 lb in).

E. Check the harness and wiring for abrasion and forpinch points from the injectors to the ECM.

Expected Result:

All connectors, pins, and sockets are completelycoupled and/or inserted and the harness is free ofcorrosion, of abrasion and of pinch points.

Results:

• OK – The harness is OK. Proceed to Test Step 2.

• Not OK – There is a fault in the connectors and/orthe harness.

Repair: Repair the connectors or the harness orreplace the connectors or the harness. Ensure thatall of the seals are correctly installed and ensurethat the connectors are completely coupled.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 164: KENR6933-00

164 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

Test Step 2. Check for Logged DiagnosticCodes that are Related to the InjectorSolenoids

A. Connect the electronic service tool to thediagnostic connector.

B. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.

C. Check for logged diagnostic codes that are relatedto the injector solenoids on the electronic servicetool.

Expected Result:

One or more diagnostic codes that are related to theinjector solenoids have been logged:

• 1-5 Cylinder #1 Injector current below normal

• 1-6 Cylinder #1 Injector current above normal

• 2-5 Cylinder #2 Injector current below normal

• 2-6 Cylinder #2 Injector current above normal

• 3-5 Cylinder #3 Injector current below normal

• 3-6 Cylinder #3 Injector current above normal

• 4-5 Cylinder #4 Injector current below normal

• 4-6 Cylinder #4 Injector current above normal

• 5-5 Cylinder #5 Injector current below normal

• 5-6 Cylinder #5 Injector current above normal

• 6-5 Cylinder #6 Injector current below normal

• 6-6 Cylinder #6 Injector current above normal

Results:

• OK – One or more diagnostic codes have beenlogged. Proceed to Test Step 3.

• Not OK – No diagnostic codes have been logged.Proceed to Test Step 4.

Test Step 3. Use the “Injector SolenoidTest”

A. Start the engine.

B. Allow the engine to warm up to the normaloperating temperature.

C. Stop the engine.

D. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.

E. Access the “Injector Solenoid Test” by accessingthe following display screens in order:

• “Diagnostics”

• “Diagnostic Tests”

• “Injector Solenoid Test”

F. Activate the test.

Note: Do not confuse the “Injector Solenoid Test”with the “Cylinder Cutout Test”. The “Cylinder CutoutTest” is used to shut off fuel to a specific cylinderwhile the engine is running. The “Injector SolenoidTest” is used to actuate the injector solenoids whilethe engine is not running. This allows the click of theinjector solenoids to be heard while the engine is offin order to determine that the circuit is functioningcorrectly.

G. As each solenoid is energized by the ECM, anaudible click can be heard at the valve cover.

Expected Result:

All cylinders indicate “OK”.

Results:

• OK – There is not an electronic fault with theinjectors at this time.

Repair: If the “Injector Solenoid Test” returned a“Not OK” for any injector, refer to Troubleshooting,“Engine Misfires, Runs Rough or Is Unstable”.

STOP.

• Open – Note the cylinders that indicate “Open”.Proceed to Test Step 5.

• Short – Note the cylinders that indicate “Short”.Proceed to Test Step 4.

Test Step 4. Check the Variation of theInjectors between Cylinders

A. Start the engine.

B. Allow the engine to warm up to normal operatingtemperature.

C. After the engine is warmed to operatingtemperature, access the “Cylinder Cutout Test” byaccessing the following display screens in order:

• “Diagnostics”

• “Diagnostic Tests”

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 165: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 165Troubleshooting Section

• “Cylinder Cutout Test”

D. Select the start button at the bottom of the screenfor the cylinder cutout test on the electronicservice tool.

E. Select the “Cylinder Cutout Test”.

F. Follow the instructions that are provided in thecylinder cutout test. The cylinder cutout tests areinteractive so the procedure is guided to the finish.

Note: The “Manual Cylinder Cutout Test” is alsoavailable. Access the manual test by selecting the“Change” button on the screen for the cylinder cutouttest. The “Cylinder Cutout Test” is the recommendedstarting procedure. The automated tests run twicecollecting data. The two sets of data are analyzedand an “OK” or “Not OK” result is displayed.

G. Check for active diagnostic codes and for loggeddiagnostic codes that are related to the injectorsolenoids.

Expected Result:

All cylinders indicate “OK” on the electronic servicetool.

Results:

• OK – All cylinders indicate “OK”.

Repair: If the engine is misfiring or if theengine has low power, refer to Troubleshooting,“Engine Misfires, Runs Rough or Is Unstable”and Troubleshooting, “Low Power/Poor or NoResponse to Throttle”.

If a diagnostic code results from running thecylinder cutout test, proceed to Test Step 5.

• Not OK – One or more cylinders displayed “NotOK” during the test. Proceed to Test Step 5.

Test Step 5. Check the Harness betweenthe ECM and the Valve Cover Base for anOpen Circuit

Electrical shock hazard. The electronic unit injec-tor system uses 67-73 volts.

A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. A strongelectrical shock hazard is present if the keyswitchis not turned OFF.

B. Disconnect the connectors from the valve coverbase.

C. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.

D. Fabricate a jumper wire 100 mm (4 inch) long withterminals on both ends of the wire.

E. Insert one end of the jumper wire into the terminalfor the suspect injector’s supply. Insert the otherend of the jumper wire into the terminal for thesuspect injector’s return circuit.

F. Perform the “Injector Solenoid Test” at least twotimes.

G. Repeat this test for each suspect injector. Stopthe “Injector Solenoid Test” before handling thejumper wires.

Expected Result:

The electronic service tool displays “Current AboveNormal” for the cylinder with the jumper wire.

Results:

• OK – The harness between the ECM and thevalve cover base is OK. Proceed to Test Step 6.

• Not OK – There is a fault between the ECM andthe valve cover base. Proceed to Test Step 7.

Test Step 6. Check the Injector HarnessUnder the Valve Cover

Electrical shock hazard. The electronic unit injec-tor system uses 67-73 volts.

A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. A strongelectrical shock hazard is present if the keyswitchis not turned OFF.

B. Remove the valve cover.

C. On six cylinder engines, disconnect the harnessfrom the suspect injector. Disconnect the harnessfrom the injectors that share the same supplycircuit as the suspect injector.

Note: On six cylinder engines, injectors 1, 2, and 3share a common injector driver circuit in the ECM.Injectors 4, 5, and 6 share a common injector drivercircuit in the ECM. If the three injectors that share acommon supply indicate “Open Circuit” fault codes,the open circuit is probably caused by a faulty ECM.

D.

E. Thoroughly clean the terminals on the injectorsand on the harness connectors.

F. Exchange the harness between two of theinjectors that share the common driver.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 166: KENR6933-00

166 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

G. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.

H. Perform the “Injector Solenoid Test” at least twotimes.

Expected Result:

Exchanging the harness between the two injectorscaused the fault to move to the other injector.

Results:

• OK – There is a fault with the injector harnessunder the valve cover.

Repair: Repair the injector harness or replace theinjector harness under the valve cover.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

• Not OK – The injector may be faulty.

Repair: Replace the faulty injector. Refer toDisassembly and Assembly, “Electronic UnitInjectors - Remove” and Disassembly andAssembly, “Electronic Unit Injectors - Install”.

Restore the wiring to the correct injectors.

Perform the “Injector Solenoid Test”.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

Test Step 7. Check the ECM for an OpenCircuit

Electrical shock hazard. The electronic unit injec-tor system uses 67-73 volts.

A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. A strongelectrical shock hazard is present if the keyswitchis not turned OFF.

B. Disconnect connector P2 from the ECM.

C. Remove the supply wire and the return wire forthe suspect injector from connector P2. Install ajumper wire into connector P2 in order to providea short between the supply and the return of thesuspect injector.

D. Reinstall connector P2 to the ECM.

E. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.

F. Perform the “Injector Solenoid Test” at least twotimes.

Expected Result:

The electronic service tool displays “Current AboveNormal” for the cylinder with the jumper wire.

Note: On six cylinder engines, shorting a sharedsupply will affect the status of three injectors. Ignorethe status of the other injectors that are on the sharedsupply.

Results:

• OK – The ECM is OK.

Repair: On six cylinder engines, if the threeinjectors that share a supply indicate “Open Circuit”fault codes, the open circuit is probably caused bya faulty ECM.

Repair the engine harness or replace the engineharness, as required.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

• Not OK – There may be a fault with the ECM.

Repair: Temporarily connect a test ECM.

Remove the jumper wire from connector P2 andreinstall the injector wires.

Perform the “Injector Solenoid Test”.

If the test ECM fixes the fault, reconnect thesuspect ECM.

If the fault returns with the suspect ECM, replacethe ECM. Refer to the Troubleshooting Guide,“Replacing the ECM”.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 167: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 167Troubleshooting Section

Test Step 8. Check the Harness betweenthe ECM and the Valve Cover Base for aShort Circuit

Electrical shock hazard. The electronic unit injec-tor system uses 67-73 volts.

A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. A strongelectrical shock hazard is present if the keyswitchis not turned OFF.

B. Disconnect the connectors from the valve coverbase.

C. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.

D. Perform the “Injector Solenoid Test” at least twotimes.

Expected Result:

All cylinders indicate “Current Below Normal”.

Results:

• OK – All cylinders indicate “Current BelowNormal”. Proceed to Test Step 10.

• Not OK – One or more cylinders indicate “CurrentAbove Normal”. Note the cylinders that indicate“Current Above Normal”. Proceed to Test Step 9.

Test Step 9. Check the ECM for a ShortCircuit

Electrical shock hazard. The electronic unit injec-tor system uses 67-73 volts.

A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. A strongelectrical shock hazard is present if the keyswitchis not turned OFF.

B. Disconnect connector P2 from the ECM and checkfor evidence of moisture entry.

C. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.

D. Perform the “Injector Solenoid Test” at least twotimes.

Expected Result:

All cylinders indicate “Current Below Normal” whenconnector P2 is disconnected from the ECM.

Note: When the engine harness is disconnected,all of the diagnostic codes for supply voltage to thesensors will be active. This is normal. Clear all of thelogged diagnostic codes after completing this teststep.

Results:

• OK – The short circuit is in the engine harness.

Repair: The fault is most likely in one of the wiresto the injector. Inspect the connectors for moistureand for corrosion. Also, check the wire insulationfor damage and for strands that are exposed.

Repair the engine harness or replace the engineharness, as required. Clear all diagnostic codesafter completing this test step.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

• Not OK – There may be a fault with the ECM.

Repair: Temporarily connect a test ECM.

Perform the “Injector Solenoid Test”.

If the test ECM fixes the fault, reconnect thesuspect ECM.

If the fault returns with the suspect ECM, replacethe ECM.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

Test Step 10. Check the Engine HarnessUnder the Valve Cover for a Short Circuit

Electrical shock hazard. The electronic unit injec-tor system uses 67-73 volts.

A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. A strongelectrical shock hazard is present if the keyswitchis not turned OFF.

B. Remove the valve cover.

C. Disconnect each of the injectors that indicate a“Short” from the wiring harness. Ensure that eachof the connectors from the disconnected injectorharness does not touch any other components.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 168: KENR6933-00

168 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

D. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.

E. Perform the “Injector Solenoid Test” at least twotimes.

Expected Result:

All of the injectors that were disconnected indicate“Current Below Normal”.

Results:

• OK – All of the injectors that were disconnectedindicate “Current Below Normal”.

Repair: Leave the injector wires disconnected.The supply wire is not shorted to the engine.

Proceed to Test Step 11.

• Not OK – One or more of the injectors that weredisconnected indicate “Current Above Normal”.

Repair: The fault is most likely in the supply to theinjector. Inspect the connectors for moisture and forcorrosion. Also, check the supply wire’s insulationfor damage and for strands that are exposed.

Repair the injector harness or replace the injectorharness under the valve cover.

Use the electronic service tool to clear all loggeddiagnostic codes and then verify that the repair haseliminated the fault.

STOP.

Test Step 11. Check for a Short Circuit inthe Return Wire

Electrical shock hazard. The electronic unit injec-tor system uses 67-73 volts.

A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position. A strongelectrical shock hazard is present if the keyswitchis not turned OFF.

B. Disconnect the connector P2 from the ECM.

C. Locate the terminal for the supply of the faultyinjector in the connector P2. Measure theresistance from the terminal to the engine groundstud.

Expected Result:

The resistance is greater than 10 Ohms.

Results:

• OK – The resistance is greater than 10 Ohms.

Repair: Reconnect connector P2.

Replace the faulty injector.

Perform the “Injector Solenoid Test”.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

• Not OK – There is a short in the return line.

Repair: Disconnect the connectors from the valvecover base.

Measure the resistance of the return wire betweenconnector P2 and the engine ground stud.

If the resistance is less than 10 Ohms, the fault isin the return wire between the ECM and the valvecover base.

If the resistance is greater than 10 Ohms, the faultis in the return wire under the valve cover.

Repair the injector harness or replace the injectorharness.

Use the electronic service tool to clear all loggeddiagnostic codes and then perform the “InjectorSolenoid Test” in order to verify that the repaireliminates the fault.

STOP.

i02460759

Speed Demand Circuit(Analog) - Test

System Operation Description:

Use this procedure if another procedure has directedyou here. Use this procedure if any of the followingdiagnostic codes are active:

• 91-03 Accelerator pedal - voltage above normal

• 91-04 Accelerator pedal - voltage below normal

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 169: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 169Troubleshooting Section

The diagnostic codes above relate to an analogvoltage output from the system that is controlling theengine.

Note: In other applications, the analog voltage outputis generated by an accelerator or a hand throttle.These terms will still be displayed on the electronicservice tool for this application.

Use the Perkins EST in order to check the inputstatus.

Table 40

P1 Pin Connections

Function Throttle 1

Device Ground 33

Throttle Position Input 54

g01232661Illustration 65

Schematic of the analog speed demand device

g01228119Illustration 66Typical view of the P1 OEM connector pin locations

(33) Device ground (GND) (54) Analog throttle input 1

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 170: KENR6933-00

170 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

Test Step 1. Check for ConnectorDamage.

A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.

B. Check the connectors and the harness for thefollowing faults: damage, abrasion, corrosion, andincorrect attachment.

C. Refer to Troubleshooting, “Electrical Connectors- Inspect”.

D. Perform a 45 N (10 lb) pull test on each of thewires in the harness that are associated with thespeed demand device. Check the wire connectorsat the ECM and at the control system. The wireconnectors are shown in table 40.

E. Check the screw for the ECM connector for thecorrect torque of 5.0 N·m (44 lb in).

Expected Result:

The connectors and the harness should be free ofthe following faults: damage, abrasion, corrosion,and incorrect attachment.

Results:

• OK – Proceed to Test Step 2.

• Not OK

Repair: Repair the connectors or the harnessand/or replace the connectors or the harness.

Verify that the repair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

Test Step 2. Check for active DiagnosticCodes.

A. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.

B. Use the Perkins EST to check for diagnosticcodes.

Expected Result:

RESULT 1 The Perkins EST displays the followingactive diagnostic codes or recently logged diagnosticcodes:

• 91-03

• 91-04

RESULT 2 The Perkins EST displays no activediagnostic codes:

Results:

• Result 1 – Proceed to Test Step 3.

• Result 2 – There may be an intermittent connectionin the wiring. Proceed to Test Step 3.

Test Step 3. Check the Control Signal.

A. Refer to the OEM supplied manual for the controlsystem.

B. Check that the output signal from the controlsystem is correct.

Expected Result:

The output signal from the control system should bewithin the specification in the OEM supplied manual.

Results:

• OK – The output signal from the control system iscorrect. Proceed to Test Step 4.

• Not OK – The output signal from the controlsystem is not correct or the control system isincorrectly configured.

Repair: Repair the control system or configure thecontrol system. Refer to the OEM supplied manual.

Verify that the repair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

Test Step 4. Check the Signal at the ECM.

A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.

B. Remove the P1 OEM connector.

C. Temporarily remove the pin from P1:54.

D. Reconnect P1 OEM connector.

E. Connect the red probe of a multimeter to theremoved pin and the black probe of a multimeterto P1:33.

F. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.

G. Check that the signal at the ECM is the samevalue as the output signal from the control system.

H. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.

I. Remove P1 OEM connector and reinstall P1:54 tothe P1 OEM connector.

J. Reconnect P1 OEM connector.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 171: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 171Troubleshooting Section

Expected Result:

The signal at the ECM is the same value as theoutput signal from the control system.

Results:

• OK – The ECM terminals have the correct voltagefor the control system.

Repair: The ECM is suspect.

1. Temporarily connect a test ECM.

Note: The test ECM should be programmed with thecorrect software. All parameters should be set to thesame value as the suspected ECM.

2. If the fault is eliminated with the test ECM,install the suspect ECM and verify that the faultreturns.

3. If the fault returns replace the ECM.

STOP.

• Not OK – There is a fault in the harness or theconnectors between the sensor and the ECM.Check all of the connections between the ECM andthe control system. Repair the damaged cablesor replace the damaged cables. Check that therepairs have eliminated the fault. STOP.

i02460763

Speed Demand Circuit (Digital)- Test

System Operation Description:

Use this procedure under the followingconditions:

Use this procedure if the following diagnostic codeis indicated:

• 91-08 Throttle Position Signal Abnormal

Also, use this procedure if the digital speed demanddevice is suspected of improper operation.

Digital Speed Demand Signal

The digital speed demand device is used to providea digital speed demand signal to the Engine ControlModule (ECM). The output from the device is aconstant frequency signal with a fixed pulse widththat corresponds to the required engine speed.This output signal is referred to as a pulse widthmodulated (PWM) signal and this output signal isexpressed as a percentage or as a duty cycle.

The digital speed demand signal is generated by thesystem that controls the speed of the engine.

In other applications, the control system is referredto as an accelerator or a throttle. These terms arestill displayed on the electronic service tool for thisapplication.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 172: KENR6933-00

172 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

g01228375Illustration 67Typical schematic of the digital speed demand device

g01228377Illustration 68

Typical example of the pin locations on the P1 OEM connector(33) Digital speed demand device return (53) Digital speed demand device input

Test Step 1. Inspect Electrical Connectorsand Wiring

A. Inspect the P1/J1 connector, OEM harness andthe OEM connectors. Thoroughly inspect theconnector on the digital speed demand device.Refer to Troubleshooting, “Electrical Connectors -Inspect” for details.

B. Perform a 45 N (10 lb) pull test on each of thewires in the ECM connector that are associatedwith the digital speed demand device:

• P1:33

• P1:53

C. Check the screw for the ECM connector for thecorrect torque of 5.0 N·m (44 lb in).

D. Check the harness for abrasion and pinch pointsfrom the digital throttle position sensor to the ECM.

Expected Result:

All connectors, pins and sockets are completelycoupled and/or inserted and the harness is free ofcorrosion, abrasion or pinch points.

Results:

• OK – Proceed to Test Step 2.

• Not OK

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 173: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 173Troubleshooting Section

Repair: Perform the following repair:

Repair the connectors or the harness and/orreplace the connectors or the harness. Ensure thatall of the seals are correctly in place and ensurethat the connectors are completely coupled.

Verify that the repair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

Test Step 2. Check for Active DiagnosticCodes

A. Connect Perkins EST to the data link connector.

B. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.

C. Monitor the active diagnostic code screen onPerkins EST. Check and record active diagnosticcodes.

Expected Result:

Result 1 Diagnostic code 91-08 is active.

Result 2 There are no active diagnostic codes thatare associated with the speed demand circuit at thistime. However, a fault is suspected.

Results:

• Result 1 – Proceed to Test Step 3.

• Result 2 – There may be an intermittent connectionin the wiring. Proceed to Test Step 3.

Test Step 3. Check the Control Signal.

A. Refer to the OEM supplied manual for the controlsystem.

B. Check that the output signal from the controlsystem is correct.

Expected Result:

The output signal from the control system should bewithin the specification in the OEM supplied manual.

Results:

• OK – The output signal from the control system iscorrect. Proceed to Test Step 4.

• Not OK – The output signal from the controlsystem is not correct or the control system isincorrectly configured.

Repair: Repair the control system or configure thecontrol system. Refer to the OEM supplied manual.

Verify that the repair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

Test Step 4. Check the Signal at the ECM.

A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.

B. Remove the P1 OEM connector.

C. Temporarily remove the pin from P1:53.

D. Reconnect P1 OEM connector.

E. Connect the red probe of a multimeter to theremoved pin and the black probe of a multimeterto P1:33.

F. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.

G. Check that the signal at the ECM is the samevalue as the output signal from the control system.

H. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.

I. Remove P1 OEM connector and reinstall P1:53 tothe P1 OEM connector.

J. Reconnect P1 OEM connector.

Expected Result:

The signal at the ECM is the same value as theoutput signal from the control system.

Results:

• OK – The terminals on the ECM have the correctvoltage for the control system.

Repair: The ECM is suspect.

1. Temporarily connect a test ECM.

Note: The test ECM should be programmed with thecorrect software. All parameters should be set to thesame value as the suspected ECM.

2. If the fault is eliminated with the test ECM,install the suspect ECM and verify that the faultreturns.

3. If the fault returns replace the ECM.

STOP.

• Not OK – There is a fault in the harness or theconnectors between the sensor and the ECM.Check all of the connections between the ECM andthe control system. Repair the damaged cablesor replace the damaged cables. Check that therepairs have eliminated the fault. STOP.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 174: KENR6933-00

174 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

i02661788

Starting Aid (Glow Plug) RelayCircuit - Test

System Operation Description:

Use this procedure if another test procedure hasdirected you here.

Use this procedure for the following diagnostic codes:

• 2246-06 Glow Plug Start Aid Relay Current abovenormal

The following background information is relatedto this procedure:

The starting aid is used to improve the engine startingwhen the engine is cold. With the keyswitch in theON position, the engine Electronic Control Module(ECM) will monitor the coolant temperature and theintake manifold air temperature in order to decideif the glow plugs are required to be switched ON. Ifthe glow plugs are required, then the ECM activatesthe starting aid relay for a controlled period of time.While the glow plug start aid relay is energized theglow plug start aid relay will switch power to the glowplugs. If a “Wait To Start” lamp is installed, the lampwill be illuminated in order to indicate the “Wait ToStart” period.

“Wait to Start/Start Aid Active Lamp”

This feature may be included as an option.

On a cold start, when the ECM decides that it isnecessary for the glow plugs to be activated priorto starting, a lamp output will indicate that theoperator needs to “Wait to Start”. It is possible thatstarting aids may be used during the cranking of theengine. Starting aids may be used if the engine haspreviously been started. The “Wait to Start” lamp willnot be active in these conditions.

Electronic Service Tool

The electronic service tool includes the test “GlowPlug Start Aid Override Test”. The “Glow Plug StartAid Override Test” will assist the analysis of the coldstarting aid.

Overview of the Glow Plug Start Aid Override Test

This glow plug start aid override test switches on thecold starting aid when the engine is not running. Theglow plug start aid override test aids the analysis ofthe circuit for the glow plug start aid relay.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 175: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 175Troubleshooting Section

g01337191Illustration 69Typical schematic for the starting aid switch

g01205132Illustration 70

Typical view of the pin locations on the P1 connector

(1) Ground (GND)(2) Ground (GND)(3) Ground (GND)

(9) Ground (GND)(10) Ground (GND)(57) Start aid control

(63) Cold start lamp

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 176: KENR6933-00

176 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

Test Step 1. Inspect Electrical Connectorsand Wiring

A. Inspect the following connectors:

• P1 connector

• P2 connector

B. Inspect the terminal connections on the glowplug start aid relay. Refer to Troubleshooting,“Electrical Connectors - Inspect” for details.

C. Perform a 45 N (10 lb) pull test on each of thewires in the ECM connector that are associatedwith the glow plug starting aid.

D. Check the screw for the ECM connector for thecorrect torque of 5.0 N·m (44 lb in).

E. Check the harness for abrasion and pinch pointsfrom the glow plugs back to the ECM.

F. Check that the fuses are not blown.

Expected Result:

All connectors, pins and sockets are correctly coupledand/or inserted. The harness is free of corrosion,abrasion and pinch points. The fuses are not blown.

Results:

• OK – The harness and the connectors appear tobe OK. Proceed to Test Step 2.

• Not OK – There is a fault with the harness andconnectors.

Repair: Repair the connectors or the harness orreplace the connectors or the harness. Ensurethat all of the seals are correctly installed andensure that the connectors are completely coupled.Replace blown fuses.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair has eliminated the fault.

STOP.

Test Step 2. Check for Active DiagnosticCodes

A. Connect the electronic service tool to thediagnostic connector.

B. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. Do not startthe engine.

C. Use the electronic service tool to select the “GlowPlug Override Test” in order to turn on the powerfor the glow plugs.

D. Check for active diagnostic codes or recentlylogged diagnostic codes.

Expected Result:

The following diagnostic code is active or recentlylogged:

• 2246-06 Glow Plug Start Aid Relay Current abovenormal

Results:

• OK – The expected diagnostic code is active orrecently logged. Proceed to Test step 3.

• Not OK – An active diagnostic code or a recentlylogged diagnostic code was not displayed.

Repair: Perform one of the following procedures:

• If an intermittent fault is suspected, use theelectronic service tool to perform a “Wiggle Test”in order to locate intermittent connections.

• If there is a fault on the glow plug or a fault onthe starting aid and a diagnostic code is notdisplayed, there may be a fault with the glowplug switched power circuit or there may be anopen circuit in the relay coil circuit. The ECMdoes not monitor the status of these items. Referto Testing and Adjusting, “Glow Plugs - Test”.

STOP.

Test Step 3. Check the Wiring for a ShortCircuit

A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.

B. Remove the P1 connector from the ECM.

C. Check the connector, pins and the sockets forcorrosion or damage.

D. Check the resistance between P1:57 and each ofthe pins on the P1 connector.

Expected Result:

The resistance between P1:57 and each of the pinson the P1 connector is more than 10,000 Ohms.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 177: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 177Troubleshooting Section

Results:

• OK – The harness connects the ECM to the glowplug start aid relay and there are no shorts to othercircuits. The ECM or the glow plug start aid relay issuspect. Proceed to Test Step 4.

• Not OK – The harness is faulty.

Repair: If the resistance between P1:57 andeach of the other pins on the P1 connector is lessthan 10,000 Ohms then there is a short circuit orhigh resistance in the connection to another wire.Locate the open circuit, the short circuit or highresistance in the connection in the harness. Repairthe connectors or the harness and/or replace theconnectors or the harness. Ensure that all of theseals are correctly in place and ensure that theconnectors are correctly coupled. Replace anyfuses that may be open circuit.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair has eliminated the fault.

If the fault still exists, proceed to Test Step 4.

Test Step 4. Bypass the ECM In Order toCheck the Operation of the Glow PlugStart Aid Relay

A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.

B. Disconnect the connection from test point “D” onthe glow plug start aid relay.

C. Connect a jumper wire between the battery groundand terminal “D” on the glow plug start aid relay.

D. Measure the voltage from the battery ground andterminal “B” on the glow plug start aid relay.

E. Connect a multimeter between terminal “B” on theglow plug start aid relay and the battery ground.

F. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.

Note: The engine has not been started at this TestStep.

G. Use the electronic service tool in order to operatethe glow plugs.

H. Measure the voltage from the battery ground andterminal “B” on the glow plug start aid relay.

Expected Result:

The keyswitch is in the OFF position. The voltageshould be 0 Volts DC.

The keyswitch is in the ON position. The measuredvoltage for the 12 Volt systems is a constant 10.5 to13.5 Volts DC. The measured voltage for the 24 Voltsystems is a constant 21.0 to 27.0 Volts DC.

Results:

• OK – The glow plug start aid relay is operatingcorrectly. Reconnect the connection to test point“D” on the glow plug start aid relay. Proceed toTest Step 5.

• Not OK – The glow plug start aid relay is faulty.

Repair: Replace the glow plug start aid relay.Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminates the fault.

If the fault still exists, proceed to Test step 5.

Test Step 5. Check the ECM

A. Disconnect the P2 connector and disconnect theP1 connector from the ECM.

B. Temporarily connect a test ECM. The test ECMshould be programmed with the same values andparameters as the suspect ECM.

C. Check the screw for the ECM connector for thecorrect torque of 5.0 N·m (44 lb in).

D. Ensure that all connectors, pins and sockets arecorrectly coupled and/or inserted.

E. Use the electronic service tool in order to performa “Glow Plug Override Test”.

Expected Result:

The replacement ECM functions correctly. Performingthe “Glow Plug Override Test” energizes the glowplugs.

Results:

• OK – The replacement ECM functions correctly.

Repair: Install the replacement ECM. Refer toTroubleshooting, “Replacing the ECM”.

STOP.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 178: KENR6933-00

178 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

i02662105

Wastegate Solenoid - Test

System Operation Description:

Use this procedure under the followingconditions:

Use this procedure if another procedure has directedyou here. Use this procedure if any of the followingdiagnostic codes are active:

• 0526-05 Turbo Wastegate Drive current belownormal

• 0526-06 Turbo Wastegate Drive current abovenormal

• 0526-07 Turbo Wastegate Drive not respondingproperly

Some engine models will have a turbocharger withan electronically controlled wastegate. Typically, thewastegate is a mechanical valve that is used in theturbocharger in order to regulate the intake manifoldpressure to a set value.

The control system for the electronically controlledwastegate precisely regulates the intake manifoldpressure by using a wastegate regulator to controlthe wastegate.

The required intake manifold pressure is calculatedby the software that is contained in the ElectronicControl Module (ECM). The ECM uses the wastegateregulator to control the wastegate in order to providethe precise value of intake manifold pressure. Thewastegate regulator is controlled by a PWM signalfrom the ECM.

Table 41

Pin Connections

Sensor Pin Function P2 Pin Connection

1 Ground 44

2 Signal 17

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 179: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 179Troubleshooting Section

g01245700Illustration 71Schematic for the wastegate regulator

g01245711Illustration 72

Wastegate regulator connector

(1) Ground (GND) (2) Signal (SIG)

g01172793Illustration 73Typical view of the pin locations on the P1 connector

(17) Wastegate pulse width modulation(PWM) signal

(44) Wastegate return

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 180: KENR6933-00

180 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

g01172794Illustration 74Wastegate regulator

(1) Wastegate regulator

Test Step 1. Check for Diagnostic Codes

A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.

B. Connect the electronic service tool to the data linkconnector.

C. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. Start thePerkins EST.

D. Monitor the electronic service tool for activediagnostic codes and/or logged diagnostic codes.

Expected Result:

One or more diagnostic codes are active or logged.

Results:

• Diagnostic codes 526-5 and/or 526-6 are activeand/or logged – Proceed to Test Step 2.

• No Codes – The fault seems to be resolved.

Repair: For intermittent faults, refer toTroubleshooting, “Electrical Connectors - Inspect”.

STOP.

Test Step 2. Inspect Electrical Connectorsand Wiring

A. Thoroughly inspect the P2/J2 ECM connector andthe P511 connector for the wastegate regulator.Refer to Troubleshooting, “Electrical Connectors -Inspect” for details.

B. Perform a 45 N (10 lb) pull test on each of thewires that are associated with the wastegatesolenoid.

C. Check the screw for the ECM connector for thecorrect torque of 5.0 N·m (44 lb in).

Expected Result:

All connectors, pins, and sockets are completelycoupled and/or inserted and the harness is free ofcorrosion, abrasion, and pinch points.

Results:

• OK – The harness is OK. Proceed to Test Step 3.

• Not OK – There is a fault in the connectors and/orthe harness.

Repair: Repair the connectors or the harness orreplace the connectors or the harness. Ensure thatall of the seals are correctly installed and ensurethat the connectors are completely coupled.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminates the fault.

STOP.

Test Step 3. Determine the DiagnosticCode that is Active

A. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. Access the“Diagnostics Tests” on the electronic service tool.Activate the “Turbo Wastegate Solenoid Test”.Wait at least 30 seconds in order for the result tobe displayed.

B. Determine if the fault is related to either of thefollowing:

• “Low current” (open circuit)

• “High current” (short circuit)

Expected Result:

The electronic service tool displays no diagnosticcodes.

Results:

• OK – There are no active codes.

Repair: The original codes may have been causedby a loose connector. If this is an intermittent fault,refer to Troubleshooting, “Electrical Connectors -Inspect”.

STOP.

• Not OK – Diagnostic code 526-5 is active at thistime. Proceed to Test Step 4.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 181: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 181Troubleshooting Section

• Not OK – Diagnostic code 526-6 is active at thistime. Proceed to Test Step 6.

• Not OK – Diagnostic code 526-7 is active at thistime. Proceed to Test Step 4.

Test Step 4. Create a Short Circuit in theHarness at the Solenoid

A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.

B. Disconnect the P511 connector for the wastegateregulator.

C. Fabricate a jumper wire between P511:1 andP511:2 in order to create a short circuit.

D. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. Access the“Diagnostics Tests” on the electronic service tool.Activate the “Turbo Wastegate Solenoid Test”.Wait at least 30 seconds in order for the result tobe displayed.

E. Check for active diagnostic codes on the electronicservice tool.

Expected Result:

Diagnostic code 526-6 is now active.

Results:

• OK – Diagnostic code 526-6 is now active. Thereis a fault in the wastegate regulator.

Repair: Perform the following procedure:

1. Temporarily connect a replacement wastegateregulator.

2. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. Accessthe “Diagnostics Tests” on the electronic servicetool. Activate the “Turbo Wastegate SolenoidTest”. Wait at least 30 seconds in order for theresult to be displayed.

3. Diagnostic code 526-6 is no longer active.

4. If the fault is eliminated, reconnect the suspectwastegate regulator. If the fault returns,permanently install the replacement wastegateregulator.

STOP.

• Not OK – The low current diagnostic code (opencircuit) is still active. Proceed to Test Step 5.

Test Step 5. Create a Short Circuit at theECM

A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.

B. Temporarily remove the wires from P2:17 andP2:44.

C. Fabricate a jumper wire between P2:17 and P2:44in order to create a short circuit.

Note: The P2/J2 connector must be connectedduring the next step.

D. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. Accessthe “Special Tests” under the “Diagnostics” menuon the electronic service tool. Activate the “TurboWastegate Solenoid Output” on the electronicservice tool. Wait at least 30 seconds for activationof the diagnostic codes.

E. Check for active diagnostic codes on the electronicservice tool.

Expected Result:

Diagnostic code 526-6 is now active.

Results:

• OK – Diagnostic code 526-6 is now active. Thereis a fault in the harness between the ECM and thewastegate regulator.

Repair: Repair the harness or replace the harness.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminated the fault.

STOP.

• Not OK – There is still an open circuit diagnosticcode.

Repair: Perform the following procedure:

1. Temporarily connect a test ECM. Refer toTroubleshooting, “Programming Parameters”before replacing the ECM.

2. If the test ECM fixes the fault, reconnect thesuspect ECM. If the fault returns, permanentlyinstall the replacement ECM.

STOP.

Test Step 6. Disconnect the WastegateRegulator in order to Create an OpenCircuit

A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.

B. Disconnect the P511 connector for the wastegateregulator in order to create an open circuit.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 182: KENR6933-00

182 KENR6933Troubleshooting Section

C. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. Access the“Diagnostics Tests” on the electronic service tool.Activate the “Turbo Wastegate Solenoid Test”.Wait at least 30 seconds in order for the result tobe displayed.

D. Check for active diagnostic codes on the electronicservice tool.

Expected Result:

Diagnostic code 526-5 is now active.

Results:

• OK – Diagnostic code 526-5 is now active.

Repair: There is a short in the solenoid of thewastegate regulator.

1. Temporarily connect a replacement wastegateregulator.

2. If the fault is eliminated, reconnect the suspectwastegate regulator. If the fault returns,permanently install the replacement wastegateregulator.

STOP.

• Not OK – Diagnostic code 526-6 is still active.Proceed to Test Step 7.

Test Step 7. Create an Open Circuit at theECM

A. Turn the keyswitch to the OFF position.

B. Remove the wires from P2:17 and P2:44 in orderto create an open circuit at the ECM.

C. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position. Access the“Diagnostics Tests” on the electronic service tool.Activate the “Turbo Wastegate Solenoid Test”.Wait at least 30 seconds in order for the result tobe displayed.

D. Check for active diagnostic codes on the electronicservice tool.

Expected Result:

Diagnostic code 526-5 is now active.

Results:

• OK – Diagnostic code 526-5 is now active. Thereis a short circuit in the harness between the ECMand the wastegate regulator.

Repair: Repair the harness or replace the harness.

Use the electronic service tool in order to clear alllogged diagnostic codes and then verify that therepair eliminated the fault.

STOP.

• Not OK – Diagnostic code 526-6 is still present.

Repair: Perform the following procedure:

1. Temporarily connect a test ECM. Refer toTroubleshooting, “Programming Parameters”before replacing the ECM.

2. If the test ECM eliminates the fault, reconnectthe suspect ECM. If the fault returns,permanently install the replacement ECM.

STOP.

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 183: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 183Index Section

Index

Numerics

5 Volt Sensor Supply Circuit - Test ...................... 104

A

Alternator Noise..................................................... 38Probable Causes ............................................... 38Recommended Actions...................................... 38

Alternator Will Not Charge..................................... 38Probable Causes ............................................... 38Recommended Actions...................................... 38

B

Battery ................................................................... 39Probable Causes ............................................... 39Recommended Actions...................................... 39

C

CAN Data Link Circuit - Test................................. 111Can Not Reach Top Engine RPM.......................... 39Probable Causes ............................................... 39Recommended Actions...................................... 39

CID 0001 FMI 02 ................................................... 72CID 0001 FMI 05 ................................................... 73CID 0001 FMI 06 ................................................... 73CID 0001 FMI 07 ................................................... 74CID 0002 FMI 02 ................................................... 74CID 0002 FMI 05 ................................................... 74CID 0002 FMI 06 ................................................... 75CID 0002 FMI 07 ................................................... 75CID 0003 FMI 02 ................................................... 75CID 0003 FMI 05 ................................................... 76CID 0003 FMI 06 ................................................... 76CID 0003 FMI 07 ................................................... 77CID 0004 FMI 02 ................................................... 77CID 0004 FMI 05 ................................................... 77CID 0004 FMI 06 ................................................... 78CID 0004 FMI 07 ................................................... 78CID 0005 FMI 02 ................................................... 79CID 0005 FMI 05 ................................................... 79CID 0005 FMI 06 ................................................... 80CID 0005 FMI 07 ................................................... 80CID 0006 FMI 02 ................................................... 80CID 0006 FMI 05 ................................................... 81CID 0006 FMI 06 ................................................... 81CID 0006 FMI 07 ................................................... 82CID 0041 FMI 03 ................................................... 82CID 0041 FMI 04 ................................................... 82CID 0091 FMI 03 ................................................... 83CID 0091 FMI 04 ................................................... 83CID 0091 FMI 08 ................................................... 84CID 0100 FMI 03 ................................................... 84CID 0100 FMI 04 ................................................... 85CID 0100 FMI 10 ................................................... 85

CID 0110 FMI 03 ................................................... 86CID 0110 FMI 04 ................................................... 86CID 0168 FMI 00 ................................................... 86CID 0168 FMI 01 ................................................... 87CID 0168 FMI 02 ................................................... 87CID 0172 FMI 03 ................................................... 88CID 0172 FMI 04 ................................................... 88CID 0190 FMI 08 ................................................... 89CID 0247 FMI 09 ................................................... 89CID 0247 FMI 12 ................................................... 89CID 0253 FMI 02 ................................................... 90CID 0261 FMI 11 ................................................... 90CID 0262 FMI 03 ................................................... 90CID 0262 FMI 04 ................................................... 91CID 0268 FMI 02 ................................................... 91CID 0342 FMI 08 ................................................... 91CID 0526 FMI 05 ................................................... 92CID 0526 FMI 06 ................................................... 92CID 0526 FMI 07 ................................................... 92CID 1779 FMI 05 ................................................... 93CID 1779 FMI 06 ................................................... 93CID 1785 FMI 03 ................................................... 93CID 1785 FMI 04 ................................................... 94CID 1785 FMI 10 ................................................... 94CID 1797 FMI 03 ................................................... 95CID 1797 FMI 04 ................................................... 95CID 1834 FMI 02 ................................................... 96CID 2246 FMI 06 ................................................... 96Coolant in Engine Oil............................................. 41Probable Causes ............................................... 41Recommended Actions...................................... 42

Coolant Temperature Is Too High.......................... 42Probable Causes ............................................... 42Recommended Actions...................................... 42

Customer Specified Parameters............................ 32Configurable Inputs............................................ 33ECM Identification Parameter ............................ 32Engine Rating Parameter................................... 32J1939 Continuous Fault Handling...................... 33Low/High Idle Parameters.................................. 32Miscellaneous .................................................... 33PTO and Throttle Lock Parameters ................... 32

Customer Specified Parameters Table .................. 35Customer Specified Parameters Worksheet ......... 36

D

Data Link Circuit - Test ......................................... 114Diagnostic Code Cross Reference ........................ 70Diagnostic Functional Tests................................. 104

E

E172 High Air Filter Restriction ............................. 97E2143 Low Engine Coolant Level ....................... 103E232 High Fuel/Water Separator Water Level ...... 97E360 Low Engine Oil Pressure.............................. 97E361 High Engine Coolant Temperature ............... 99

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 184: KENR6933-00

184 KENR6933Index Section

E362 Engine Overspeed ..................................... 100E396 High Fuel Rail Pressure ............................. 101E398 Low Fuel Rail Pressure .............................. 101E539 High Intake Manifold Air Temperature........ 102ECM Harness Connector Terminals ...................... 24Removal and Installation of the Harness ConnectorTerminals.......................................................... 25

ECM Memory - Test............................................. 120ECM Snapshot ...................................................... 26Snapshot That is Triggered by a DiagnosticCode................................................................. 27Snapshot That is Triggered by the Operator...... 27Use of Snapshot Data........................................ 27

ECM Will Not Accept Factory Passwords.............. 43Probable Causes ............................................... 43Recommended Actions...................................... 43

ECM Will Not Communicate with Other Systems orDisplay Modules .................................................. 44Probable Causes ............................................... 44Recommended Actions...................................... 44

Electrical Connectors - Inspect............................ 121Electronic Service Tool Will Not Communicate withECM..................................................................... 44Probable Causes ............................................... 44Recommended Actions...................................... 44

Electronic Service Tools ......................................... 11Optional Service Tools ........................................ 11Perkins Electronic Service Tool.......................... 12Required Service Tools ....................................... 11

Electronic Troubleshooting ...................................... 5Engine Cranks but Will Not Start ........................... 45Probable Causes ............................................... 45Recommended Actions...................................... 45

Engine Has Early Wear ......................................... 48Probable Causes ............................................... 49Recommended Actions...................................... 49

Engine Misfires, Runs Rough or Is Unstable......... 49Probable Causes ............................................... 49Recommended Actions...................................... 50

Engine Oil in Cooling System................................ 51Probable Causes ............................................... 51Recommended Actions...................................... 51

Engine Pressure Sensor Open or Short Circuit -Test .................................................................... 125Engine Speed/Timing Sensor Circuit - Test ......... 132Engine Temperature Sensor Open or Short Circuit -Test .................................................................... 140Engine Vibration .................................................... 52Probable Causes ............................................... 52Recommended Actions...................................... 52

Engine Will Not Crank ........................................... 53Probable Causes ............................................... 53Recommended Repairs ..................................... 53

Engine Wiring Information ..................................... 21Harness Wire Identification ................................ 21Schematic Diagrams.......................................... 23

Event Codes.......................................................... 97Excessive Black Smoke ........................................ 54Probable Causes ............................................... 54Recommended Actions...................................... 54

Excessive Engine Oil Consumption....................... 56Probable Causes ............................................... 56Recommended Actions...................................... 56

Excessive Fuel Consumption ................................ 57Probable Causes ............................................... 57Recommended Actions...................................... 58

Excessive Valve Lash............................................ 59Probable Causes ............................................... 59Recommended Actions...................................... 59

Excessive White Smoke........................................ 60Probable Causes ............................................... 60Recommended Actions...................................... 60

F

Factory Passwords................................................ 28Flash Programming ............................................... 28Flash Programming a Flash File ........................ 28

Fuel Rail Pump Solenoid - Test ........................... 145

G

Glossary .................................................................. 7

I

Ignition Keyswitch Circuit and Battery Supply Circuit -Test .................................................................... 150Important Safety Information ................................... 2Indicator Lamp Circuit - Test................................ 155Indicator Lamps..................................................... 13Color of Lamps................................................... 13Flash Codes....................................................... 14Functions of the Lamps...................................... 13Indicator Lamps ................................................. 13Operation of the Indicator Lamps....................... 14

Injector Data Incorrect - Test ............................... 158Injector Solenoid Circuit - Test............................. 160Injector Trim File.................................................... 29Intake Air Temperature Is Too High ....................... 61Probable Causes ............................................... 61Recommended Actions...................................... 61

Intermittent Engine Shutdown ............................... 62Probable Causes ............................................... 62Recommended Actions...................................... 62

Intermittent Low Power or Power Cutout............... 63Probable Causes ............................................... 63Recommended Actions...................................... 63

L

Low Engine Oil Pressure ....................................... 64Probable Causes ............................................... 64Recommended Actions...................................... 64

Low Power/Poor or No Response to Throttle ........ 65Probable Causes ............................................... 65Recommended Actions...................................... 66

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 185: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 185Index Section

M

Mechanical Noise (Knock) in Engine..................... 68Probable Causes ............................................... 68Recommended Actions...................................... 68

N

No Diagnostic Codes Detected ............................. 72Noise Coming from Cylinder.................................. 68Probable Causes ............................................... 68Recommended Actions...................................... 68

P

Programming Parameters ..................................... 26

R

Replacing the ECM................................................ 16

S

Self-Diagnostics..................................................... 17Sensors and Electrical Connectors ....................... 17Speed Demand Circuit (Analog) - Test ................ 168Speed Demand Circuit (Digital) - Test ................. 171Speed Demand Input Setup .................................. 30Initial Lower Position Limit ................................. 31Initial Upper Position Limit ................................. 31Lower Dead Zone .............................................. 31Lower Diagnostic Limit....................................... 30Lower Position Limit........................................... 31Upper Dead Zone .............................................. 31Upper Diagnostic Limit....................................... 31Upper Position Limit........................................... 31

Starting Aid (Glow Plug) Relay Circuit - Test ....... 174System Configuration Parameters......................... 37ECM Software Release Date ............................. 37Engine Serial Number........................................ 37Full Load Setting ................................................ 37Full Torque Setting ............................................. 37Rating Interlock .................................................. 37

System Overview..................................................... 5Diagnostic Codes................................................. 7Passwords ........................................................... 7Programmable Parameters.................................. 7System Operation ................................................ 5

T

Table of Contents..................................................... 3Test ECM Mode..................................................... 26Troubleshooting Section.......................................... 5Troubleshooting with a Diagnostic Code ............... 70Troubleshooting with an Event Code..................... 97Troubleshooting without a Diagnostic Code .......... 38

W

Wastegate Solenoid - Test................................... 178

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 186: KENR6933-00

186 KENR6933Index Section

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 187: KENR6933-00

KENR6933 187Index Section

This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale

Page 188: KENR6933-00

Copyright ©2007 Perkins Engines Company LimitedAll Rights Reserved Printed in U.K.This document has been printed from SPI². Not for Resale